WO2019173539A1 - Nitric oxide-releasing cyclodextrins as biodegradable antibacterial scaffolds and methods pertaining thereto - Google Patents

Nitric oxide-releasing cyclodextrins as biodegradable antibacterial scaffolds and methods pertaining thereto Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2019173539A1
WO2019173539A1 PCT/US2019/021051 US2019021051W WO2019173539A1 WO 2019173539 A1 WO2019173539 A1 WO 2019173539A1 US 2019021051 W US2019021051 W US 2019021051W WO 2019173539 A1 WO2019173539 A1 WO 2019173539A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
functionalized cyclodextrin
functionalized
cyclodextrin
nitric oxide
group
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/US2019/021051
Other languages
French (fr)
Inventor
Mark H. Schoenfisch
Jin HAIBAO
Original Assignee
The University Of North Carolina At Chapel Hill
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by The University Of North Carolina At Chapel Hill filed Critical The University Of North Carolina At Chapel Hill
Priority to AU2019231712A priority Critical patent/AU2019231712A1/en
Priority to CN201980016822.XA priority patent/CN111836648A/en
Priority to CA3091458A priority patent/CA3091458A1/en
Priority to EP19763961.0A priority patent/EP3762039A4/en
Priority to JP2020546346A priority patent/JP7565588B2/en
Priority to US16/459,015 priority patent/US11026965B2/en
Publication of WO2019173539A1 publication Critical patent/WO2019173539A1/en
Priority to US17/321,677 priority patent/US11672818B2/en

Links

Classifications

    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K47/00—Medicinal preparations characterised by the non-active ingredients used, e.g. carriers or inert additives; Targeting or modifying agents chemically bound to the active ingredient
    • A61K47/50—Medicinal preparations characterised by the non-active ingredients used, e.g. carriers or inert additives; Targeting or modifying agents chemically bound to the active ingredient the non-active ingredient being chemically bound to the active ingredient, e.g. polymer-drug conjugates
    • A61K47/51—Medicinal preparations characterised by the non-active ingredients used, e.g. carriers or inert additives; Targeting or modifying agents chemically bound to the active ingredient the non-active ingredient being chemically bound to the active ingredient, e.g. polymer-drug conjugates the non-active ingredient being a modifying agent
    • A61K47/56—Medicinal preparations characterised by the non-active ingredients used, e.g. carriers or inert additives; Targeting or modifying agents chemically bound to the active ingredient the non-active ingredient being chemically bound to the active ingredient, e.g. polymer-drug conjugates the non-active ingredient being a modifying agent the modifying agent being an organic macromolecular compound, e.g. an oligomeric, polymeric or dendrimeric molecule
    • A61K47/61—Medicinal preparations characterised by the non-active ingredients used, e.g. carriers or inert additives; Targeting or modifying agents chemically bound to the active ingredient the non-active ingredient being chemically bound to the active ingredient, e.g. polymer-drug conjugates the non-active ingredient being a modifying agent the modifying agent being an organic macromolecular compound, e.g. an oligomeric, polymeric or dendrimeric molecule the organic macromolecular compound being a polysaccharide or a derivative thereof
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K31/00—Medicinal preparations containing organic active ingredients
    • A61K31/70—Carbohydrates; Sugars; Derivatives thereof
    • A61K31/715—Polysaccharides, i.e. having more than five saccharide radicals attached to each other by glycosidic linkages; Derivatives thereof, e.g. ethers, esters
    • A61K31/716—Glucans
    • A61K31/724—Cyclodextrins
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K33/00—Medicinal preparations containing inorganic active ingredients
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K47/00—Medicinal preparations characterised by the non-active ingredients used, e.g. carriers or inert additives; Targeting or modifying agents chemically bound to the active ingredient
    • A61K47/30—Macromolecular organic or inorganic compounds, e.g. inorganic polyphosphates
    • A61K47/36—Polysaccharides; Derivatives thereof, e.g. gums, starch, alginate, dextrin, hyaluronic acid, chitosan, inulin, agar or pectin
    • A61K47/40—Cyclodextrins; Derivatives thereof
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K47/00—Medicinal preparations characterised by the non-active ingredients used, e.g. carriers or inert additives; Targeting or modifying agents chemically bound to the active ingredient
    • A61K47/50—Medicinal preparations characterised by the non-active ingredients used, e.g. carriers or inert additives; Targeting or modifying agents chemically bound to the active ingredient the non-active ingredient being chemically bound to the active ingredient, e.g. polymer-drug conjugates
    • A61K47/69—Medicinal preparations characterised by the non-active ingredients used, e.g. carriers or inert additives; Targeting or modifying agents chemically bound to the active ingredient the non-active ingredient being chemically bound to the active ingredient, e.g. polymer-drug conjugates the conjugate being characterised by physical or galenical forms, e.g. emulsion, particle, inclusion complex, stent or kit
    • A61K47/6949—Medicinal preparations characterised by the non-active ingredients used, e.g. carriers or inert additives; Targeting or modifying agents chemically bound to the active ingredient the non-active ingredient being chemically bound to the active ingredient, e.g. polymer-drug conjugates the conjugate being characterised by physical or galenical forms, e.g. emulsion, particle, inclusion complex, stent or kit inclusion complexes, e.g. clathrates, cavitates or fullerenes
    • A61K47/6951—Medicinal preparations characterised by the non-active ingredients used, e.g. carriers or inert additives; Targeting or modifying agents chemically bound to the active ingredient the non-active ingredient being chemically bound to the active ingredient, e.g. polymer-drug conjugates the conjugate being characterised by physical or galenical forms, e.g. emulsion, particle, inclusion complex, stent or kit inclusion complexes, e.g. clathrates, cavitates or fullerenes using cyclodextrin
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K9/00—Medicinal preparations characterised by special physical form
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P11/00—Drugs for disorders of the respiratory system
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P31/00—Antiinfectives, i.e. antibiotics, antiseptics, chemotherapeutics
    • A61P31/04—Antibacterial agents
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P35/00—Antineoplastic agents
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C08—ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
    • C08B—POLYSACCHARIDES; DERIVATIVES THEREOF
    • C08B37/00—Preparation of polysaccharides not provided for in groups C08B1/00 - C08B35/00; Derivatives thereof
    • C08B37/0006—Homoglycans, i.e. polysaccharides having a main chain consisting of one single sugar, e.g. colominic acid
    • C08B37/0009—Homoglycans, i.e. polysaccharides having a main chain consisting of one single sugar, e.g. colominic acid alpha-D-Glucans, e.g. polydextrose, alternan, glycogen; (alpha-1,4)(alpha-1,6)-D-Glucans; (alpha-1,3)(alpha-1,4)-D-Glucans, e.g. isolichenan or nigeran; (alpha-1,4)-D-Glucans; (alpha-1,3)-D-Glucans, e.g. pseudonigeran; Derivatives thereof
    • C08B37/0012—Cyclodextrin [CD], e.g. cycle with 6 units (alpha), with 7 units (beta) and with 8 units (gamma), large-ring cyclodextrin or cycloamylose with 9 units or more; Derivatives thereof

Definitions

  • the presently disclosed subject matter relates generally to nitric oxide-releasing cyclodextrin units which are covalently modified with units that store and release nitric oxide in a controlled manner. Additionally, disclosed are methods of synthesis and use of the same as antibacterial agents.
  • Biofilms are cooperative communities of bacteria encapsulated by an exopolysaccharide (EPS) matrix protecting the bacteria from host immune response and antibiotics.
  • EPS exopolysaccharide
  • Nitric oxide plays a variety of physiological roles as a signaling molecule and, as disclosed herein, can also play significant roles in treating or ameliorating pathophysiology, for example as a therapeutic agent.
  • NO as a therapeutic has heretofore been underused, based at least in part on limited NO payloads of therapeutic compositions, NO release rates that are more rapid than desired, and the lack of targeted NO delivery.
  • NO- releasing constructs, methods of producing such constructs, and methods of treating various pathophysiologies using such constructs leverage the enhanced NO-release characteristics and harness the abundant potential of NO-releasing pharmacological compounds.
  • compounds that are highly efficacious as antimicrobials are highly efficacious as antimicrobials.
  • NO-releasing cyclodextrin compounds In several embodiments, provided herein are NO-releasing cyclodextrin compounds. In several embodiments, provided herein is a functionalized cyclodextrin represented by the following structure:
  • n is an integer selected from 1 to 8.
  • m is an integer from 0 to 7.
  • each instance of Ri is represented by -X 1 -((CH 2 ) f X 2 ) g (CH 2 ) q X 3 ) r -(CH 2 ) h’ H.
  • each of f , q, g, r, and h’ is independently selected from an integer from 0 to 4.
  • each instance of X 1 , X 2 , or X 3 is independently selected from O, NH, and a nitric oxide donating substituent.
  • At least one instance of R 1 is represented by one of the following:
  • At least one instance of X 1 , X 2 , or X 3 is represented by the following:
  • the structure of Formula IIG is further represented by the structure of Formula III:
  • At least one instance of R 1 is represented by one of the following:
  • At least one instance of R 1 is represented by one of the following:
  • n is an integer selected from 6, 7, and 8. In several embodiments, m is 0. In several embodiments, n is 1 and m is 6. In several embodiments, n is 7 and m is 0.
  • the functionalized cyclodextrin has a total releasable nitric oxide storage of at least 0.5 p mo 1 of NO per milligram of functionalized cyclodextrin. In several embodiments, the functionalized cyclodextrin has a total releasable nitric oxide storage in a range of about 0.5 pmol to 2.5 pmol of NO per milligram of functionalized cyclodextrin.
  • greater per milligram NO release is achieved, for example, at least about 2.5 pmol, about 3.0 pmol, about 3.5 pmol, about 4.0 pmol, about 4.5 pmol, about 5 pmol or greater amounts of NO per milligram of functionalized cyclodextrin.
  • the functionalized cyclodextrin has a half-life for nitric oxide release in a range of between about 0.7-4.2 hours. In several embodiments, longer half-lives are achieved, such as for example, about 5 hours, about 6 hours, about 8 hours, about 10 hours, or any time between the listed times.
  • the functionalized cyclodextrin has a total NO release after 4 hours in a range of between about 0.1-4.0 pmol of NO per milligram of the functionalized cyclodextrin, including about 0.3-2.0 pmol of NO per milligram of the functionalized cyclodextrin, about 0.1-3.0 miho ⁇ of NO per milligram of the functionalized cyclodextrin, about 1.5-4 m mo 1 of NO per milligram of the functionalized cyclodextrin, or , about 0.7-3.0 pmol of NO per milligram of the functionalized cyclodextrin (or any range therebetween, including endpoints).
  • compositions comprising the functionalized cyclodextrin and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.
  • the composition comprises a cyclodextrin that is not functionalized.
  • the composition comprises one or more guest drugs complexed with the functionalized cyclodextrin.
  • the one or more guest drugs comprise one or more drugs for the treatment of a cancer, a cardiovascular disease, a microbial infection, platelet aggregation and/or platelet adhesion, pathological conditions resulting from abnormal cell proliferation, transplantation rejections, autoimmune diseases, inflammation, vascular diseases, scar tissue, wound contraction, restenosis, pain, fever, gastrointestinal disorders, respiratory disorders, sexual dysfunctions, sexually transmitted diseases, or wound healing.
  • nitric oxide nitric oxide
  • an effective amount of the functionalized cyclodextrin or the composition is administered to said subject.
  • a method of treating a disease state an effective amount of the functionalized cyclodextrin is administered to said subject to a subject in need thereof, wherein said disease state is selected from the group consisting of a cancer, a cardiovascular disease, a microbial infection; platelet aggregation and platelet adhesion caused by the exposure of blood to a medical device; pathological conditions resulting from abnormal cell proliferation; transplantation rejections, autoimmune diseases, inflammation, vascular diseases; scar tissue; wound contraction, restenosis, pain, fever, gastrointestinal disorders, respiratory disorders, sexual dysfunctions, and sexually transmitted diseases.
  • the disease state is a microbial infection.
  • a method of treating a disease state comprising administering an effective amount of the functionalized cyclodextrin or the composition to said subject to a subject in need thereof, wherein said disease state is lung cancer.
  • Several embodiments pertain to use of the functionalized cyclodextrin or the composition of for delivering nitric oxide to a subject.
  • Several embodiments pertain to use of the functionalized cyclodextrin or the composition in the preparation of a medicament for treating a subject in need.
  • the disease state is selected from the group consisting of one or more of: a cancer, a cardiovascular disease, a microbial infection; platelet aggregation and platelet adhesion caused by the exposure of blood to a medical device; pathological conditions resulting from abnormal cell proliferation; transplantation rejections, autoimmune diseases, inflammation, vascular diseases; scar tissue; wound contraction, restenosis, pain, fever, gastrointestinal disorders, respiratory disorders, sexual dysfunctions, and sexually transmitted diseases.
  • n is an integer selected from 1 to 8.
  • Ri, R 2 , and R are independently selected from the group consisting of -OH, -CH 2 CH 2 OH, -CH 2 CH(OH)CH 3 , -0-((CH 2 ) t 0) u -H, -0-((CH 2 ) t O) u -(CH 2 ) v H, -0-(C 1-8 alkyl), -C 2 H 5 , -C 8 H 17 , -NH-((CH 2 ) c NH) d -H, -NH-((CH 2 ) C’ NH) d’ -(CH 2 ) e H, -X 1 -((CH 2 ) f X 2 ) g -(CH 2 ) h H,
  • each instance of c, c’, d, d’, e, f, f , g, g’, h, h’, q, r, t, t’, u, u’, and v is independently selected from an integer from 0 to 10.
  • each instance of X 1 , X 2 , and X 3 is independently selected from O, S, NH, and a NO donating substituent. In several embodiments, at least one instance of X 1 , X 2 , and X 3 is a NO donating substituent. In several embodiments, the NO donating substituent is selected from one of the following:
  • At least one instance of X 1 , X 2 , and X 3 is represented by the following structure:
  • a functionalized cyclodextrin comprising at least one ring unit of Formula I:
  • functionalized cyclodextrins as provided for herein are advantageous in that they provide for one or more of enhanced NO delivery to a target site, enriched NO delivery capacity, improved compound stability, and enhanced anti- microbial effects (e.g., activity and/or duration of NO delivery).
  • n is an integer selected from 1 to 8.
  • Ri, R 2 , and R 3 are independently selected from the group consisting of -OH, -0-((CH 2 ) t 0) u -H, -0-((CH 2 ) t -0) u -(CH 2 ) v H, -0-(C 1-5 alkyl), -NH-((CH 2 ) c NH) d -H, -NH-((CH 2 ) C’ NH) d’ -(CH 2 ) e H, -X 1 -((CH 2 ) f X 2 ) g -(CH 2 ) h H, and
  • c, c’, d, d’, e, f, f , g, g’, h, h’, q, r, t, t’, u, u’, and v are independently selected from an integer from 0 to 10 (e.g., 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, or 10).
  • d, d’, g, g’, r, u, and u’ are independently selected from an integer from 0 to 4 (e.g., 0, 1, 2, 3, 4).
  • c, c’, e, f, f , h, h’, q, t, t’, and v are independently selected from an integer from 0 to 3 (e.g., 0, 1, 2, 3).
  • X 1 , X 2 , and X 3 are independently selected from O, S, or NH.
  • at least one of X 1 , X 2 , and X 3 is represented by the following functional unit:
  • R 1 is -X 1 -((CH ) f X 2 ) g’ ((CH ) q X 3 ) r -(CH 2 ) h’ H.
  • R 2 and R 3 are -OH.
  • the functionalized cyclodextrin further comprises at least one glycopyranoside ring unit having the following structure: glucopyranoside
  • m is an integer selected from 1 to 8. In several embodiments, n is 1 and m is 5, 6, or 7. In several embodiments, n is 6, 7, or 8. In several embodiments, n + m is equal to 10 where n is any integer from 0 to 10 and m is any integer from one to ten. For instance, where n + m is 7 and n is 3, then m is 4, etc.
  • the functionalized cyclodextrin is selected from one of the following structures:
  • a formulation that comprises functionalized cyclodextrins, wherein the formulation is made up of a plurality of cyclodextrins having one or more of the structures above.
  • a functionalized cyclodextrin comprising at least one ring unit of Formula I:
  • n is an integer selected from 1 to 8.
  • Ri, R 2 , and R are independently selected from the group consisting of -OH, -0-((CH 2 ) t 0) u -H, -0-((CH 2 ) t O) U’ -(CH 2 ) v H, -0-(C 1-5 alkyl), -NH-((CH 2 ) c NH) d -H, -NH-((CH 2 ) c NH) d -(CH 2 ) e H, -X 1 -((CH 2 ) f X 2 ) g -(CH 2 ) h H, and -X 1 -((CH 2 ) f X 2 ) g (CH 2 ) q ) r -(CH 2 ) h .H.
  • c, c’, d, d’, e, f, f , g, g’, h, h’, q, r, t, t’, u, u’, and v are independently selected from an integer from 0 to 10 (e.g., 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, or 10).
  • X 1 , X 2 , and X 3 are independently selected from O, S, or NH.
  • at least one of X 1 , X 2 , and X 3 is selected from the group consisting of
  • X 1 , X 2 , and X 3 can each have the same structure above, or in some embodiments, one or more of X 1 , X 2 , and X 3 have different structures.
  • R 1 is -X 1 -((CH 2 ) f X 2 ) g -(CH 2 ) h H and at least one of X 1 and X 2 is the following:
  • R 2 and/or R are -OH.
  • the functionalized cyclodextrin comprises at least one glycopyranoside ring unit having the following structure: glucopyranoside
  • n is an integer selected from 1 to 8. In several embodiments, n is 1 and m is 5, 6, or 7. In several embodiments, n is 6, 7, or 8.
  • the functionalized cyclodextrin is selected from the group consisting of:
  • combinations of such functionalized cyclodextrins are used in an anti-microbial formulation.
  • a functionalized cyclodextrin compound having the following formula:
  • n is an integer selected from 1 to 8.
  • m is an integer from 0 to 7.
  • Ri is -X 1 -((CH 2 ) f X 2 ) g (CH 2 ) q X 3 ) r -(CH 2 ) h’ H.
  • each of f , g’ q, r, and h’ is independently selected from an integer from 0 to 10.
  • X 1 , X 2 , and X 3 are independently selected from NH or
  • the functionalized cyclodextrin has a total releasable nitric oxide storage of at least 0.5 pmol of NO per milligram of functionalized cyclodextrin. In a further embodiment, the functionalized cyclodextrin has a total releasable nitric oxide storage in a range of about 0.5 mhio ⁇ to 2.5 mhio ⁇ of NO per milligram of functionalized cyclodextrin.
  • the functionalized cyclodextrin has a total releasable nitric oxide storage in a range of about 1.0 mhio ⁇ to 2.5 mhio ⁇ of NO per milligram of functionalized cyclodextrin.
  • the functionalized cyclodextrin has a half-life for nitric oxide release in a range of between about 0.1-24 hours.
  • the functionalized cyclodextrin has a half-life for nitric oxide release in a range of between about 0.7-4.2 hours.
  • the functionalized cyclodextrin has a total duration of NO release in a range of between about 1-60 hours.
  • the functionalized cyclodextrin has a total NO release after 4 hours in a range of between about 0.3-2.0 mhio ⁇ of NO per milligram of the functionalized cyclodextrin.
  • nitric oxide e.g., use of NO-generating compounds
  • the method comprises a step of administering an effective amount of a functionalized cyclodextrin as disclosed herein to the subject.
  • the method comprises a step of administering an effective amount of a functionalized cyclodextrin as described herein to a subject in need of treatment.
  • the disease state is a cancer, a cardiovascular disease, a microbial infection, platelet aggregation and/or platelet adhesion caused by the exposure of blood to a medical device, pathological conditions resulting from abnormal cell proliferation, transplantation rejections, autoimmune diseases, inflammation, vascular diseases, scar tissue, wound contraction, restenosis, pain, fever, gastrointestinal disorders, respiratory disorders (including cystic fibrosis), sexual dysfunctions, sexually transmitted diseases, or wound healing (e.g., from burns).
  • Subject may be affected with more than one of such diseases simultaneously, in which case the method of administering a functionalized cyclodextrin, in several embodiments, is effective to treat multiple conditions.
  • said disease state is a microbial infection.
  • a functionalized cyclodextrin as disclosed herein for delivering nitric oxide to a subject.
  • the use provides involves the preparation of a medicament for treating a subject in need with a disease state selected from the group consisting of one or more of: a cancer, a cardiovascular disease, a microbial infection, platelet aggregation and/or platelet adhesion caused by the exposure of blood to a medical device, pathological conditions resulting from abnormal cell proliferation, transplantation rejections, autoimmune diseases, inflammation, vascular diseases, scar tissue, wound contraction, restenosis, pain, fever, gastrointestinal disorders, respiratory disorders, sexual dysfunctions, and/or sexually transmitted diseases.
  • a functionalized cyclodextrin configured to release nitric oxide for use in treating microbial infection and/or reducing a microbial load.
  • a functionalized cyclodextrin comprising at least one ring unit of Formula I:
  • n is an integer selected from 1 to 8.
  • Ri, R 2 , and R 3 are independently selected from the group consisting of -OH, -0-((CH 2 ) t 0) u -H, -0-((CH 2 ) t O) U’ -(CH 2 ) v H, -0-(C 1-5 alkyl), -NH-((CH 2 ) c NH) d -H, -NH-((CH 2 ) c NH) d -(CH 2 ) e H, -X 1 -((CH 2 ) f X 2 ) g -(CH 2 ) h H, and -X 1 -((CH 2 ) f X 2 ) g (CH 2 ) q ) r -(CH 2 ) h .H.
  • c, c’, d, d’, e, f, f , g, g’, h, h’, q, r, t, t’, u, u’, and v are independently selected from an integer from 0 to 10 (e.g., 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, or 10).
  • X 1 , X 2 , and X 3 are independently selected from O, S, or NH.
  • R 2 and R 3 are - OH.
  • R 1 is -X 1 -((CH 2 ) f X 2 ) g’ ((CH 2 ) q X 3 ) r -(CH 2 ) h’ H.
  • each of X 1 , X 2 , and X 3 is -NH.
  • the functionalized cyclodextrin has chemical structure selected from the group consisting of:
  • a functionalized cyclodextrin represented by the following structure:
  • n is an integer.
  • m is an integer.
  • each instance of Ri is represented by -X 1 -((CH 2 ) f X 2 ) g (CH 2 ) q X 3 ) r -(CH 2 ) h’ H.
  • each of f , q, g, r, and h’ is independently selected as an integer.
  • each instance of X 1 , X 2 , or X 3 is independently selected from O, NH, and a nitric oxide donating substituent.
  • the total releasable nitric oxide storage ranges from about 1.0 mhio ⁇ to 2.5 mhio ⁇ of NO per milligram of functionalized cyclodextrin.
  • the half-life for nitric oxide release ranges from about 0.1-24 hours.
  • the total duration of NO release ranges from about 1-60 hours.
  • the functionalized cyclodextrin further comprises at least one guest drug, wherein the guest drug exerts therapeutic effects at a lower concentration when complexed with the functionalized cyclodextrin, as compared to the guest drug alone.
  • a method of delivering NO to a subject comprising, administering the functionalized cyclodextrin to the subject.
  • the administration route is via inhalation and the NO delivery treats a disease of the lungs.
  • the disease of the lungs is cystic fibrosis.
  • the disease of the lungs is lung cancer.
  • Several embodiments pertain to a functionalized cyclodextrin in the preparation of a medicament for the treatment of a disease or condition.
  • Several embodiments pertain to use of a functionalized cyclodextrin for the treatment of a disease or condition.
  • a composition comprising functionalized cyclodextrin is administered to a lung via inhalation.
  • the functionalized cyclodextrin has a total releasable nitric oxide storage as disclosed elsewhere herein.
  • the functionalized cyclodextrin has a total releasable nitric oxide storage ranging from about 1.0 mhio ⁇ to 2.5 mhio ⁇ of NO per milligram of functionalized cyclodextrin.
  • the functionalized cyclodextrin has a half-life for nitric oxide release as disclosed elsewhere herein.
  • the functionalized cyclodextrin has a half-life for nitric oxide release ranges from about 0.1-24 hours. In several embodiments, the functionalized cyclodextrin has a total duration of NO release as disclosed elsewhere herein. In several embodiments, the functionalized cyclodextrin has a total duration of NO release ranges from about 1-60 hours. In several embodiments, the functionalized cyclodextrin has a total releasable nitric oxide storage of at least about 1.0 mhio ⁇ per milligram of functionalized cyclodextrin. In several embodiments, the functionalized cyclodextrin has a half-life for nitric oxide release of at least 1 hour.
  • a functionalized cyclodextrin represented by the following structure:
  • n is an integer selected from 1 to 8.
  • m is an integer from 0 to 7.
  • each instance of Ri is represented by -X 1 -((CH 2 ) f X 2 ) g (CH 2 ) q X 3 ) r -(CH 2 ) h’ H.
  • each of f , q, g, r, and h’ is independently selected from an integer from 0 to 4.
  • each instance of X 1 , X 2 , or X 3 is independently selected from O, NH, and a nitric oxide donating substituent.
  • At least one instance of R 1 is represented by one of the following:
  • At least one instance of X 1 , X 2 , or X 3 is represented by the following:
  • the structure of Formula IIG is further represented by the structure of Formula III:
  • At least one instance of R 1 is represented by one of the following:
  • n is an integer selected from 6, 7, and 8. In several embodiments, m is 0. In several embodiments, at least one instance of R 1 is represented by one of the following:
  • n is 1 and m is 6. In several embodiments, n is 7 and m is 0. In several embodiments, the functionalized cyclodextrin has a total releasable nitric oxide storage of at least 0.5 m mo 1 of NO per milligram of functionalized cyclodextrin. In several embodiments, the functionalized cyclodextrin has a total releasable nitric oxide storage in a range of about 0.5 mhio ⁇ to 2.5 mhio ⁇ of NO per milligram of functionalized cyclodextrin.
  • the functionalized cyclodextrin has a half-life for nitric oxide release in a range of between about 0.7-4.2 hours. In several embodiments, the functionalized cyclodextrin has a total NO release after 4 hours in a range of between about 0.3-2.0 mhio ⁇ of NO per milligram of the functionalized cyclodextrin.
  • composition comprising the functionalized cyclodextrin and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.
  • the composition further comprises a cyclodextrin that is not functionalized.
  • the functionalized cyclodextrin or the composition further comprising one or more guest drugs complexed with the functionalized cyclodextrin.
  • the one or more guest drugs comprise one or more drugs for the treatment of a cancer, a cardiovascular disease, a microbial infection, platelet aggregation and/or platelet adhesion, pathological conditions resulting from abnormal cell proliferation, transplantation rejections, autoimmune diseases, inflammation, vascular diseases, scar tissue, wound contraction, restenosis, pain, fever, gastrointestinal disorders, respiratory disorders, sexual dysfunctions, sexually transmitted diseases, or wound healing.
  • a method of delivering nitric oxide to a subject is provided.
  • an effective amount of the functionalized cyclodextrin is administered to said subject.
  • a method of treating a disease state is provided.
  • an effective amount of the functionalized cyclodextrin or the composition is administered to a subject in need thereof.
  • said disease state is selected from the group consisting of a cancer, a cardiovascular disease, a microbial infection; platelet aggregation and platelet adhesion caused by the exposure of blood to a medical device; pathological conditions resulting from abnormal cell proliferation; transplantation rejections, autoimmune diseases, inflammation, vascular diseases; scar tissue; wound contraction, restenosis, pain, fever, gastrointestinal disorders, respiratory disorders, sexual dysfunctions, and sexually transmitted diseases.
  • said disease state is a microbial infection.
  • method of treating a disease state is provided.
  • an effective amount of the functionalized cyclodextrin or the composition is administered to said subject to a subject in need thereof, wherein said disease state is lung cancer.
  • a use of the functionalized cyclodextrin or the composition for delivering nitric oxide to a subject is provided.
  • the method comprises mixing a cyclodextrin with a functionalizing compound comprising a leaving group and a secondary amine to provide a cyclodextrin having a secondary amine.
  • the leaving group is one or more of -OTs, -OMs, -Cl, -Br, or -I.
  • the method further comprises exposing the cyclodextrin having a secondary amine with NO to afford an NO releasing functionalized cyclodextrin.
  • the method comprises mixing the cyclodextrin with a guest molecule to provide a host guest complex.
  • Figure 1(a) and Figure 1(b) are non- limiting schemes showing the synthesis of secondary amine- and /V-diazeniumdio late-functionalized CD derivatives.
  • the synthesis of secondary amine-modified CDs was carried out using the non-limiting examples of reagents and conditions as shown in (i)-(iv): (i) TsOCl, NaOH, H 2 0/CH CN, at room temperature (r.t.); (ii) Primary amine (RNH 2 ), 75 °C; (iii) Bromine, P(Ph) , DMF, 80 °C; (iv) Primary amine (RNH 2 ), DMF, r.t.
  • Figure 1(b) Depicts a synthetic route with subsequent N- diazeniumdiolate formation (for CD-HEDA7/NO for example).
  • Figures 2(a)-(c) depict characterization data of NO donor CD-HEDA7/NO.
  • Figure 3 shows characterization data and the structure of a non-limiting embodiment of a CD derivative.
  • Newly- appeared peaks of b’ and c’ assigned to the methylene groups adjacent to /V-diazcniumdiolatcs demonstrated the successful synthesis of CD-HEDA/NO.
  • the high chemical shift of these methylene groups was due to the hydrogen bonding between the terminal hydroxyl group and /V-diazeniumdiolate.
  • Figure 4 shows characterization data and the structure of a non-limiting embodiment of a CD derivative.
  • Newly- appeared peaks of 6’ and a’ assigned to the methylene groups adjacent to N- diazeniumdiolates demonstrated the successful synthesis of CD-EDA/NO.
  • the high chemical shift of these methylene groups was due to the hydrogen bonding between the terminal primary amine group and /V-diazeniumdiolate.
  • Figure 5 shows characterization data and the structure of a non-limiting embodiment of a CD derivative.
  • Newly- appeared peaks of b’ and c’ assigned to the methylene groups adjacent to /V-diazeniumdiolates demonstrated the successful synthesis of CD-DETA/NO.
  • the high chemical shift of these methylene groups was due to the hydrogen bonding between the terminal primary amine group and /V-diazeniumdiolate.
  • Figure 6 shows characterization data and the structure of a non-limiting embodiment of a CD derivative.
  • Newly- appeared peaks of 6’ and a’ assigned to the methylene groups adjacent to /V-diazeniumdiolates demonstrated the successful synthesis of CD-EDA7/NO.
  • the high chemical shift of these methylene groups was due to the hydrogen bonding between the terminal primary amine group and /V-diazeniumdiolate.
  • Figure 7 shows characterization data and the structure of a non-limiting embodiment of a CD derivative.
  • Newly- appeared peaks of b’ and c’ assigned to the methylene groups adjacent to /V-diazeniumdiolates demonstrated the successful synthesis of CD-DETA7/NO.
  • the high chemical shift of these methylene groups was due to the hydrogen bonding between the terminal primary amine group and /V-diazeniumdiolate.
  • Figure 8 shows characterization data and the structure of a non-limiting embodiment of a CD derivative.
  • Down shifted peaks of 6’, a’ and b’ assigned to the methylene groups around the /V-diazeniumdiolate demonstrated the successful synthesis of CD-PA/NO. Since the terminal groups are methyl groups, they could not form the hydrogen bonding with the /V-diazeniumdiolates, leading to down- shifted peaks.
  • Figure 9 shows characterization data and the structure of a non-limiting embodiment of a CD derivative.
  • Down shifted peaks of 6’ and a’ assigned to the methylene groups around the /V-diazeniumdiolate demonstrated the successful synthesis of CD-MA/NO. Since the terminal groups are hydroxymethyl groups, they could not form the hydrogen bonding with the N- diazeniumdiolates, leading to down-shifted peaks.
  • Figure 10 shows characterization data and the structure of a non-limiting embodiment of a CD derivative.
  • Down-shifted peaks of 6’, a’ and b’ assigned to the methylene groups around the N- diazeniumdiolate demonstrated the successful synthesis of CD-PA7/NO. Since the terminal groups are methyl groups, they could not form the hydrogen bonding with the N- diazeniumdiolates, leading to down-shifted peaks.
  • Figure 11 shows characterization data and the structure of a non-limiting embodiment of a CD derivative.
  • Figures l2(a)-(e) show UV-Vis spectra of mono-substituted NO-releasing CD derivatives, which were measured in 0.1 M NaOH at a concentration of 0.05 mg/mL.
  • NO-releasing materials are dash lines, and non-NO-releasing controls are solid lines.
  • Figures l3(a)-(e) show UV-Vis spectra of hepta- substituted NO-releasing CD derivatives, which were measured in 0.1 M NaOH.
  • Figure 13(b) CD-MA7/NO 0.02 mg/mL
  • Figure 13(c) CD-PA7/NO 0.02 mg/mL
  • Figure 13(d) CD-EDA7/NO 0.02 mg/mL
  • Figure 13(e) CD-DETA7/NO (0.01 mg/mL).
  • NO-releasing materials are dash lines, and non-NO-releasing controls are solid lines.
  • Figures l4(a)-(c) depicts characterization of the dissociation of NO-releasing CD derivatives.
  • Figure 14(a) Proposed non- limiting mechanism for decomposition of N- diazeniumdiolate-modified CD derivatives.
  • Figure 14(b) Real-time plot of t[NO] vs time for NO-releasing CD derivatives. Solid line represents CD-PA/NO; dash line represents CD- MA7/NO; dot line represents CD-HEDA7/NO.
  • Figure 14(c) Proposed non- limiting structure for stabilization of /V-diazeniumdiolate CD derivatives (according to several embodiments) by neighboring cationic ammonium groups.
  • Figures l5(a)-(b) depict real time NO release measured by a chemiluminescence-based nitric oxide analyzer.
  • Figure 15(a) Real-time plot of t[NO] vs time for NO-releasing mono- substituted CD derivatives. Brown line represents CD-HEDA/NO; red line represents CD MA/NO; black line represents CD-PA/NO; green line represents CD-EDA/NO; blue line represents CD-DETA/NO.
  • Figure 15(b) Real-time plot of t[NO] vs time for NO-releasing hepta- substituted CD derivatives. Brown line represents CD-HEDA7/NO; red line represents CD-MA7/NO; black line represents CD-PA7/NO; green line represents CD-EDA7/N0; blue line represents CD-DETA7/N0.
  • Figures l6(a)-(e) depict bactericidal efficacy of mono-substituted NO-releasing CD derivatives against P. aeruginosa over 4 hours’ incubation.
  • Figures l7(a)-(c) depict CFSM images of P. aeruginosa cells exposed to 300 pg/mF CD-PA/NO for 2 hours.
  • DAF-2 green fluorescence indicated the intracellular NO delivery, while cellular membrane destruction (cell death) was indicated by the appearance of PI red fluorescence.
  • Figures 18 depicts bright field, intracellular DAF-2 (green) and PI (red) fluorescence images of P. aeruginosa exposed to 300 pg/mF CD-PA/NO.
  • DAF-2 green fluorescence indicates the appearance of NO in the cells
  • PI red fluorescence indicates the cellular membrane destruction (cell death). The top images were taken at 60 minutes, and the bottom images were taken at 120 minutes.
  • Figure 19 depicts bright field, intracellular DAF-2 (green) and PI (red) fluorescence images of P. aeruginosa exposed to 300 pg/mF CD-EDA/NO.
  • DAF-2 green fluorescence indicates the appearance of NO in the cells
  • PI red fluorescence indicates the cellular membrane destruction (cell death). The top images were taken at 60 minutes, and the bottom images were taken at 120 minutes.
  • Figures 20(a)-(e) depict the bactericidal efficacy of hepta- substituted NO-releasing CD derivatives against P. aeruginosa over 4 hours’ incubation.
  • Figures 2l(a)-(e) depict in vitro cytotoxicity.
  • FIG. 21(a) Mono-substituted CD derivatives;
  • Figure 21(b) Hepta- substituted CD derivatives.
  • Figure 21(c) shows bacterial viability data for DETA, DETA/NO, and DETA/NO mixed with CD.
  • Figure 21(d) shows data gathered using CD-DETA and CD- DETA/NO (CD-DETA functionalized with NO).
  • Figure 21(e) shows the cytotoxicity against mammalian cells.
  • concentration of promethazine in PBS buffer is constant as 2 mg/mL.
  • Molar ratio of promethazine versus CD-DETA Figure 23(a) 1:0; Figure 23(b) 1:0.25; Figure 23(c) 1:0.5; Figure 23(d) 1:0.75; Figure 23(e) 1: 1; Figure 23(f) 1: 1.5. Based on the turbidity of the complex solution, a good inclusive complex between promethazine and CD-DETA is formed with the molar ratio of 1: 1.
  • Figures 24(a)-(c) depicts schematics and data using CD as a host molecule or as an antimicrobial alone.
  • PM and CD derivatives were delivered in a molar ratio of 1: 1.
  • the X- axis is the concentration of PM in different systems.
  • Figure 24(c) Cell viability (%) of L929 mouse fibroblasts following exposure to PM, the complex of PM and CD-DETA, and the complex of PM and CD-DETA/NO at the MBC4h concentrations.
  • Left-side bar was PM; middle bar was the complex of PM and CD-DETA; right-side bar was the complex of PM and CD-DETA/NO.
  • Figure 24(d) is an illustration of NO delivery for antibacterial activity.
  • Figure 25 shows non-limiting schemes showing the synthesis of functionalized CD derivatives.
  • the synthesis of secondary amine-modified CDs can be carried out using the exemplary reagents and conditions as shown in (e.g., TsOCl, a primary amine (R(CH 2 )2NH 2 ) or Bromine, P(Ph) 3 , and a primary amine).
  • Figures 26(a)-(d) show the dose response for cell viability after CD treatment using various functionalized CDs where Figure 26(a) is for CD-PA and CD-PA/NO, Figure 26(b) is for CD-DETA and CD-DETA/NO, Figure 26(c) is for CD-PA7 and CD-PA7/NO, and Figure 26(d) is for CD-DETA7 and CD-DETA7/NO.
  • Figure 27 depicts data showing the anticancer action of NO-releasing CD derivatives against A549 human lung carcinoma cells using a 24 h MTS assay.
  • Figure 28 shows a non-limiting example of a model of CD complexing doxorubicin.
  • Figures 29(a)-(b) show UV/Vis data for DOX (dissolved in acetate buffer (pH 5.4, 10 mM)) where Figure 29(a) is DOX at various concentrations and Figure 29(b) shows a concentration calibration curve for DOX.
  • Figured 30(a)-(d) show characterization various functionalized-CD compounds using UV/Vis, where (a) is CD-DETA, (b) is CD-DETA-DOX, (c) is CD-DETA/NO, and (d) is CD-DETA/NO-DOX.
  • Figures 3 l(a)-(b) show UV/Vis data for DOX (in 3:7 acetonitrile:water (pH 3.0)) where Figure 31(a) is DOX at various concentrations and Figure 31(b) shows a concentration calibration curve for DOX.
  • Figures 32(a)-(b) show NO release profiles of CD-DETA/NO ( Figure 32(a)) and CD- DETA/NO-DOX ( Figure 32(b)).
  • cyclodextrin (CD) derivatives with bactericidal and/or antimicrobial activity.
  • the cyclodextrin (CD) derivatives comprise NO binding moieties.
  • the cyclodextrin (CD) derivatives have controllable amounts of secondary-amines and diverse exterior terminal groups (e.g., hydroxyl, methyl, hydroxymethyl, primary amines, etc.).
  • the CD derivatives can be reacted with nitric oxide (NO) gas or some other NO donor to yield NO-donating CD derivatives.
  • NO nitric oxide
  • Nitric oxide is a broad- spectrum antibacterial agent capable of eradicating both bacteria and biofilms, primarily through the formation of reactive NO byproducts (e.g., peroxynitrite and dinitrogen trioxide) that cause oxidative and nitrosative damage to microbial DNA and/or membrane structures.
  • reactive NO byproducts e.g., peroxynitrite and dinitrogen trioxide
  • the wide range of mechanisms by which NO exerts its antibacterial effects reduces the risk that bacteria will foster resistance.
  • the CD scaffolds are reacted with and/or decorated with substituents to change one or more properties of the CD (e.g., enhance solubility, guest binding efficacy, NO binding, NO binding efficacy, etc.) affording CD derivatives.
  • the CD derivative comprises NO binding moieties
  • the CD scaffolds can be reacted with and/or decorated with NO-binding moieties to afford NO-binding CD derivatives.
  • the CD derivatives are reacted with nitric oxide (NO) gas or some other NO donating agent to yield NO-donating CD derivatives.
  • NO nitric oxide
  • the functionalization of CD derivatives with NO is performed under alkaline conditions.
  • the NO-donating CD derivatives are NO-releasing /V-diazeniumdiolate NO donors.
  • by regulating one or more of the amount of secondary amines and the functional groups around the NO-donating moieties (e.g., /V-diazeniumdiolate), a molecule encapsulated in the CD, the solubility of the CD, or other features diverse NO- releasing CD derivatives with adjustable total NO storages and/or NO releasing half-lives can be realized.
  • the methods disclosed herein provide NO-releasing CD derivatives having NO storage capacities of between about 0.6 and about 2.4 pmol of NO / mg of CD nitric oxide donor compound, including, for example, about 0.6 to about 0.8 pmol/mg, 0.8 to about 1.0 pmol/mg, 1.0 to about 1.2 pmol/mg, 1.2 to about 1.5 pmol/mg, 1.5 to about 1.8 pmol/mg, 1.8 to about 2.0 pmol/mg, 2.0 to about 2.2 pmol/mg, 2.2 to about 2.4 pmol/mg, and any capacity there-between, including endpoints.
  • the methods disclosed herein provide NO-releasing CD derivatives having half-lives of NO release of between about 0.7 and about 4.2 hours.
  • the NO-releasing CD derivatives have half-lives of NO release (in hours) of equal to or at least about: 0.5, 0.7, 0.9, 1.0, 2.0, 2.5, 3.0, 3.5, 4.0, 4.2, 4.5, 5.0, 6.0, 10.0, or ranges including and/or spanning the aforementioned values.
  • the disclosed NO-releasing CD derivatives have bactericidal efficacy against Gram-negative Pseudomonas aeruginosa, among other bacteria (including, in several embodiments, drug-resistant bacteria).
  • the antibacterial efficacy of NO-releasing CD derivatives is dependent on the total NO storage and derivatives terminus.
  • NO-releasing materials containing a high density of NO donors or primary amines were effective antimicrobial agents.
  • the NO-releasing CD derivatives disclosed herein exhibit low and/or and substantially no cytotoxicity against mammalian cells (e.g., L929 mouse fibroblast cells in vitro). In several embodiments, this provides a targeted effect with minimal, reduced, or non existent off-target effects.
  • the term“about,” is given its plain and ordinary meaning and, when referring to a measurable value such as an amount of a compound or agent of the current subject matter, dose, time, temperature, and the like, is meant to encompass variations of ⁇ 20%, ⁇ 10%, ⁇ 5%, ⁇ 1%, ⁇ 0.5%, or even ⁇ 0.1% of the specified amount.
  • an effective amount refers to that amount of a functionalized CD that imparts a modulating effect, which, for example, can be a beneficial effect, to a subject afflicted with a disorder, disease or illness, including improvement in the condition of the subject (e.g., in one or more symptoms), delay or reduction in the progression of the condition, prevention or delay of the onset of the disorder, and/or change in clinical parameters, disease or illness, etc., as would be well known in the art.
  • an effective amount can refer to the amount of a composition, compound, or agent that improves a condition in a subject by at least 5%, e.g., at least 10%, at least 15%, at least 20%, at least 25%, at least 30%, at least 35%, at least 40%, at least 45%, at least 50%, at least 55%, at least 60%, at least 65%, at least 70%, at least 75%, at least 80%, at least 85%, at least 90%, at least 95%, or at least 100%.
  • an improvement in a condition can be a reduction in infection.
  • an improvement can be reduction of bacterial load (e.g., bioburden) on a surface or in a subject.
  • reduction in the thickness, production or other characteristic of a mucus layer is an improvement.
  • Actual dosage levels of active ingredients in an active composition of the presently disclosed subject matter can be varied so as to administer an amount of the active compound(s) that is effective to achieve the desired response for a particular subject and/or application.
  • the selected dosage level will depend upon a variety of factors including, but not limited to, the activity of the composition, formulation, route of administration, combination with other drugs or treatments, severity of the condition being treated, and the physical condition and prior medical history of the subject being treated.
  • a minimal dose is administered, and dose is escalated in the absence of dose-limiting toxicity to a minimally effective amount. Determination and adjustment of an effective dose, as well as evaluation of when and how to make such adjustments, are contemplated herein.
  • Treat” or “treating” or “treatment” refers to any type of action that imparts a modulating effect, which, for example, can be a beneficial effect, to a subject afflicted with a disorder, disease or illness, including improvement in the condition of the subject (e.g., in one or more symptoms), delay or reduction in the progression of the condition, and/or change in clinical parameters, disease or illness, curing the illness, etc.
  • nitric oxide donor or“NO donor” refer to species and/or molecules that donate, release and/or directly or indirectly transfer a nitric oxide species, and/or stimulate the endogenous production of nitric oxide in vivo and/or elevate endogenous levels of nitric oxide in vivo such that the biological activity of the nitric oxide species is expressed at the intended site of action.
  • nitric oxide releasing refers to species that donate, release and/or directly or indirectly transfer any one (or two or more) of the three redox forms of nitrogen monoxide (NO+, NO-, NO) and/or methods of donating, releasing and/or directly or indirectly transferring any one (or two or more) of the three redox forms of nitrogen monoxide (NO+, NO-, NO).
  • the nitric oxide releasing is accomplished such that the biological activity of the nitrogen monoxide species is expressed at the intended site of action.
  • microbial infection refers to bacterial, fungal, viral, yeast infections, as well other microorganisms, and combinations thereof, including infection that involves one or more type of drug-resistant microorganism.
  • The“patient” or“subject” treated as disclosed herein is, in some embodiments, a human patient, although it is to be understood that the principles of the presently disclosed subject matter indicate that the presently disclosed subject matter is effective with respect to all vertebrate species, including mammals, which are intended to be included in the terms “subject” and“patient.” Suitable subjects are generally mammalian subjects. The subject matter described herein finds use in research as well as veterinary and medical applications.
  • the term“mammal” as used herein includes, but is not limited to, humans, non-human primates, cattle, sheep, goats, pigs, horses, cats, dog, rabbits, rodents (e.g., rats or mice), monkeys, etc. Human subjects include neonates, infants, juveniles, adults and geriatric subjects.
  • the terms“functionalized CD,”“cyclodextrin derivatives,” or“CD derivatives” refer to a CD molecule which contains one or more covalently modified repeat units. Such“functionalized CDs” or“cyclodextrin derivatives” may or may not have a nitric oxide donor moiety attached.
  • Such physical properties include, but are not limited to, solubility, charge, stability, cross-linking, secondary and tertiary structure, and the like. Moreover, if no stereochemistry is indicated for compounds having one or more chiral centers, all enantiomers and diasteromers are included. Similarly, for a recitation of aliphatic or alkyl groups, all structural isomers thereof also are included.
  • groups shown as Ai through A n and referred to herein as an alkyl group are independently selected from alkyl or aliphatic groups, particularly alkyl having 20 or fewer carbon atoms, and even more typically lower alkyl having 10 or fewer atoms, such as methyl, ethyl, propyl, isopropyl, and butyl.
  • the alkyl may be optionally substituted (e.g., substituted or not substituted, as disclosed elsewhere herein).
  • the alkyl may be a substituted alkyl group, such as alkyl halide (e.g.— CX 3 where X is a halide, and combinations thereof, either in the chain or bonded thereto,), alcohols (i.e. aliphatic or alkyl hydroxyl, particularly lower alkyl hydroxyl) or other similarly substituted moieties such as amino-, amino acid-, aryl-, alkyl aryl-, alkyl ester-, ether-, keto-, nitro-, sulfhydryl-, sulfonyl-, sulfoxide modified- alkyl groups.
  • alkyl halide e.g.— CX 3 where X is a halide, and combinations thereof, either in the chain or bonded thereto
  • alcohols i.e. aliphatic or alkyl hydroxyl, particularly lower alkyl hydroxyl
  • moieties such as amino-, amino acid-, aryl-, alkyl
  • “amino” and“amine” refer to nitrogen-containing groups such as NR 3 , NH , NHR 2 , and NH 2 R, wherein R can be as described elsewhere herein.
  • “amino” as used herein can refer to a primary amine, a secondary amine, or a tertiary amine.
  • one R of an amino group can be a diazeniumdiolate (i.e., NONO).
  • the indicated“optionally substituted” or“substituted” group may be substituted with one or more group(s) individually and independently selected from alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, aryl, heteroaryl, heterocyclyl, aryl(alkyl), cycloalkyl( alkyl), heteroaryl( alkyl), heterocyclyl( alkyl), hydroxy, alkoxy, acyl, cyano, halogen, thiocarbonyl, O-carbamyl, N-carbamyl, O-thiocarbamyl, N-thiocarbamyl, C-amido, N-amido, S-sulfonamido, N-sulfonamido, C-carboxy, O-carboxy, nitro, sulfenyl, sulfinyl, sulfonyl,
  • the indicated group can contain from“a” to“b”, inclusive, carbon atoms.
  • a“ to C 4 alkyl” or“C 1 -C 4 alkyl” group refers to all alkyl groups having from 1 to 4 carbons, that is, CH 3 -, CH 3 CH 2 -, CH 3 CH 2 CH 2 -, (CH 3 ) 2 CH-, CH 3 CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 -, CH 3 CH 2 CH(CH 3 )- and (CH 3 ) 3 C-. If no“a” and“b” are designated, the broadest range described in these definitions is to be assumed.
  • R groups and the atoms they are attached to can form a cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, aryl, heteroaryl or heterocycle.
  • R a and R b of an NR a R b group are indicated to be“taken together,” it means that they are covalently bonded to one another to form a ring:
  • alkyl refers to a fully saturated aliphatic hydrocarbon group.
  • the alkyl moiety may be branched or straight chain.
  • branched alkyl groups include, but are not limited to, iso-propyl, sec-butyl, t-butyl and the like.
  • straight chain alkyl groups include, but are not limited to, methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, n-butyl, n- pentyl, n-hexyl, n-heptyl and the like.
  • the alkyl group may have 1 to 30 carbon atoms (whenever it appears herein, a numerical range such as“1 to 30” refers to each integer in the given range; e.g.,“1 to 30 carbon atoms” means that the alkyl group may consist of 1, 2, 3, 4,
  • The“alkyl” group may also be a medium size alkyl having 1 to 12 carbon atoms.
  • The“alkyl” group could also be a lower alkyl having 1 to 6 carbon atoms.
  • An alkyl group may be substituted or unsubstituted.
  • C 1 -C 5 alkyl indicates that there are one to five carbon atoms in the alkyl chain, i.e., the alkyl chain is selected from methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, isopropyl, n-butyl, isobutyl, tert-butyl, pentyl (branched and straight-chained), etc.
  • Typical alkyl groups include, but are in no way limited to, methyl, ethyl, propyl, isopropyl, butyl, isobutyl, tertiary butyl, pentyl and hexyl.
  • alkylene refers to a bivalent fully saturated straight chain aliphatic hydrocarbon group.
  • alkylene groups include, but are not limited to, methylene, ethylene, propylene, butylene, pentylene, hexylene, heptylene and octylene.
  • An alkylene group may be represented by ⁇ wv -, followed by the number of carbon atoms, followed by a For example, to represent ethylene.
  • the alkylene group may have 1 to 30 carbon atoms (whenever it appears herein, a numerical range such as“1 to 30” refers to each integer in the given range; e.g.,“1 to 30 carbon atoms” means that the alkyl group may consist of 1 carbon atom, 2 carbon atoms, 3 carbon atoms, etc., up to and including 30 carbon atoms, although the present definition also covers the occurrence of the term“alkylene” where no numerical range is designated).
  • the alkylene group may also be a medium size alkyl having 1 to 12 carbon atoms.
  • the alkylene group could also be a lower alkyl having 1 to 6 carbon atoms.
  • An alkylene group may be substituted or unsubstituted. For example, a lower alkylene group can be substituted by replacing one or more hydrogen of the lower alkylene group and/or by substituting both hydrogens on the same carbon with a C 3-6
  • monocyclic cycloalkyl group e.g., -C- .
  • alkenyl refers to a monovalent straight or branched chain radical of from two to twenty carbon atoms containing a carbon double bond(s) including, but not limited to, l-propenyl, 2-propenyl, 2-methyl- l-propenyl, l-butenyl, 2-butenyl and the like.
  • An alkenyl group may be unsubstituted or substituted.
  • alkynyl refers to a monovalent straight or branched chain radical of from two to twenty carbon atoms containing a carbon triple bond(s) including, but not limited to, l-propynyl, l-butynyl, 2-butynyl and the like.
  • An alkynyl group may be unsubstituted or substituted.
  • cycloalkyl refers to a completely saturated (no double or triple bonds) mono- or multi- cyclic (such as bicyclic) hydrocarbon ring system. When composed of two or more rings, the rings may be joined together in a fused, bridged or spiro fashion.
  • the term“fused” refers to two rings which have two atoms and one bond in common.
  • the term“bridged cycloalkyl” refers to compounds wherein the cycloalkyl contains a linkage of one or more atoms connecting non-adjacent atoms.
  • Cycloalkyl groups can contain 3 to 30 atoms in the ring(s), 3 to 20 atoms in the ring(s), 3 to 10 atoms in the ring(s), 3 to 8 atoms in the ring(s) or 3 to 6 atoms in the ring(s).
  • a cycloalkyl group may be unsubstituted or substituted.
  • Examples of mono- cycloalkyl groups include, but are in no way limited to, cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, cycloheptyl and cyclooctyl.
  • Examples of fused cycloalkyl groups are decahydronaphthalenyl, dodecahydro-lH-phenalenyl and tetradecahydroanthracenyl;
  • examples of bridged cycloalkyl groups are bicyclo[ 1.1.1] pentyl, adamantanyl and norbornanyl; and examples of spiro cycloalkyl groups include spiro[3.3]heptane and spiro[4.5]decane.
  • cyclo alkenyl refers to a mono- or multi- cyclic (such as bicyclic) hydrocarbon ring system that contains one or more double bonds in at least one ring; although, if there is more than one, the double bonds cannot form a fully delocalized pi- electron system throughout all the rings (otherwise the group would be“aryl,” as defined herein).
  • Cycloalkenyl groups can contain 3 to 10 atoms in the ring(s), 3 to 8 atoms in the ring(s) or 3 to 6 atoms in the ring(s). When composed of two or more rings, the rings may be connected together in a fused, bridged or spiro fashion.
  • a cycloalkenyl group may be unsubstituted or substituted.
  • aryl refers to a carbocyclic (all carbon) monocyclic or multicyclic (such as bicyclic) aromatic ring system (including fused ring systems where two carbocyclic rings share a chemical bond) that has a fully delocalized pi-electron system throughout all the rings.
  • the number of carbon atoms in an aryl group can vary.
  • the aryl group can be a C 6 -Ci4 aryl group, a C 6 -Cio aryl group or a C 6 aryl group.
  • Examples of aryl groups include, but are not limited to, benzene, naphthalene and azulene.
  • An aryl group may be substituted or unsubstituted.
  • heteroaryl refers to a monocyclic or multicyclic (such as bicyclic) aromatic ring system (a ring system with fully delocalized pi-electron system) that contain(s) one or more heteroatoms (for example, 1, 2 or 3 heteroatoms), that is, an element other than carbon, including but not limited to, nitrogen, oxygen and sulfur.
  • heteroatoms for example, 1, 2 or 3 heteroatoms
  • the number of atoms in the ring(s) of a heteroaryl group can vary.
  • the heteroaryl group can contain 4 to 14 atoms in the ring(s), 5 to 10 atoms in the ring(s) or 5 to 6 atoms in the ring(s), such as nine carbon atoms and one heteroatom; eight carbon atoms and two heteroatoms; seven carbon atoms and three heteroatoms; eight carbon atoms and one heteroatom; seven carbon atoms and two heteroatoms; six carbon atoms and three heteroatoms; five carbon atoms and four heteroatoms; five carbon atoms and one heteroatom; four carbon atoms and two heteroatoms; three carbon atoms and three heteroatoms; four carbon atoms and one heteroatom; three carbon atoms and two heteroatoms; or two carbon atoms and three heteroatoms.
  • heteroaryl includes fused ring systems where two rings, such as at least one aryl ring and at least one heteroaryl ring or at least two heteroaryl rings, share at least one chemical bond.
  • heteroaryl rings include, but are not limited to, furan, furazan, thiophene, benzo thiophene, phthalazine, pyrrole, oxazole, benzoxazole, l,2,3-oxadiazole, l,2,4-oxadiazole, thiazole, l,2,3-thiadiazole, l,2,4-thiadiazole, benzothiazole, imidazole, benzimidazole, indole, indazole, pyrazole, benzopyrazole, isoxazole, benzoisoxazole, isothiazole, triazole, benzotriazole, thiadiazole, tetrazole, pyridine, pyrid
  • heterocyclyl or“heteroahcyclyl” refers to three-, four-, five-, six-, seven-, eight-, nine-, ten-, up to l8-membered monocyclic, bicyclic and tricyclic ring system wherein carbon atoms together with from 1 to 5 heteroatoms constitute said ring system.
  • a heterocycle may optionally contain one or more unsaturated bonds situated in such a way, however, that a fully delocalized pi-electron system does not occur throughout all the rings.
  • the heteroatom(s) is an element other than carbon including, but not limited to, oxygen, sulfur and nitrogen.
  • a heterocycle may further contain one or more carbonyl or thiocarbonyl functionalities, so as to make the definition include oxo-systems and thio-systems such as lactams, lactones, cyclic imides, cyclic thioimides and cyclic carbamates.
  • oxo-systems and thio-systems such as lactams, lactones, cyclic imides, cyclic thioimides and cyclic carbamates.
  • the rings When composed of two or more rings, the rings may be joined together in a fused, bridged or spiro fashion.
  • the term“fused” refers to two rings which have two atoms and one bond in common.
  • bridged heterocyclyl or“bridged heteroahcyclyl” refers to compounds wherein the heterocyclyl or heteroahcyclyl contains a linkage of one or more atoms connecting non-adjacent atoms.
  • spiro refers to two rings which have one atom in common and the two rings are not linked by a bridge.
  • Heterocyclyl and heteroahcyclyl groups can contain 3 to 30 atoms in the ring(s), 3 to 20 atoms in the ring(s), 3 to 10 atoms in the ring(s), 3 to 8 atoms in the ring(s) or 3 to 6 atoms in the ring(s).
  • any nitrogens in a heteroalicyclic may be quaternized.
  • Heterocyclyl or heteroalicyclic groups may be unsubstituted or substituted.
  • heterocyclyl or“heteroahcyclyl” groups include but are not limited to, 1, 3-dioxin, 1,3- dioxane, l,4-dioxane, l,2-dioxolane, l,3-dioxolane, l,4-dioxolane, l,3-oxathiane, 1,4- oxathiin, l,3-oxathiolane, l,3-dithiole, l,3-dithiolane, l,4-oxathiane, tetrahydro-l,4-thiazine, 2H-l,2-oxazine, maleimide, succinimide, barbituric acid, thiobarbituric acid, dioxopiperazine, hydantoin, dihydrouracil, trioxane, hexahydro-l,3,5-triazine, imi
  • spiro heterocyclyl groups examples include 2-azaspiro[3.3]heptane, 2-oxaspiro[3.3]heptane, 2-oxa-6-azaspiro[3.3]heptane, 2,6- diazaspiro[3.3]heptane, 2-oxaspiro[3.4]octane and 2-azaspiro[3.4]octane.
  • aralkyl and“aryl(alkyl)” refer to an aryl group connected, as a substituent, via a lower alkylene group.
  • the lower alkylene and aryl group of an aralkyl may be substituted or unsubstituted. Examples include but are not limited to benzyl, 2-phenylalkyl, 3-phenylalkyl and naphthylalkyl.
  • cycloalkyl(alkyl) refer to an cycloalkyl group connected, as a substituent, via a lower alkylene group.
  • the lower alkylene and cycloalkyl group of a cycloalkyl( alkyl) may be substituted or unsubstituted.
  • hetero aralkyl and“heteroaryl(alkyl)” refer to a heteroaryl group connected, as a substituent, via a lower alkylene group.
  • the lower alkylene and heteroaryl group of heteroaralkyl may be substituted or unsubstituted. Examples include but are not limited to 2-thienylalkyl, 3-thienylalkyl, furylalkyl, thienylalkyl, pyrrolylalkyl, pyridylalkyl, isoxazolylalkyl and imidazolylalkyl and their benzo-fused analogs.
  • heteroalicyclyl(alkyl) and “heterocyclyl(alkyl)” refer to a heterocyclic or a heteroalicyclic group connected, as a substituent, via a lower alkylene group.
  • the lower alkylene and heterocyclyl of a (heteroalicyclyl) alkyl may be substituted or unsubstituted. Examples include but are not limited tetrahydro-2H-pyran-4-yl(methyl), piperidin-4-yl(ethyl), piperidin-4-yl(propyl), tetrahydro-2H-thiopyran-4-yl(methyl) and l,3-thiazinan-4-yl(methyl).
  • hydroxy refers to a -OH group.
  • alkoxy refers to the Formula -OR wherein R is an alkyl, an alkenyl, an alkynyl, a cycloalkyl, a cycloalkenyl, aryl, heteroaryl, heterocyclyl, cycloalkyl(alkyl), aryl(alkyl), heteroaryl(alkyl) or heterocyclyl(alkyl) is defined herein.
  • R is an alkyl, an alkenyl, an alkynyl, a cycloalkyl, a cycloalkenyl, aryl, heteroaryl, heterocyclyl, cycloalkyl(alkyl), aryl(alkyl), heteroaryl(alkyl) or heterocyclyl(alkyl) is defined herein.
  • a non-limiting list of alkoxys are methoxy, ethoxy, n-propoxy, l-methylethoxy (isopropoxy), n-butoxy, iso-but
  • acyl refers to a hydrogen, alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, aryl, heteroaryl, heterocyclyl, aryl(alkyl), heteroaryl(alkyl) and heterocyclyl(alkyl) connected, as substituents, via a carbonyl group. Examples include formyl, acetyl, propanoyl, benzoyl and acryl. An acyl may be substituted or unsubstituted.
  • a“cyano” group refers to a“-CN” group.
  • halogen atom or“halogen” as used herein, means any one of the radio stable atoms of column 7 of the Periodic Table of the Elements, such as, fluorine, chlorine, bromine and iodine.
  • An O-carbamyl may be substituted or unsubstituted.
  • An N-carbamyl may be substituted or unsubstituted.
  • An O-thiocarbamyl may be substituted or unsubstituted.
  • An N-thiocarbamyl may be substituted or unsubstituted.
  • a C-amido may be substituted or unsubstituted.
  • An N-amido may be substituted or unsubstituted.
  • An“S-sulfonamido” group refers to a“-S0 2 N(R A R B )” group in which R A and R B can be independently hydrogen, an alkyl, an alkenyl, an alkynyl, a cycloalkyl, a cycloalkenyl, aryl, heteroaryl, heterocyclyl, cycloalkyl(alkyl), aryl(alkyl), heteroaryl(alkyl) or heterocyclyl( alkyl).
  • An S-sulfonamido may be substituted or unsubstituted.
  • An“N-sulfonamido” group refers to a“RS0 2 N(R A )-” group in which R and R A can be independently hydrogen, an alkyl, an alkenyl, an alkynyl, a cycloalkyl, a cycloalkenyl, aryl, heteroaryl, heterocyclyl, cycloalkyl(alkyl), aryl(alkyl), heteroaryl(alkyl) or heterocyclyl( alkyl).
  • An N-sulfonamido may be substituted or unsubstituted.
  • An O- carboxy may be substituted or unsubstituted.
  • A“nitro” group refers to an“-NO2” group.
  • A“sulfenyl” group refers to an“-SR” group in which R can be hydrogen, an alkyl, an alkenyl, an alkynyl, a cycloalkyl, a cycloalkenyl, aryl, heteroaryl, heterocyclyl, cycloalkyl(alkyl), aryl(alkyl), heteroaryl(alkyl) or heterocyclyl( alkyl).
  • R can be hydrogen, an alkyl, an alkenyl, an alkynyl, a cycloalkyl, a cycloalkenyl, aryl, heteroaryl, heterocyclyl, cycloalkyl(alkyl), aryl(alkyl), heteroaryl(alkyl) or heterocyclyl( alkyl).
  • a sulfenyl may be substituted or unsubstituted.
  • a sulfinyl may be substituted or unsubstituted.
  • A“sulfonyl” group refers to an“SO2R” group in which R can be the same as defined with respect to sulfenyl.
  • a sulfonyl may be substituted or unsubstituted.
  • haloalkyl refers to an alkyl group in which one or more of the hydrogen atoms are replaced by a halogen (e.g., mono-haloalkyl, di-haloalkyl, tri-haloalkyl and polyhaloalkyl).
  • a halogen e.g., mono-haloalkyl, di-haloalkyl, tri-haloalkyl and polyhaloalkyl.
  • groups include but are not limited to, chloromethyl, fluoromethyl, difluoromethyl, trifluoromethyl, l-chloro-2-fluoromethyl, 2-fluoroisobutyl and pentafluoroethyl.
  • a haloalkyl may be substituted or unsubstituted.
  • haloalkoxy refers to an alkoxy group in which one or more of the hydrogen atoms are replaced by a halogen (e.g., mono-haloalkoxy, di-haloalkoxy and tri- haloalkoxy).
  • a halogen e.g., mono-haloalkoxy, di-haloalkoxy and tri- haloalkoxy.
  • groups include but are not limited to, chloromethoxy, fluoromethoxy, difluoromethoxy, trifluoromethoxy, l-chloro-2-fluoromethoxy and 2-fluoroisobutoxy.
  • a haloalkoxy may be substituted or unsubstituted.
  • amino and “unsubstituted amino” as used herein refer to a -NH 2 group.
  • A“mono-substituted amine” group refers to a“-NHR A ” group in which R A can be an alkyl, an alkenyl, an alkynyl, a cycloalkyl, a cycloalkenyl, aryl, heteroaryl, heterocyclyl, cycloalkyl(alkyl), aryl(alkyl), heteroaryl(alkyl) or heterocyclyl( alkyl), as defined herein.
  • the R A may be substituted or unsubstituted.
  • a mono-substituted amine group can include, for example, a mono-alkylamine group, a mono-Ci-C 6 alkylamine group, a mono-arylamine group, a mono-C 6 -Cio arylamine group and the like.
  • Examples of mono-substituted amine groups include, but are not limited to, -NH(methyl), -NH(phenyl) and the like.
  • A“di- substituted amine” group refers to a“-NR A R B ” group in which R A and R B can be independently an alkyl, an alkenyl, an alkynyl, a cyclo alkyl, a cyclo alkenyl, aryl, heteroaryl, heterocyclyl, cycloalkyl(alkyl), aryl(alkyl), heteroaryl(alkyl) or heterocyclyl( alkyl), as defined herein.
  • R A and R B can independently be substituted or unsubstituted.
  • a di- substituted amine group can include, for example, a di-alkylamine group, a di-Cr , alkylamine group, a di- arylamine group, a di-C 6 -Cio arylamine group and the like.
  • Examples of di- substituted amine groups include, but are not limited to, -N(methyl) 2 , -N(phenyl) (methyl), -N(ethyl) (methyl) and the like.
  • “mono-substituted amine(alkyl)” group refers to a mono-substituted amine as provided herein connected, as a substituent, via a lower alkylene group.
  • a mono-substituted amine(alkyl) may be substituted or unsubstituted.
  • a mono-substituted amine(alkyl) group can include, for example, a mono-alkylamine(alkyl) group, a mono-Ci-C 6 alkylamine(Ci-C 6 alkyl) group, a mono-arylamine(alkyl group), a mono-C 6 -Cio arylamine(Ci- C 6 alkyl) group and the like.
  • Examples of mono-substituted amine(alkyl) groups include, but are not limited to, -CH 2 NH(methyl), -CH 2 NH(phenyl), -CH 2 CH 2 NH(methyl), -CH 2 CH 2 NH(phenyl) and the like.
  • di- substituted amine(alkyl) refers to a di- substituted amine as provided herein connected, as a substituent, via a lower alkylene group.
  • a di- substituted amine(alkyl) may be substituted or unsubstituted.
  • a di- substituted amine(alkyl) group can include, for example, a dialkylamine(alkyl) group, a di-CrO, alkylamine(Ci-C 6 alkyl) group, a di-arylamine(alkyl) group, a di-C 6 -Cio arylamine(Ci-C 6 alkyl) group and the like.
  • di- substituted amine(alkyl)groups include, but are not limited to, -CH 2 N(methyl) 2 , -CH 2 N(phenyl) (methyl), -CH 2 N(ethyl) (methyl), -CH 2 CH 2 N(methyl) 2 ,
  • the term“diamino-” denotes an a“-N(R A )R B -N(R C )(R D )” group in which R a , R c , and R D can be independently a hydrogen, an alkyl, an alkenyl, an alkynyl, a cycloalkyl, a cycloalkenyl, aryl, heteroaryl, heterocyclyl, cycloalkyl(alkyl), aryl(alkyl), heteroaryl( alkyl) or heterocyclyl( alkyl), as defined herein, and wherein R B connects the two “N” groups and can be (independently of R A , Rc, and R D ) a substituted or unsubstituted alkylene group.
  • R A, RB, RC, and R D can independently further be substituted or unsubstituted.
  • polyamino denotes a “-(N(R A )R B -) II -N(R C )(R D )” ⁇
  • polyamino can comprise -N(R A )alkylene-N(R A )alkylene-N(R A )alkylene- N(R A )alkylene-H.
  • the alkylene of the polyamino is as disclosed elsewhere herein. While this example has only 4 repeat units, the term“polyamino” may consist of 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, or 10 repeat units.
  • R A , R c , and R D can be independently a hydrogen, an alkyl, an alkenyl, an alkynyl, a cycloalkyl, a cycloalkenyl, aryl, heteroaryl, heterocyclyl, cycloalkyl(alkyl), aryl(alkyl), heteroaryl(alkyl) or heterocyclyl( alkyl), as defined herein, and wherein R B connects the two“N” groups and can be (independently of R A , R c , and R d ) a substituted or unsubstituted alkylene group.
  • R A Rc, and R D can independently further be substituted or unsubstituted.
  • the polyamino comprises amine groups with intervening alkyl groups (where alkyl is as defined elsewhere herein).
  • the term“diether-” denotes an a“-ORBO-R a ” group in which R A can be a hydrogen, an alkyl, an alkenyl, an alkynyl, a cycloalkyl, a cycloalkenyl, aryl, heteroaryl, heterocyclyl, cycloalkyl(alkyl), aryl(alkyl), heteroaryl(alkyl) or heterocyclyl( alkyl), as defined herein, and wherein R B connects the two“O” groups and can be a substituted or unsubstituted alkylene group.
  • R A can independently further be substituted or unsubstituted.
  • polyether denotes a repeating -(OR B -) n OR A group.
  • polyether can comprise -Oalkylene-Oalkylene-Oalkylene-Oalkylene-OR A .
  • the alkyl of the polyether is as disclosed elsewhere herein. While this example has only 4 repeat units, the term“polyether” may consist of 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, or 10 repeat units.
  • R A can be a hydrogen, an alkyl, an alkenyl, an alkynyl, a cycloalkyl, a cycloalkenyl, aryl, heteroaryl, heterocyclyl, cycloalkyl(alkyl), aryl(alkyl), heteroaryl(alkyl) or heterocyclyl( alkyl), as defined herein.
  • R B can be a substituted or unsubstituted alkylene group.
  • R A can independently further be substituted or unsubstituted.
  • the polyether comprises ether groups with intervening alkyl groups (where alkyl is as defined elsewhere herein and can be optionally substituted).
  • substituents there may be one or more substituents present.
  • “haloalkyl” may include one or more of the same or different halogens.
  • “C 1 -C 3 alkoxyphenyl” may include one or more of the same or different alkoxy groups containing one, two or three atoms.
  • a radical indicates species with a single, unpaired electron such that the species containing the radical can be covalently bonded to another species.
  • a radical is not necessarily a free radical. Rather, a radical indicates a specific portion of a larger molecule.
  • the term“radical” can be used interchangeably with the term“group.”
  • the range includes any number falling within the range and the numbers defining ends of the range.
  • the integers included in the range are 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, etc., up to and including 20.
  • “pharmaceutically acceptable” refers to carriers, excipients, and/or stabilizers that are nontoxic to the cell or mammal being exposed thereto at the dosages and concentrations employed or that have an acceptable level of toxicity.
  • A“pharmaceutically acceptable”“diluent,”“excipient,” and/or“carrier” as used herein is intended to include any and all solvents, dispersion media, coatings, antibacterial and antifungal agents, isotonic and absorption delaying agents, and the like, compatible with administration to humans or other vertebrate hosts.
  • a pharmaceutically acceptable diluent, excipient, and/or carrier is a diluent, excipient, and/or carrier approved by a regulatory agency of a Federal, a state government, or other regulatory agency, or listed in the U.S. Pharmacopeia or other generally recognized pharmacopeia for use in animals, including humans as well as non-human mammals.
  • the term diluent, excipient, and/or“carrier” can refer to a diluent, adjuvant, excipient, or vehicle with which the pharmaceutical composition is administered.
  • Such pharmaceutical diluent, excipient, and/or carriers can be sterile liquids, such as water and oils, including those of petroleum, animal, vegetable or synthetic origin.
  • Water, saline solutions and aqueous dextrose and glycerol solutions can be employed as liquid diluents, excipients, and/or carriers, particularly for injectable solutions.
  • suitable pharmaceutical diluents and/or excipients include starch, glucose, lactose, sucrose, gelatin, malt, rice, flour, chalk, silica gel, sodium stearate, glycerol monostearate, talc, sodium chloride, dried skim milk, glycerol, propylene, glycol, water, ethanol and the like.
  • a non-limiting example of a physiologically acceptable carrier is an aqueous pH buffered solution.
  • the physiologically acceptable carrier may also comprise one or more of the following: antioxidants, such as ascorbic acid, low molecular weight (less than about 10 residues) polypeptides, proteins, such as serum albumin, gelatin, immunoglobulins, hydrophilic polymers such as polyvinylpyrrolidone, amino acids, carbohydrates such as glucose, mannose, or dextrins, chelating agents such as EDTA, sugar alcohols such as mannitol or sorbitol, salt-forming counterions such as sodium, and nonionic surfactants such as TWEEN®, polyethylene glycol (PEG), and PLURONICS®.
  • the composition if desired, can also contain minor amounts of wetting, bulking, emulsifying agents, or pH buffering agents.
  • compositions can take the form of solutions, suspensions, emulsion, sustained release formulations and the like.
  • the formulation should suit the mode of administration.
  • those formulation components listed as approved inactive ingredients by the FDA may be included.
  • the list currently includes: citric acid, calcium carbonate, calcium chloride, carrageenan, cetylpyridinium chloride, chorobutanol, benzalkonium chloride, dichlorodifluoromethane, dichlorotetrafluoroethane, edetate disodium, ferric oxide yellow, fluorochlorohydrocarbons, fumaryl diketopiperazine, glycerin, gelatin, hydrochloric acid, hydrogenated soybean lecithin, Hypromellose, lactose, magnesium stearate, menthol, methyl parabon, nitric acid, norflurane, oleic acid, polysorbate 80, potassium chloride, propylene glycol saccharin, or silicon dioxide.
  • the term “consists essentially of’ (and grammatical variants), shall be given its ordinary meaning and shall also mean that the composition or method referred to can contain additional components as long as the additional components do not materially alter the composition or method.
  • the term“consists of’ (and grammatical variants), shall be given its ordinary meaning and shall also mean that the composition or method referred to is closed to additional components.
  • the term“comprising” (and grammatical variants) shall be given its ordinary meaning and shall also mean that the composition or method referred to is open to contain additional components.
  • compositions, formulations and related methods summarized above and set forth in further detail below describe certain actions taken by a practitioner; however, it should be understood that they can also include the instruction of those actions by another party.
  • actions such as“administering an NO-releasing functionalized CD to a subject” also include “instructing the administration of an NO-releasing functionalized CD to a subject.”
  • Nitric oxide an endogenously produced diatomic free radical, is associated with numerous biological processes and physiological roles, including platelet aggregation and adhesion, vasodilation, wound repair, the immune response, and carcinogenesis. Deficiency of NO can lead to some degree of malfunction of NO-relevant physiological systems and has been linked to certain health disorders and disease, such as diabetes and cystic fibrosis. Low levels of exhaled NO are associated with impaired lung function in cystic fibrosis. Exogenous NO delivery may be an effective strategy for the resolution of biomedical therapies ranging from cardiovascular diseases to antibacterial and anticancer therapies.
  • N-diazeniumdiolates may be useful as NO donors because of their good stability and their capacity for pro ton- triggered NO delivery under physiological conditions.
  • high NO total is an important parameter to effectively evaluate storage capability of good scaffolds.
  • a high density of secondary amine groups imbues certain donors with a high NO storage capacity.
  • fast NO release and high NO storage may result in undesired toxicity to mammalian cells.
  • the concentration of low molecular weight NO donors necessary to illicit a biological response often is harmful to mammalian cells and tissue.
  • Macromolecular-based NO-storage systems including silica nanoparticles, liposomes, and metal organic frameworks have been developed to increase NO payloads without compromising cell/tissue viability. While possessing attractive (e.g., therapeutically relevant) NO pay-loads, the synthetic burden of these systems, limited water solubility, and/or restricted control over release kinetics represent a significant challenge in their further development for clinical use.
  • the NO storage and NO-release kinetics of the generated nitric-oxide releasing scaffolds can be tuned for a particular application. This tuning is achieved, in several embodiments, by altering the type and/or number of functionalized monomers of e.g., Formula I.
  • additional functionalization of the amines in the generated nitric-oxide releasing scaffolds, for example, by compounds with different compositions further enables the control over NO-release kinetics. Indeed, excellent NO storage was observed with the presently disclosed functionalized cyclodextrins.
  • the secondary amine group directly influences the stability of the N- diazeniumdiolate (or other NO carrier group), allowing for control over both NO storage and release kinetics.
  • the antibacterial efficacy of NO-releasing materials is dependent on both NO payloads and associated release kinetics.
  • Disclosed herein is the bactericidal efficacy of the functionalized cyclodextrins with respect to NO-release kinetics, total NO storage, and amine structure.
  • one or more of the disclosed cyclodextrins are antimicrobial but substantially non- toxic to mammalian cells.
  • CDs Cyclodextrins
  • CDs are composed of (a-l,4)-linked a-D-glucopyranose residues.
  • CDs are of a doughnut- shaped, cyclic structure.
  • CDs can possess a hydrophobic central cavity and hydrophilic exterior. Because some CDs have a lipophilic cavity and low cytotoxicity, enzyme-degradable CDs may be useful as agents to enhance aqueous solubility of poorly water-soluble compounds, further increasing their biocompatibility and stability against other peripheral stimulants (e.g., light, heat, oxygen, enzymes).
  • CDs may have use in fields, including agrochemicals, fragrances, food additive, drug delivery, and gene delivery.
  • the NO-releasing cyclodextrin compounds and/or functionalized cyclodextrins can be used to deliver NO to a subject in need of treatment.
  • the CD derivatives disclosed herein can also be used to bind a drug effective in treating the subject.
  • the NO-binding CD can deliver NO and a bound drug simultaneously to a patient in need thereof, resulting, in several embodiments, in synergy between the NO and the drug in treating the patient.
  • CDs may be useful as macrocyclic host molecules, which could recognize with hydrophobic guest molecules to construct supramolecular architectures of supramolecular devices (e.g., polyrotaxane, molecular shuttle), supramolecular assemblies (e.g., micelle, vesicle, tube, sheet, hydrogel), and supramolecular polymers.
  • supramolecular devices e.g., polyrotaxane, molecular shuttle
  • supramolecular assemblies e.g., micelle, vesicle, tube, sheet, hydrogel
  • Cyclodextrins can be used to fabricate supramolecular devices (e.g., polyrotaxane, molecular shuttle), assemblies (e.g., micelle, vesicle, tube, sheet, hydrogel), and polymers. These favorable properties make CDs intriguing as NO-release/drug delivery vehicles, though, prior to the present disclosure, a CD-based scaffold with tunable NO-release payloads and kinetics that could be applied clinically as a therapeutic remained elusive.
  • supramolecular devices e.g., polyrotaxane, molecular shuttle
  • assemblies e.g., micelle, vesicle, tube, sheet, hydrogel
  • Disclosed herein is the synthesis of NO carrying CD derivatives as NO-releasing biopolymers with variable NO payloads, biodegradability, solubility, highly tunable NO-release kinetics, large NO payloads for biopolymer, and the ability to co-deliver hydrophobic drugs (or guest drugs).
  • CD structures those having 6 glucopyranoside units (e.g., sugar units) in the cycle (a-cyclodextrins), those having 7 glucopyranoside units in the cycle (b-cyclodextrins), and those having 8 glucopyranoside units in the cycle (g-cyclodextrins):
  • the NO-donating CD derivatives disclosed herein comprise any one or more of a-cyclodextrins, b-cyclodextrins, and/or g-cyclodextrins.
  • a cyclodextrin molecule can be depicted as one or more repeat units of glucopyrano sides (having the following structure): glucopyranoside
  • m is 6 (e.g., a-cyclodextrins), 7 (e.g., b-cyclodextrins), or 8 (e.g., g-cyclodextrins).
  • m is an integer selected from 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, or more.
  • mixtures of CDs with different m values can be employed simultaneously. Because the sugar units such as the glucopyranoside form part of the cyclic structure of a CD, they are referred to herein as ring units.
  • the CDs as disclosed herein can be depicted using any one or more of the following representations (illustrated for b- cyclodextrin):
  • the functionalized CDs may be optionally substituted (e.g., where a hydroxyl is replaced by and/or substituted with one or more optional substituents as disclosed elsewhere herein).
  • the functionalized CD comprises one or more ring units of Formula I:
  • any one of Ri, R 2 , and R may independently be -O- or -NH- optionally substituted.
  • Ri, R 2 , and R may independently be -OH, Ci_ -C 6 alkoxy, polyamino, or polyether.
  • Ri, R 2 , and R may independently be -OH, Ci-C 6 alkoxy, polyamino having 1 to 7 repeat units with Ci-C 6 bridging alkylenes, or a polyether having 1 to 7 repeat units with Ci-C 6 bridging alkylenes.
  • Ri, R 2 , and R are independently selected from the group consisting of -OH, -0-((CH 2 ) t 0) u -H, -0-((CH 2 ) t O) U’ -(CH 2 ) v H, -0-(C 1-5 alkyl), -NH-((CH 2 ) c NH) d -H,
  • c, c’, d, d’, e, f, f , g, g’, h, h’, q, r, t, t’, u, u’, and v are independently selected from an integer from 0 to 10 (e.g., 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, or 10).
  • d, d’, g, g’, r, u, and u’ are independently selected from an integer from 0 to 4 (e.g., 0, 1, 2, 3, 4).
  • c, c’, e, f, f , h, h’, q, t, t’, and v are independently selected from an integer from 0 to 3 (e.g., 0, 1, 2, 3).
  • X 1 , X 2 , and X 3 are independently selected from O, S, NH, or a NO releasing moiety.
  • each of X 1 , X 2 , and X 3 is NH or a NO releasing moiety.
  • n is an integer selected from 1 to 8 (e.g., 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8). In some embodiments, n is an integer selected from 5 to 8 (e.g., 5, 6, 7, 8).
  • Ri, R 2 , and R may independently be any one of -OH, -CH 2 CH 2 OH, CH 2 CH(OH)CH 3 , -0-((CH 2 ) t O) u -H, -0-((CH 2 ) t O) U’ -(CH 2 ) v H, -0-(C 1-8 alkyl), C 2 H 5, C 8 H 17 -NH-((CH 2 ) c NH) d -H,
  • R 3 may be -ORr
  • R 2 may be -OR 2
  • R 3 may be -OR 3 as represented by Formula G.
  • each of R, ⁇ , R 2 , or R 3 may independently be -H (e.g., a hydrogen of a hydroxyl group) or an optionally substituted -0-.
  • R, ⁇ , R 2 , and R 3 may independently be Ci-C 6 alkyl, or a polyether.
  • the polyether includes 1 to 10 repeat units with C 1 -C 3 bridging alkylenes and being terminated by -OH or CpCe alkyloxy.
  • n + n’ is equal to 10 where n is any integer from 0 to 10 and n’ is any integer from one to ten. For instance, where n + n’ is 7 and n is 3, then n’ is 4.
  • a composition comprising functionalized CD comprises a mixture of structures functionalized with Formula I and/or Formula G ring structures (or any other formulae disclosed herein) units in combination with CD that is not functionalized. In some embodiments, the composition does not include CD that is not functionalized.
  • R 3 , R 2 , and R 3 as disclosed elsewhere herein or are selected from one or more of the following structures:
  • any one or more of Ri, R 2 , and R can be functionalized with a nitric oxide to provide a CD nitric oxide donor compound (a nitric oxide releasing compound).
  • the CD compound is a nitric oxide releasing compound where any one of X 1 , X 2 , and X 3 comprises any one of the following nitric oxide releasing moieties:
  • Amine Hydroxyurea indicates attachment to other atoms within Ri, R 2 , and R on the functionalized CD structure (e.g., any instance of -H, -CH 2 -, etc. within Ri, R 2 , and R ).
  • the compound is a CD nitric oxide donor compound
  • Ri, R 2 , and R can be independently selected from -OH and one or more of the following structures:
  • X 1 , X 2 , and X 3 are as disclosed elsewhere herein and X 4 is selected from O, S, NH or a nitric oxide releasing moiety as disclosed elsewhere herein.
  • variables are specifically designated as having particular structures (e.g., -OH, O, S, NH, etc.), for brevity, in several other areas these variables are not defined and/or are defined as being“as disclosed elsewhere herein.” In areas where variables are not defined or are defined as being “as disclosed elsewhere herein,” etc., those variables may be of any structure by which they were defined elsewhere in this disclosure.
  • the nitric oxide donor is selected from the group consisting of a diazeniumdiolate, nitrosothiol, a nitrosamine, a hydroxyl nitrosamine, a hydroxyl amine, a hydroxyurea, and a combination thereof.
  • Ri, R 2 , and R 3 are independently selected from the groups as
  • R 4 is, in each instance, hydrogen or C 1-5 alkyl
  • Q is -(CR a R b ) s -;
  • R a and R b are independently hydrogen or C 1-5 alkyl; and s is an integer from 2 to 6;
  • L is S, O, or N; and G, in each instance, is hydrogen, is taken together with L to form a nitric oxide donor, or is absent;
  • p is an integer from 1 to 10;
  • B is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, -Y-Z, and C 1-5 alkyl, wherein the C 1-5 alkyl is optionally substituted with amino, hydroxyl, nitrile, C0 2 H, mono(Ci_ 6 )alkylamino-
  • R c and R d are each independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen and Ci- 6 alkyl
  • Y has a structure of:
  • R p , R q , R s and R t are independently, hydrogen or hydroxyl
  • k is an integer from 1 to 20;
  • Z has a structure of:
  • j in each instance, is an integer from 1 to 100.
  • the nitric oxide donors e.g., G taken together with L
  • the nitric oxide donors can be depicted structurally as: where here and as disclosed elsewhere herein, indicates attachment to adjacent atoms. In this case indicates attachment to adjacent atoms of Ri, R 2 , and R on the functionalized CD structure (e.g., -H, -CH 2 -, etc.).
  • the CD derivative may comprise one or more units of Formula G.
  • the CD comprises rings of only Formula F.
  • the CD comprises rings of Formula I and Formula F (or other ring structures as disclosed herein).
  • the Formula F rings may be selected from those show in Table A:
  • Table A Potential CD Derivatives for use in some embodiments.
  • a NO donating group or other groups can be functionalized to a structure of Formula G as shown in Table A by, for example, removing one or more H atoms or OH groups (e.g., such as ORr, OR 2 ⁇ , or OR 3’ where R r , R 2 , or R 3 are H) from a structure as shown in Table A and replacing it with one or more of -NH-((CH 2 ) c NH) d -H, -NH-((CH 2 ) C’ NH) d’ -(CH 2 ) e H, -X 1 -((CH 2 ) f X 2 ) g -(CH 2 ) h H, and
  • the H atom or OH group that is removed is one that is located on the glucopyranoside ring.
  • one or more ring units of the CD comprises one or more of glucopyrano sides substituted with: 2,3-DHP (“2.3-dihydroxypropyl”), 2-HE (“2-hydroxyethyl”), 2-HP (“2-hydroxypropyl”), 3-HP (“3-hydroxypropyl”), CME (“O- carboxymethyl-O-ethyl”), DE (“2,6-di-O-ethyl”), DM (“2,6-di-O-methyl”), DMA (“acetylated DM”), Gl (“glycosyl”), G2 (“maltosyl”), GETG (“Glucuronyl-glucosyl”), RM (“randomly- methylated”), SBE (“sulfobutyl ether”), TA“2,3,6-tri-O-acyl (C2-C18)”), TB (“2,3,6-tri-O- butanoyl”), TE (“2,3,6-tri-O-ethyl”), TM (“
  • the functionalized CD comprises one or more repeat units of
  • the functionalized CD further comprises one or more glucopyranoside repeat units.
  • the functionalized CD comprises:
  • n is an integer from 1 to 8 (e.g., 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, or 8) and m is 5, 6, or 7; and Ri is selected from the group consisting of
  • the functionalized CD comprises:
  • Ri and n are as disclosed elsewhere herein, m is an integer between 0 and 7, and X 1 , X 2 , and X 3 are independently selected from -NH or diazeniumdiolate.
  • the functionalized CD comprises:
  • the functionalized CD is selected from the group consisting of:
  • n and m are as disclosed elsewhere herein.
  • the functionalized CD comprises: Formula la
  • n 1 is about 0.125 to 1 of the mole fraction of the monomers present and Ri, R 2 and R are as disclosed elsewhere herein.
  • the functionalized CD comprises:
  • m 1 is 0 to about 0.875 of the mole fraction of the monomers present.
  • the functionalized CD comprises:
  • n 1 is about 0.125 to 1 of the mole fraction of the monomers present
  • m 1 is 0 to about 0.875 of the mole fraction of the monomers present; and wherein m 1 and n 1 represent the mole fraction of each unit, the sum of m 1 and n 1 is 1, and Ri, R 2 and R are as disclosed elsewhere herein.
  • the nitric oxide releasing CD disclosed herein is selected from any one of CD-PA, CD-EDA, CD-MA, CD-HEDA, CD-DETA, CD-PAPA, CD-DPTA, and CD-SPER, wherein any one or more of the secondary amines is functionalized with a diazeniumdiolate group.
  • the functionalized CD comprises a structure of Formula IV:
  • n, m, and Ri are as disclosed elsewhere herein.
  • CDs Because of lack of secondary-amine groups in their molecular backbones, CDs have heretofore not been functionalized N-diazeniumdiolate-type NO donors. In some embodiments, described herein are CDs functionalized to provide N-diazeniumdiolate NO donor CDs. In some embodiments, as shown in Figure 1(a), the CDs are b-CD derivatives. In some embodiments, as shown in Figure 1(a)- 1(b), a series of CD derivatives with tunable amounts of secondary amines and diverse terminal groups are disclosed herein.
  • the resulting secondary amine-functionalized CD derivatives are reacted with NO gas to form N-diazeniumdio late-modified CD derivatives, with controllable NO totals and tunable NO-release kinetics.
  • the antibacterial ability and cytotoxicity against mammalian cells were evaluated in vitro against Gram-negative Pseudomonas aeruginosa and L929 mouse fibroblast, respectively.
  • the method includes functionalizing one or more repeat units of a CD with a leaving group as shown below to provide a CD molecule of Formula V :
  • the method of preparing the functionalized CD comprises a step of reacting CD via one or more of the following reaction schemes:
  • R 5’ is OTs, halogen (e.g., -F, -Cl, -Br, -I), -C(0)H, -N 3 .
  • the -OTs functionalized CD is prepared by combining CD with p-toluenesulfonyl chloride in the presence of base (e.g., triethyl amine, pyridine, etc.).
  • base e.g., triethyl amine, pyridine, etc.
  • the halogen functionalized CD is prepared by combining CD with Cl 2 , Br 2 , I 2 , a halogenating compound, etc., or by mixing the tosylated CD with Cl 2 , Br 2 , I 2 , a halogenating compound, etc.
  • the -C(0)H functionalized CD is prepared by mixing CD with Dess-Martin periodinane or by mixing the tosylated CD with collidine in dimethyl sulfoxide (DMSO).
  • the -C(0)H group reacted with an amine (e.g., H 2 N-((CH 2 ) c NH) d -H, H 2 N-((CH 2 ) C’ NH) d’ -(CH 2 ) e H, HX 1 -((CH 2 ) f X 2 ) g -(CH 2 ) h H, and
  • HX 1 -((CH 2 ) f X 2 ) g’ ((CH 2 ) q X 3 ) r -(CH 2 ) h’ H) to provide an imine that can be reduced (e.g., with H 2 and catalyst) to afford to afford a functionalized CD (e.g., functionalized with one or more of -NH-((CH 2 ) c NH) d -H, -NH-((CH 2 ) c NH) d -(CH 2 ) e H, -X 1 -((CH 2 ) f X 2 ) g -(CH 2 ) h H, and
  • the -C(0)H group can be further oxidized to a -C(0)0H group through reaction with for example Br 2 (e.g., at pH 6 for 5 days).
  • the -C(0)0H functionalized CD can be reacted with HO-((CH 2 ) t O) u -H,
  • a coupling agent such as EDC, DCC, and the like
  • Ri of a functionalized CD could additionally comprise: -C(0)0-((CH 2 ) t 0) u -H, -C(0)0-((CH 2 ), 0) u -(CH 2 ) v H, -C(0)0-(C 1-5 alkyl),
  • the N 3 functionalized CD is prepared by combining CD with NaN 3 in the presence of PPh or by mixing the tosylated CD with NaN 3 .
  • the -N 3 group can be converted (e.g., in the presence of triphenylphosphine and ammonia) to an amine.
  • using a Schiff base e.g.,
  • -NHCH 2 ((CH 2 ) t .O) lake-(CH 2 ) v H, -NHCH 2 (C 1-5 alkyl), -NHCH 2 ((CH 2 ) f X 2 ) g -(CH 2 ) h H, and -NHCH 2 -((CH 2 ) f X 2 ) g’ ((CH 2 ) q X 3 ) r -(CH 2 ) h’ H can be obtained (e.g., through reduction of the imine using H 2 and catalyst).
  • the method includes a step of reacting a CD having at least one repeat unit having the structure of Formula V or Formula VI (where functionalized with a leaving group such as OTs or a halogen) with a nucleophile.
  • reaction with the nucleophile affords a CD with an NO binding substituent.
  • the nucleophile is one or more of HO-((CH 2 ) t O) u -H, HO-((CH 2 ) f O) u -(CH 2 ) v H, HO-(C 1-5 alkyl), H 2 N-((CH 2 ) c NH) d -H, H 2 N-((CH 2 ) c NH) d -(CH 2 ) e H, HX 1 -((CH 2 ) f X 2 ) g -(CH 2 ) h H, and HX 1 -((CH 2 ) f X 2 ) g’ ((CH 2 ) q X 3 ) r -(CH 2 ) h’ H.
  • the nucleophile is one or more of propylamine (PA), 2-methoxyethylamine (MA), ethylenediamine (EDA), diethylenetriamine (DETA), A-(2-Hydroxyethyl)ethylenediamine (HEDA), bis(3- aminopropyl) amine (DPTA), /V-propyl- 1 ,3-propancdiaminc (PAPA), and/or spermine (SPER) (as shown below).
  • PA propylamine
  • MA 2-methoxyethylamine
  • EDA ethylenediamine
  • DETA diethylenetriamine
  • HEDA A-(2-Hydroxyethyl)ethylenediamine
  • DPTA bis(3- aminopropyl) amine
  • PAPA /V-propyl- 1 ,3-propancdiaminc
  • SPER spermine
  • c, c’, d, d’, e, f, f , g, g’, h, h’, q, r, t, t’, u, u’, and v are independently selected from an integer from 0 to 10.
  • X 1 , X 2 , and X 3 are independently selected from O, S, NH, or a NO donating substituent.
  • the resultant compound is one having one or more repeat units of Formulas I or II as disclosed elsewhere herein.
  • the nitric oxide donor can be provided as a salt with a counter ion selected from the group consisting of alkali metal (e.g., sodium, potassium), alkaline earth metal (e.g., magnesium and calcium), ammonium and N-(alkyl) 4 + salts.
  • alkali metal e.g., sodium, potassium
  • alkaline earth metal e.g., magnesium and calcium
  • the CD derivatives are reacted with nitric oxide (NO) gas or some other NO donating agent to yield NO-donating CD derivatives having one or more repeat units of Formula I or Formula II as disclosed elsewhere herein.
  • NO nitric oxide
  • the functionalization of CD derivatives with NO is performed under alkaline conditions.
  • alkaline conditions include those having pH values of equal to or at least about: 7.5, 8.0, 9.0, 10.0, 12.0, or ranges including and/or spanning the aforementioned values.
  • the CD nitric oxide donor compound has a total releasable nitric oxide storage in a range of 0.1-3.0 pmol of nitric oxide per milligram of the CD nitric oxide donor compound. In some embodiments, on a pmol of NO per milligram of CD nitric oxide donor compound, the CD nitric oxide donor compound has a total releasable nitric oxide storage in pmol of NO per milligram of CD nitric oxide donor compound of greater than or equal to about: 0.1, 0.15, 0.2, 0.5, 0.7, 0.8, 0.9, 1.0, 2.0, 3.0, 5.0, or ranges including and/or spanning the aforementioned values.
  • the CD nitric oxide donor compound has a half-life for nitric oxide release in the range of 0.1-24 hours. In some embodiments, the half-life is in the range between about 0.25-18 hours, 0.5-13 hours, 1-8 hours, 2-6 hours, or 3-4 hours. In some embodiments, the half-life is in the range between about 0.7-4.2 hours, including about 0.7- 1.7 hours or about 3.3-4.2 hours.
  • NO-release half-life of the CD nitric oxide donor compound is greater than or equal to about: 0.1 hours, 0.25 hours, 0.5 hours, 1 hour, 2 hours, 3 hours, 4 hours, 6 hours, 8 hours, 13 hours, 18 hours, 24 hours, or ranges including and/or spanning the aforementioned values.
  • the total duration of NO release is in the range of 1-60 hours. In some embodiments, the total duration is in the range between about 2-50 hours, 3-40 hours, 4-30 hours, 5-20 hours, or 6-10 hours. In some embodiments, the total duration is greater than or equal to about: 1 hour, 2 hours, 3 hours, 4 hours, 5 hours, 6 hours, 10 hours, 20 hours, 30 hours, 40 hours, 50 hours, 60 hours, or ranges including and/or spanning the aforementioned values.
  • the percentage of secondary amines converted to N-diazeniumdiolates from a solution of a functionalized CD derivatives is at least about: 5%, 10%, 20%, 40%, 50%, 75%, or ranges including and/or spanning the aforementioned values.
  • a composition comprising a functionalized CD and one or more pharmaceutically acceptable carriers and/or excipients.
  • the composition comprises a functionalized CD.
  • the composition further comprises a non- functionalized CD.
  • the ratio of non-functionalized CD to functionalized CD in the composition is equal to or less than about: 1:99, 1:80, 1:50, 1:25, 1: 10, 1:5, 1:2, 1: 1, 1:2, 7:3, or ranges including and/or spanning the aforementioned values.
  • the composition comprises a CD (e.g., a functionalized CD or non-functionalized CD) having a guest molecule.
  • the CD nitric oxide donor compound can complex a guest molecule (e.g., that is bound within the pocket of the CD structure).
  • this CD NO donor inclusion complex comprises a guest drug.
  • the CD NO donor inclusion complex provides an antimicrobial effect from the NO in conjunction with a therapeutic effect via the complexed drug (e.g., the drug within the CD pore).
  • the drug and NO provide the same therapeutic effect (e.g., are both antimicrobial).
  • the CD NO donor and the drug act synergistically.
  • the CD NO donor and drug can be directed toward different therapeutic effects (e.g,. one is anti- microbial and the other is anti-inflammatory) .
  • the molar ratio between the drug and the CD can vary (e.g,. drug in the composition and/or that is complexed in the functionalized CD and/or non- functionalized CD). In several embodiments, the molar ratio between the drug and the CD is equal to or at least about: 1:50, 1:20, 1: 10, 1:5, 1:2, 1: 1, 2: 1, 5: 1, 10: 1, 20: 1, 50: 1 or ranges including and/or spanning the aforementioned values and ratios.
  • a composition comprising the CD NO donor and the drug can be prepared in different ways.
  • the functionalized CD and drug are mixed together in solution (e.g., water, organic solvent, etc.).
  • the drug due to the low solubility of most drugs in water, where water is used as a liquid mixing medium, the drug is partly or fully dissolved when complexed with the CD. In several embodiments, the solution is then dried and the solid recovered. In several embodiments, it is also possible to use a cosolvent (e.g. ethanol) which is miscible with water and that solubilizes the drug. In several embodiments, it is also possible to isolate the pure complex by using a two phase system: a lipophilic solvent wherein the drug is soluble, and water. In several embodiments, the CD dissolves in the water phase, the drug in the lipophilic phase. The complex CD-drug is formed at the interphase. If it is soluble in water, it is recovered from the water phase. In several embodiments, the functionalized CD can be activated by reaction with NO gas before or after complexation with the guest drug.
  • a cosolvent e.g. ethanol
  • the drug used in the complex is selected from the following classes of compounds: non-steroidal anti-inflammatory and analgesic drugs, antibacterial (antibiotics), antiviral, steroids, antineoplastic, b-adrenergics (agonists and blockers), antihyperlipoproteinemic, bone resorption inhibitors.
  • non-steroidal anti-inflammatory and analgesic drugs antibacterial (antibiotics), antiviral, steroids, antineoplastic, b-adrenergics (agonists and blockers), antihyperlipoproteinemic, bone resorption inhibitors.
  • mixtures of inclusion complexes having one or more drugs in an individual class and/or one or more drugs in a different classes can be prepared and administered to a patient in need of treatment.
  • non-limiting examples of antibacterials (e.g., antibiotics) drugs that may be used include one or more of Metro nidazolo, Ethambutol, Cycloserina, Cloxyquin, Negamycin, Nitroxoline, Mupirocin, Myxin, Novobiocin, Spectinomycin, Sulbactam, Tigemonam, Tubercidin, Nifurpirinol, Nifurprazine, Glyconiazide, Isoniazide, Opiniazide, Clofazamine, Meclocycline, Minocycline, Sancicline, Tetracicline, Oxytretracycline, Chlortetracycline, Demeclocycline, Methacycline, Doxicycline, Clomocycline, Cinoxacin, Rolitetraciclyne, Pipaciclyne, Guamecycline, Lymecyclinem, Apiciclyne, Nalidixic acid, Cyprofloxacin, Enoxaci
  • non-limiting examples of non-steroidal anti-inflammatory and analgesic drugs include one or more of Aspirin, Saheyhe acid, Mesalamine, Acetylsalicylsalicylic acid, Paracetamol, Etodolac, Pirazolac, Tolmetin, Bromefenac, Fenbufen, Mofezolac, Diclofenac, Pemedolac, Sulindac, Ketorolac, Indomethacin, Suprofen, Ketoprofen, Tiaprofenic acid, Fenoprofen, Indoprofen, Carprofen, Naproxen, Foxoprofen, Ibuprofen, Pranoprofen, Bermoprofen, CS-670, Zaltoprofen, Tenoxicani, Piroxicam, Meloxicam, Tenidap, Aceclofenac, Acemetacin, 5-amino-acetylsalicylic acid, Alclofenac, Al
  • non-limiting examples of antiviral drugs include one or more of Acyclovir, Amantadine, Cidofovir, Cytarabine, Didanosine, Dideoxyadenosine, Edoxuridine, Famciclovir, Floxuridine, Ganciclovir, Idoxuridine, Indanavir, Famivudine, Kethoxal, MADU, Penciclovir, Ribavirin, Sorivudine, Stavudine, Trifluridine, Valacyclovir, Vidarabine, Xenazoic acid, Zaltacitabine, and/or Zidovudine.
  • Acyclovir Amantadine, Cidofovir, Cytarabine, Didanosine, Dideoxyadenosine, Edoxuridine, Famciclovir, Floxuridine, Ganciclovir, Idoxuridine, Indanavir, Famivudine, Kethoxal, MADU, Penciclovir, Riba
  • non-limiting examples of antitumor drugs include one or more of Antacitabine, Anthramycin, Azacitidine, 6-Azauridine, Carubicin, Chlorambucil, Chlorozotocin, Cytarabine, Daunomicin, Defosfamide, Denopterin, Doxifluridine, Doxorubicin (DOX), Droloxifene, Edatrexate, Eflornithine, Enocitabine, Epirubicin, Epitiostanol, Etanidazole, Etoposide, Fenretinide, Fludarabine, Fluoro uracil, Gemcitabine, Hexestrol, ldarubicin, Fonidamine, Melphalan, 6-mercaptopurine, Methotrexate, Mitoxantrone, Mycophenohc acid, Pento statin, Pirarubicin, Piritexim, Podophylhc acid, Puromycin,
  • non-limiting examples of steroid drugs include one or more of Budesonide, Hydrocortisone, Aclomethasone, Algestone, Beclomethasone, Betamethasone, Chlorprednisone, Clobetasol, Clobetasone, Clocortolone, Cloprednol, Cortisone, Corticosterone, Deflazacort, Desonide, Desoximethasone, Dexamethasone, Diflorasone, Diflucortolone, Difluprednate, Fluazacort, Flucoronide, Flumethasone, Flunisolide, Fluocinolone acetonide, Flucinonide, Fluocortin butyl, Fluocortolone, Fluorometholone, Fluperolone acetate, Fluprednilene acetate, Fluprednisolone, Flurandrenolide, Formocortal, Halcinonide, Halobetasol prop
  • non-limiting examples of adrenergic drugs include one or more of Albuterol, Bambuterol, Bitoterol, Carbuterol, Clenbuterol, Chlorprenalina, Dioxethedrine, Ephedrine, Epinephrine, Etafredine, Ethyinorepinephrine, Fenoterol, Isoetharine, Isoprotenerol, Mabuterol, Metaproterenol, Pirbuterol, Salmeterol, Soterenol, Terbutalina, Tuloterol, Procaterol, Bufetalol, Acebutolol, Alprenolol, Arotinolol, Atenolol, Betaxolol, Bevantolo, Bucumolol, bufuiralol, Bunitrolol, Bupranolol, Carazolol, Carteolol, Cehprolol
  • non-limiting examples of antihyperlipoproteinemic drugs include one or more of Atovarstatin, Cilastatin, Dermostatin A, Dermostatin B, Fluvastatin, Lovastatin, Mevastatin, Nystatin A 1, Pentostatin, Pepstatin, and/or Sinvastatin.
  • non-limiting examples of bone resorption inhibitor drugs include one or more of Alendronic acid, Butedronic acid, Etidronic acid, Oxidronic acid, Pamidronic acid, and/or Risedronic acid.
  • the guest molecule is a drug for treating respiratory disorders and/or is a drug that acts in the respiratory tract.
  • the CD nitric oxide donor compounds and the guest molecule work in conjunction in the respiratory tract to achieve synergistic results.
  • the guest molecule is selected from one or more of beclomethasone, budesonide, formoterol, epinephrine (adrenaline), ipratropium bromide, and/or salbutamol (albuterol), or combinations thereof.
  • Beclometasone dipropionate also spelled beclomethasone dipropionate and sold under the brand name Qvar among others, is a steroid medication.
  • Beclometasone is mainly a glucocorticoid.
  • Budesonide (BUD) sold under the brand name Pulmicort among others, is a medication of the corticosteroid type.
  • Budesonide/formoterol sold under the brand name Symbicort among others, is a combination medication used in the management of asthma or chronic obstructive pulmonary disease (COPD). It contains budesonide, a steroid and formoterol, a long-acting p2-agonist (LAB A).
  • Epinephrine also known as adrenalin or adrenaline
  • Epinephrine is a medication and hormone. As a medication, it is used to treat a number of conditions, including anaphylaxis, cardiac arrest, and superficial bleeding. Inhaled epinephrine may be used to improve the symptoms of croup. It may also be used for asthma when other treatments are not effective.
  • Ipratropium bromide sold under the trade name Atrovent among others, is a medication which opens up the medium and large airways in the lungs. It is used to treat the symptoms of chronic obstructive pulmonary disease and asthma.
  • Salbutamol also known as albuterol and marketed as Ventolin among other names, is a medication that opens up the medium and large airways in the lungs.
  • the host and guest may be provided is available as an inhaler, pill, nasal spray, and rectal forms.
  • the host and respiratory drug guest may be provided as an composition for inhalation, as a cream cream, pill, and/or nasal spray.
  • the inclusion complexes when paired with one or more non steroidal anti-inflammatories, analgesic drugs, or steroids, can be used to treat pain or inflammation.
  • the inclusion complexes when paired with antibacterial (antibiotics) or antivirals, can be used to treat infection.
  • the inclusion complexes, when paired with antineoplastic agents can be used to treat cancer (e.g., lung cancer, including but not limited to, non-small cell lung cancer, (NSCLC) and small cell lung cancer).
  • cancer e.g., lung cancer, including but not limited to, non-small cell lung cancer, (NSCLC) and small cell lung cancer.
  • Additional embodiments provided for herein include treatment or prevention of the following non-limiting examples of cancers including, but not limited to, acute lymphoblastic leukemia (ALL), acute myeloid leukemia (AML), adrenocortical carcinoma, Kaposi sarcoma, lymphoma, gastrointestinal cancer, appendix cancer, central nervous system cancer, basal cell carcinoma, bile duct cancer, bladder cancer, bone cancer, brain tumors (including but not limited to astrocytomas, spinal cord tumors, brain stem glioma, glioblastoma, craniopharyngioma, ependymoblastoma, ependymoma, medulloblastoma, medulloepithelioma), breast cancer, bronchial tumors, Burkitt lymphoma, cervical cancer, colon cancer, chronic lymphocytic leukemia (CLL), chronic myelogenous leukemia (CML), chronic myeloproliferative disorders, duct
  • the inclusion complexes when paired with b-adrenergics agonists and blockers, can be used to relax muscles of the airways, which widen the airways and result in easier breathing while treating underlying infections.
  • the inclusion complexes when paired with antihyperlipoproteinemics, can be used to reduce lipoprotein levels while treating underlying infections.
  • the inclusion complexes when paired with bone resorption inhibitors, can be used to reduce bone resorption while treating underlying infections.
  • Methods of treating a disease state are also provided for herein, the methods comprising, in several embodiments administering an effective amount of any of the CD nitric oxide donor compounds disclosed herein to a subject in need of treatment, wherein the disease state is selected from one or more of a cancer, a cardiovascular disease, a microbial infection, platelet aggregation and platelet adhesion caused by the exposure of blood to a medical device, pathological conditions resulting from abnormal cell proliferation, transplantation rejections, autoimmune diseases, inflammation, vascular diseases, scar tissue, wound contraction, restenosis, pain, fever, gastrointestinal disorders, respiratory disorders, sexual dysfunctions, and sexually transmitted diseases.
  • the disease state is a microbial infection.
  • the disease state is cystic fibrosis.
  • a method of treating a microbial infection comprising, contacting a surface contaminated with a plurality of microbes with a CD nitric oxide donor compound, the CD nitric oxide donor compound comprising an amine-containing group covalently bound to at least a repeat unit of the CD, wherein the amine-containing group comprises an nitric oxide donor, wherein the nitric oxide donor generates nitric oxide and induces damage to the membrane and/or DNA of the microbes, thereby reducing the number of viable microbes and treating the infection.
  • the microbes comprises one or more of viruses, gram positive bacteria, gram negative bacteria, drug resistant bacteria, molds, yeasts, fungi, and combinations thereof.
  • Cystic fibrosis-related bacterial infections include, but are not limited to stenotrophomonis, mybacterium avium intracellulaire and m. abcessus, burkhoderia cepacia and Pseudomonas aeruginosa ( P . aeruginosa) infections.
  • the disclosed NO-releasing CD compounds can be used to treat infection by one or more of stenotrophomonis, mybacterium avium intracellulaire and m. abcessus, burkhoderia cepacia and/or Pseudomonas aeruginosa ( P . aeruginosa).
  • the disclosed NO- releasing CD compounds are mucolytic.
  • the disclosed NO-releasing CD compounds are both mucolytic and antimicrobial and provide enhanced treatment efficacy for CF.
  • the compositions disclosed herein do not comprise polyglucosamine and/or polyglucosamine-based NO releasing agents. In several embodiments, the compositions disclosed herein do not comprise chitosan and/or chitosan- based NO releasing agents. In several embodiments, the compositions disclosed herein do not comprise mesoporous silica and/or mesoporous silica-based NO releasing agents. In several embodiments, the compositions disclosed herein do not comprise polyaminoglycosides and/or polyaminoglycosides NO releasing agents. In several embodiments, the compositions disclosed herein do not comprise hyperbranched structures and/or hyperbranched NO releasing agents.
  • compositions disclosed herein do not comprise carboxymethylcellulose and/or carboxymethylcellulose based NO releasing agents. In several embodiments, the compositions disclosed herein do not comprise hyaluronic acid and/or hyaluronic acid based NO releasing agents. In several embodiments, the compositions disclosed herein do not comprise hydro xyethylcellulose and/or hydro xyethylcellulose based NO releasing agents. In several embodiments, the compositions disclosed herein do not comprise NO releasing agents, saccharides, oligosaccharides, or polysaccharides that are not cyclodextrins.
  • a functionalized cyclodextrin represented by the following structure:
  • n is an integer selected from 1 to 8;
  • n is an integer from 0 to 7;
  • each instance of Ri is represented by -X 1 -((CH ) f X 2 ) g’ ((CH ) q X 3 ) r -(CH 2 ) h’ H;
  • each of f , q, g, r, and h’ is independently selected from an integer from
  • each instance of X 1 , X 2 , or X 3 is independently selected from O, NH, and a nitric oxide donating substituent.
  • n is an integer selected from 6, 7, and 8.
  • composition comprising the functionalized cyclodextrin of any one of embodiments 1-14 and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.
  • a method of delivering nitric oxide to a subject comprising:
  • a method of treating a disease state comprising:
  • any one of embodiments 1-18, in particular, any one of embodiments 1-10 is selected from the group consisting of a cancer, a cardiovascular disease, a microbial infection; platelet aggregation and platelet adhesion caused by the exposure of blood to a medical device; pathological conditions resulting from abnormal cell proliferation; transplantation rejections, autoimmune diseases, inflammation, vascular diseases; scar tissue; wound contraction, restenosis, pain, fever, gastrointestinal disorders, respiratory disorders, sexual dysfunctions, and sexually transmitted diseases.
  • a method of treating a disease state comprising:
  • a disease state selected from the group consisting of one or more of: a cancer, a cardiovascular disease, a microbial infection; platelet aggregation and platelet adhesion caused by the exposure of blood to a medical device; pathological conditions resulting from abnormal cell proliferation; transplantation rejections, autoimmune diseases, inflammation, vascular diseases; scar tissue; wound contraction, restenosis, pain, fever, gastrointestinal disorders, respiratory disorders, sexual dysfunctions, and sexually transmitted diseases.
  • a functionalized cyclodextrin comprising:
  • n is an integer selected from 1 to 8;
  • Ri, R 2 , and R are independently selected from the group consisting of -OH, -CH 2 CH 2 OH, -CH 2 CH(OH)CH 3 , -0-((CH 2 ) t 0) u -H, -0-((CH 2 ) t O) u -(CH 2 ) v H, -O-C salkyl), -C 2 H 5 , -C 8 H 17 , -NH-((CH 2 ) c NH) d -H, -NH-((CH 2 ) c NH) d -(CH 2 ) e H,
  • each instance of c, c’, d, d’, e, f, f , g, g’, h, h’, q, r, t, t’, u, u’, and v is independently selected from an integer from 0 to 10;
  • each instance of X 1 , X 2 , and X 3 is independently selected from O, S, NH, and a NO donating substituent;
  • At least one instance of X 1 , X 2 , and X 3 is a NO donating substituent.
  • At least one instance of X 1 , X 2 , and X 3 is represented by the following structure:
  • a functionalized cyclodextrin comprising:
  • n is an integer selected from 1 to 8;
  • Ri, R 2 , and R 3 are independently selected from the group consisting of -OH, -0-((CH 2 ) t 0) u -H, -0-((CH 2 ) t O) U’ -(CH 2 ) v H, -0-(C 1-5 alkyl), -NH-((CH 2 ) c NH) d -H, -NH-((CH 2 ) C’ NH) d’ -(CH 2 ) e H, -X 1 -((CH 2 ) f X 2 ) g -(CH 2 ) h H, and
  • each of c, c’, d, d’, e, f, f , g, g’, h, h’, q, r, t, t’, u, u’, and v is independently selected from an integer from 0 to 10;
  • X 1 , X 2 , and X 3 are independently selected from O, S, or NH; and
  • X 1 , X 2 , and X 3 is represented by the following structure:
  • n is an integer selected from 1 to 8.
  • nctionalized cyclodextrin comprising: at least one ring unit of Formula I:
  • n is an integer selected from 1 to 8;
  • Ri, R 2 , and R 3 are independently selected from the group consisting of -OH, -0-((CH 2 ) t 0) u -H, -0-((CH 2 ) t O) U’ -(CH 2 ) v H, -0-(C 1-5 alkyl), -NH-((CH 2 ) c NH) d -H, -NH-((CH 2 ) c NH) d -(CH 2 ) e H, -X 1 -((CH 2 ) f X 2 ) g -(CH 2 ) h H, and
  • each of c, c’, d, d’, e, f, f , g, g’, h, h’, q, r, t, t’, u, u’, and v is independently selected from an integer from 0 to 10;
  • X 1 , X 2 , and X 3 are independently selected from O, S, or NH; and at least one of X 1 , X 2 , and X 3 is selected from the group consisting of
  • n is an integer selected from 1 to 8.
  • a functionalized cyclodextrin comprising:
  • n is an integer selected from 1 to 8;
  • n is an integer from 0 to 7;
  • Ri is -X 1 -((CH 2 ) f X 2 ) g (CH 2 ) q X 3 ) r -(CH 2 ) h .H;
  • each of f , g’, q, r, and h’ is independently selected from an integer from 0 to 10;
  • X 1 , X 2 , and X 3 are independently selected from NH or
  • a method of delivering nitric oxide to a subject comprising:
  • a method of treating a disease state comprising:
  • said disease state is selected from the group consisting of a cancer, a cardiovascular disease, a microbial infection; platelet aggregation and platelet adhesion caused by the exposure of blood to a medical device; pathological conditions resulting from abnormal cell proliferation; transplantation rejections, autoimmune diseases, inflammation, vascular diseases; scar tissue; wound contraction, restenosis, pain, fever, gastrointestinal disorders, respiratory disorders, sexual dysfunctions, and sexually transmitted diseases.
  • a disease state selected from the group consisting of one or more of: a cancer, a cardiovascular disease, a microbial infection; platelet aggregation and platelet adhesion caused by the exposure of blood to a medical device; pathological conditions resulting from abnormal cell proliferation; transplantation rejections, autoimmune diseases, inflammation, vascular diseases; scar tissue; wound contraction, restenosis, pain, fever, gastrointestinal disorders, respiratory disorders, sexual dysfunctions, and sexually transmitted diseases.
  • a functionalized cyclodextrin comprising:
  • n is an integer selected from 1 to 8;
  • Ri, R 2 , and R 3 are independently selected from the group consisting of -OH,
  • each of c, c’, d, d’, e, f, f , g, g’, h, h’, q, r, t, t’, u, u’, and v is independently selected from an integer from 0 to 10;
  • X 1 , X 2 , and X 3 are independently selected from O, S, or NH.
  • a functionalized cyclodextrin represented by the following structure:
  • n is an integer
  • n is an integer
  • each instance of Ri is represented by -X 1 -((CH ) f X 2 ) g’ ((CH ) q X 3 ) r -(CH 2 ) h’ H; each of f , q, g, r, and h’ is independently selected as an integer; each instance of X 1 , X 2 , or X 3 is independently selected from O, NH, and a nitric oxide donating substituent,
  • the total releasable nitric oxide storage ranges from about 1.0 mhio ⁇ to 2.5 mhio ⁇ of NO per milligram of functionalized cyclodextrin,
  • the half-life for nitric oxide release ranges from about 0.1-24 hours, and the total duration of NO release ranges from about 1-60 hours.
  • the functionalized cyclodextrin of embodiment 59 further comprising at least one guest drug, wherein the guest drug exerts therapeutic effects at a lower concentration when complexed with the functionalized cyclodextrin, as compared to the guest drug alone.
  • a method of delivering NO to a subject comprising, administering the functionalized cyclodextrin of embodiment 59 or 60 to the subject.
  • a method of treating the respiratory system comprising:
  • composition comprising functionalized cyclodextrin
  • functionalized cyclodextrin has a total releasable nitric oxide storage ranging from about 1.0 mhio ⁇ to 2.5 mhio ⁇ of NO per milligram of functionalized cyclodextrin,
  • a method of treating the respiratory system comprising:
  • a composition comprising functionalized cyclodextrin; wherein functionalized cyclodextrin has a total releasable nitric oxide storage of at least about 1.0 mhio ⁇ per milligram of functionalized cyclodextrin; and
  • a functionalized cyclodextrin represented by the following structure:
  • n is an integer selected from 1 to 8;
  • n is an integer from 0 to 7;
  • each instance of Ri is represented by -X 1 -((CH ) f X 2 ) g’ ((CH ) q X 3 ) r -(CH 2 ) h’ H;
  • each of f , q, g, r, and h’ is independently selected from an integer from 0 to 4.
  • each instance of X 1 , X 2 , or X 3 is independently selected from O, NH, and a nitric oxide donating substituent.
  • R 1 is represented by one of the following:
  • composition comprising the functionalized cyclodextrin of any one of embodiments 69-82 and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.
  • composition of embodiment 83 further comprising a cyclodextrin that is not functionalized.
  • the functionalized cyclodextrin of embodiments any one of 69-82 or the composition of embodiment 83 or embodiment 84 further comprising one or more guest drugs complexed with the functionalized cyclodextrin.
  • the one or more guest drugs comprise one or more drugs for the treatment of a cancer, a cardiovascular disease, a microbial infection, platelet aggregation and/or platelet adhesion, pathological conditions resulting from abnormal cell proliferation, transplantation rejections, autoimmune diseases, inflammation, vascular diseases, scar tissue, wound contraction, restenosis, pain, fever, gastrointestinal disorders, respiratory disorders, sexual dysfunctions, sexually transmitted diseases, or wound healing.
  • a method of delivering nitric oxide to a subject comprising: administering an effective amount of the functionalized cyclodextrin of any one of embodiments 69 to 82 or the composition of embodiment 83 or embodiment 84 to said subject.
  • a method of treating a disease state comprising:
  • a disease state is selected from the group consisting of a cancer, a cardiovascular disease, a microbial infection; platelet aggregation and platelet adhesion caused by the exposure of blood to a medical device; pathological conditions resulting from abnormal cell proliferation; transplantation rejections, autoimmune diseases, inflammation, vascular diseases; scar tissue; wound contraction, restenosis, pain, fever, gastrointestinal disorders, respiratory disorders, sexual dysfunctions, and sexually transmitted diseases.
  • a method of treating a disease state comprising:
  • a disease state selected from the group consisting of one or more of: a cancer, a cardiovascular disease, a microbial infection; platelet aggregation and platelet adhesion caused by the exposure of blood to a medical device; pathological conditions resulting from abnormal cell proliferation; transplantation rejections, autoimmune diseases, inflammation, vascular diseases; scar tissue; wound contraction, restenosis, pain, fever, gastrointestinal disorders, respiratory disorders, sexual dysfunctions, and sexually transmitted diseases.
  • a method of manufacturing a functionalized cyclodextrin comprising:
  • a cyclodextrin with a functionalizing compound comprising a leaving group and a secondary amine to provide a cyclodextrin having a secondary amine.
  • b-Cyclodextrin p-toluenesufonyl chloride, sodium hydroxide, bromine, triphenylphosphine, propylamine (PfreportA), 2-methoxyethylamine (MA), ethylenediamine (EDA), diethylenetriamine (DETA), A-(2-Hydroxyethyl)ethylenediamine (HEDA), propidium iodide (PI), fetal bovine serum (FBS), Dulbecco’s modified Eagle’s medium (DMEM), phenazine methosulfate (PMS), trypsin, 3-(4,5-dimethylthiazol-2-yl)-5-(3- carboxymethoxyphenyl)-2-(4-sulfophenyl)-2H-tetrazolium inner salt (MTS), Dulbecco’s phosphate buffered saline (DPBS), and penicillin streptomycin (PS) were purchased
  • Tryptic soy agar and Tryptic soy broth (TSB) were purchased from Becton, Dickinson, and Company.
  • L929 mouse fibroblasts (ATCC #CCL-l) were obtained from the University of North Carolina Tissue Culture Facility. All other materials are obtained from commercial sources and used without further purification.
  • Scheme SI Synthesis route of secondary amine-modified mono-substituted CD derivatives.
  • b-CD was modified with secondary amines with tunable percentages of secondary amines. Briefly, b-CD was reacted with tosyl chloride under basic conditions to yield mono-6-tosyl ⁇ -cyclodextrin (CD-OTs), a mono-substituted intermediate.
  • CD-OTs mono-6-tosyl ⁇ -cyclodextrin
  • CD-OTs Mono-6-(p-toluenesulfonyl)-6-deoxy-cyclodextrin
  • Tosyl groups were further substituted with primary amines (e.g., N-(2-aminoethyl)-2-aminoethyl-N-(2-aminoethyl)-2-aminoethyl-N-(2-aminoethyl)-2-aminoethyl-N-(2-aminoethyl)-2-aminoethyl-N-(2-aminoethyl)-2-(2-aminoethyl)-2-(2-aminoethyl)-2-aminoethyl-N-(2-aminoethyl)-2-aminoethyl-N-(2-aminoethyl)-2-aminoethyl-N-(2-aminoethyl)-2-aminoethyl-N-(2-aminoethyl)-2-aminoethyl-N
  • CD-HEDA mono-substituted CD derivatives
  • CD-PA mono-substituted CD derivatives
  • CD-MA mono-substituted CD derivatives
  • CD-EDA mono-substituted CD derivatives
  • b-Cyclodextrin (4.320 g, 3.81 mmol) and triphenylphosphine (21 g, 80 mmol) was dissolved in 80 mL of dimethylformamide (DMF). Bromine (4 mL) was then added into the mixture. The solution was stirred at 80 °C for 15 hours. It was then concentrated to half the volume by nitrogen flow overnight. Afterwards, the pH was adjusted to 9-10, by addition of 5.4 M sodium methoxide in methanol. The mixture was stirred at room temperature for 30 minutes, followed by precipitation in 1.5 L of iced water. The precipitate was filtered and dried under vacuum at room temperature for 3 days.
  • DMF dimethylformamide
  • CD-HEDA7 CD-HEDA7
  • the CD derivatives solutions were placed in a stainless steel pressure vessel with strong magnetic stirring.
  • the vessel was purged rapidly with argon three times to a pressure of 7 bar, followed by three longer argon purge cycles (10 minutes) to remove the residual oxygen in from the solutions.
  • the vessel was then pressurized to 10 bar of NO gas, which was maintained for 3 days.
  • the solutions were purged with argon at three times short durations, followed by three times longer purges (10 minutes) to remove unreacted NO gas.
  • the solutions were precipitated in 15 mL of acetone once, followed by centrifugation to remove the solvent.
  • the final product was dried in a vacuum drying oven at room temperature for 2 hours.
  • the resulting NO-releasing CD derivatives were parafilmed and stored at -20 °C for future use.
  • NO first reacts with a secondary amine to yield a nitrosamine radical anion intermediate; subsequently, this intermediate reacts with another molecule of NO to form the N-diazeniumdiolate.
  • High pressures e.g., about 10 bar or more
  • NO drive the reaction to the desired N- diazeniumdiolate product.
  • the real-time NO release was monitored by using a Sievers NOA 280i chemiluminescence NO analyzer (NOA, Boulder, CO). Prior to analysis, the NO analyzer was calibrated with air passed through a NO zero filter (0 ppm of NO) and 25.87 ppm of standard NO gas. In a typical measurement, 1 mg of /V-diazcniumdio late- modified CD derivatives were added into a sample vessel with 30 mL of deoxygenated PBS (pH 7.4, 37 °C) to initiate NO release. The vessel was purged with nitrogen at a flow rate of 80 mL/min to carry the liberated NO gas to the NOA analyzer.
  • NOA Sievers NOA 280i chemiluminescence NO analyzer
  • N-diazeniumdiolates NO scaffolds are pH-triggered NO-release donors.
  • Figure l4a displays the dissociation of N-diazeniumdiolate-functionalized CD derivatives. Reacting with proton in the physiological condition (e.g., 37 °C, pH 7.4), 1 mole of N-diazeniumdiolate regenerates 1 mole of the parent secondary amine compounds and two moles of NO radicals.
  • the real-time detection of NO was performed by using a chemiluminescence-based nitric oxide analyzer (NOA).
  • NOA chemiluminescence-based nitric oxide analyzer
  • the total NO storage and dissociation kinetics of water-soluble CD- NONOates were measured in physiological condition (pH 7.40, 37 °C).
  • the degradation of the N-diazeniumdiolate upon pro to nation yields two moles of NO and the parent secondary amine.
  • degradation is pH-dependent, and results in more rapid release at lower pH.
  • the resulting NO-release parameters e.g., total NO storage, half-life of NO release, maximum flux, and conversion efficiency
  • CD derivatives Representative real-time NO release profiles of N-diazeniumdiolates CD derivatives are shown in Figures l4b and 15.
  • CD derivatives exhibited high and tunable NO storage capabilities (e.g., total NO storage from ⁇ 0.6 pmol/mg to -2.4 pmol/mg) and adjustable NO-release kinetics (e.g., NO-release half- lives spanning about 0.7 h to about 4.2 h), by controlling the amount of secondary amines and exterior chemical modifications.
  • these characteristics can be further tuned to yield, for example total NO storage ranging from about 1.0 pmol/mg to about 5.0 pmol/mg, including about 1.5 pmol/mg, about 2.0 pmol/mg, about 2.5 pmol/mg, about 3.0 pmol/mg, about 3.5 pmol/mg, about 4.0 pmol/mg, about 4.5 pmol/mg, or about 5.0 pmol/mg, including any amount of NO storage between those listed values.
  • the NO-release half-life can be tuned to about 2 hours to about 8 hours, including about 2.5 hours, about 3 hours, about 3.5 hours, about 4 hours, about 4.5 hours, about 5 hours, about 6 hours, about 7 hours, or about 8 hours, or any time between those listed.
  • conversion efficiencies of secondary amines in CD derivatives to N-diazeniumdiolates varied from 12% to 41%.
  • the high conversion efficiency may be attributed to the distance between the NO donor precursors (e.g., secondary amines) and the oligo saccharide ring, leading to less sterically hindered formation of N-diazeniumdiolates.
  • Fower efficiencies may have been due to proximity to the CD saccharide backbone.
  • N-diazeniumdiolates can be stabilized by the adjacent cationic ammonium groups, resulting in extended NO release (see, e.g., Figure l4c).
  • EDA and DETA were selected to synthesize primary amine terminated CD derivatives (CD-EDA and CD-DETA) scaffolds. It was hypothesized that N-diazeniumdiolate NO donors can be stabilized by the cationic protonated amine groups as depicted in Figure l4c, leading to extended NO release kinetics.
  • primary amine-terminated CD-NONOates had long half-life times of 3.36 h (CD-EDA/NO) and 4.22 h (CD-DETA/NO).
  • stabilized CD-NONOates can be employed and where short half-lives are required, non- stabilized structures (e.g., those without primary amine terminations) can be employed.
  • Both primary amine-terminated CD-NONOates led to significantly longer NO release (3.36 and 4.22 h NO-release half-lives for CD-EDA/NO and CD-DETA/NO, respectively), relative to the alkyl substituted systems.
  • Table 1 Nitric oxide-releasing properties for CD-NONOates in PBS (pH 7.4) at 37°C (a) Total NO storage; (b) NO released over 4 h (pmol) per milligram of /V-diazeniumdiolates CD derivatives. Each parameter was analyzed with multiple replicates (n > 3).
  • Nitric oxide may be an efficient antibacterial agent.
  • the antibacterial activity of the NO-releasing CD derivatives was evaluated against Gram-negative P. aeruginosa, a model pathogen associated with serious medical infections (e.g., traumatic burns, cystic fibrosis). Pseudomonas aeruginosa is a Gram-negative pathogen.
  • Bacterial viability assays were performed under static conditions. Minimum bactericidal concentrations over 4 hours exposure (MBC4h) were used to quantify their bactericidal activity, being required to eliminate bacteria viability by 3 logs (e.g., 99.9% killing). The total NO amount delivered by NO-releasing CD derivatives over this period was also calculated to quantitatively evaluate the required NO dose to achieve bactericidal activity.
  • P. aeruginosa was grown as in the above-mentioned methods and diluted to 10 7 CFU/mL in sterile PBS containing 10 mM of DAF-2 DA and 30 mM of PL Aliquots of bacteria solution (3mL) were incubated in a glass bottom confocal dish for 45 minutes at 37 °C.
  • a Zeiss 510 Meta inverted confocal laser scanning microscope (Carl Zeiss, Thornwood, NY) with a 488 nm Ar excitation laser (30.0 mW, 2.0% intensity) and a BP 505-530 nm filter was used to record DAF-2 (green) fluorescence images.
  • L929 mouse fibroblasts were cultured in DMEM supplemented with 10% v/v fetal bovine serum (FBS) and 1 wt% penicillin/streptomycin, and incubated in 5% v/v C0 2 under humidified conditions at 37 °C. After reaching confluency (80%), the cells were trypsinized, seeded onto tissue-culture treated polystyrene 96-well plates at a density of lxlO 4 cells/mL, and incubated at 37 °C for 24 hours. The supernatant was then aspirated and replaced with 100 pL of fresh growth medium containing various concentrations of both unmodified control and NO-releasing CD derivatives to each well.
  • FBS v/v fetal bovine serum
  • penicillin/streptomycin penicillin/streptomycin
  • Both MBC4h and required NO doses are provided in Table 2.
  • the TSA bacterial stock of P. aeruginosa colony was cultured in 3 mL of TSB overnight (around 16 hours) at 37 °C.
  • a 1000 pL aliquot of the resulting suspension was added into 15 mL of fresh TSB and incubated at 37 °C for another 2 hours, to achieve a concentration of 10 8 colony forming units per mL (CFU/mL, confirmed by the OD600).
  • the bacteria was collected by centrifugation, resuspended in sterile PBS, and diluted to 10 6 CFU/mL.
  • aeruginosa was evaluated under static condition over 4 hours at 37 °C. Blanks (untreated cells) were incubated in each experiment to ensure the bacteria remained viable at 10 6 CFU/mL over 4 hour assay. 100 pL aliquots of blank, control or NO-releasing CD derivatives treated bacteria suspensions were shifted, diluted lO-fold in sterile FLO and plated on TSA plates using an Eddy Jet spiral plater (IUL; Farmingdale, NY), followed by incubation overnight at 37 °C. Bacterial viability was evaluated via total colony count on the TSA plates by using a Flash & Go colony counter (IUL; Farmingdale, NY).
  • MCC 4h Minimum bactericidal concentrations
  • the increased antibacterial capability of primary amine-terminated NO-releasing CD derivatives was ascribed to fast association between positively-charged primary amine groups and negatively-charged cellular membrane of P. aeruginosa and the resulting highly efficient NO delivery.
  • the bactericidal action of mono-substituted CD-NONOates is related to the types of exterior modifications a particular CD has.
  • confocal laser scanning microscopy was utilized to study the association activity of CD-EDA/NO and CD-PA/NO with P. aeruginosa.
  • NO-responsive fluorescent probe 4,5- diamino fluorescein diacetate (DAF-2 DA) and nucleic acid- sensitive fluorescent dye propidium iodide (PI) were dispersed inside and outside P. aeruginosa cells, respectively.
  • DAF-2 DA diamino fluorescein diacetate
  • PI nucleic acid- sensitive fluorescent dye propidium iodide
  • Red PI fluorescence indicative of cell death was not observed in CD-PA/NO at 1 hour ( Figure 18), but observed in CD- EDA/NO ( Figure 19). Additionally, red PI fluorescence were both observed over 2 hours incubation ( Figures l7c and l7f), with greater intensity in CD-EDA/NO. These data indicated that the cellular damage rate of CD-PA/NO is slower than that of CD-EDA/NO, indirectly manifesting that CD-EDA/NO exhibited a fast association with P. aeruginosa.
  • Table 2 also revealed that hepta- substituted CD-NONOates exhibited greater antibacterial capability than mono-substituted CD-NONOates with the same terminal functions, attributed to the increased NO storage. Although hepta- substituted CD-NONOates had lower MBCs, the NO doses required to kill P. aeruginosa were similar with that of mono- substituted CD-NONOates when overall mass of the biopolymer was taken into account. In addition, inspection of the bactericidal efficacy curves ( Figure 20) revealed that control hepta- substituted CDs with PA, HEDA, EDA and DETA possessed enhanced antibacterial ability compared with mono-substituted CDs.
  • this is due to the increased percentages of modified alkyl- or amine groups in molecular backbones.
  • the greater density of alkyl and/or amine functional groups may lead to faster membrane intercalation and cell membrane damage, respectively.
  • These results may be similar to that observed with alkyl chains modified dendrimers or other primary amine-terminated antibacterial agents, attributing this effect to fast membrane interaction and cell membrane damage.
  • CD-NONOates were evaluated by exposing mouse fibroblast cells to various concentrations (0-2000 pg/rnL) of both control and NO-releasing CD derivatives over a 4 hour exposure. Both control and mono-substituted CD-NONOates exhibited a non toxic nature (above 50% cell viability) against mouse fibroblast cells even up to 2000 pg/rnL ( Figure 2la), regardless of their terminated functional moiety.
  • Figure 2lc shows bacterial viability data for DETA, DETA/NO, and DETA/NO mixed with CD (at ratios of 1: 1 or 1:2). These data indicate that, as anticipated, DETA alone is highly antimicrobial, and that mixtures of DETA with NO, and various ratios of CD, while also effective antimicrobials, require greater concentrations to achieve the same effect.
  • Figure 2ld shows data gathered using CD-DETA and CD-DETA/NO (CD-DETA functionalized with NO). These data show a substantial increase in the antimicrobial effects of the CD- DETA/NO functionalized molecule as compared to CD-DETA alone.
  • CD-DETA/NO concentration of CD-DETA/NO required to achieve a reduction of bacterial cell viability to the 103-104 range was over 4-fold less than that of CD-DETA.
  • functionalized NO-releasing CDs can achieve desired degrees of antimicrobial activity at lower concentrations (thereby reducing risks of side effects) than non-NO releasing compounds.
  • CD-DETA/NO On a molar basis CD-DETA/NO was much more effective as an antimicrobial agent than even DETA.
  • CD-DETA/NO has a molecular weight that is about 10 times that of DETA, yet their MBC 4h values were similar at similar concentrations.
  • the minimum bactericidal concentrations of the samples are shown in Table 3. Table 3.
  • Figure 2le shows the cytotoxicity against mammalian cells. From the data, it seemed that the DETA/NO was somewhat favorable for cell proliferation. This was attributed to the presence of NO, which is proliferative at low concentrations and cytotoxic at high concentrations. For bacteria, the addition of NO is more bactericidal at low concentrations and less so at high concentrations. Coupling the DETA to CD makes the combo less cytotoxic and less bactericidal than DETA. Adding the NO to the CD-DETA results in a highly bactericidal compound with similar cytotoxicity to the unloaded CD-DETA. This data also shows that the cytotoxicity of polyamines can be reduced by coupling to CD.
  • CD-DETA and CD-DETA/NO are non-toxic, up to (at least) 4 mg/mL. DETA is toxic when the concentration is increased to 4 mg/mL.
  • Biocompatible /V-diazeniumdiolate modified cyclodextrin derivatives with controllable NO storage and tunable NO kinetics were reported in this study.
  • the utility of NO-releasing CD derivatives as new antibacterial agents was demonstrated via the systematic study of total NO storage and exterior terminal functions.
  • NO-releasing CD derivatives with high NO storage exhibit increased bactericidal ability at the same terminal groups.
  • Primary amine- terminated NO-releasing CD derivatives also display enhanced antibacterial activity at similar NO totals. Most of these new NO-releasing CD derivatives are nontoxic against mammalian cells at the bactericidal doses.
  • a series of secondary amine-modified cyclodextrin (CD) derivatives were synthesized with diverse exterior terminal groups (i.e., hydroxyl, methyl, methoxyl, and primary amine). Subsequent reaction with nitric oxide (NO) gas under alkaline conditions yielded N- diazeniumdiolate-modified CD derivatives. Adjustable NO payloads (e.g., about 0.6-2.4 pmol/mg) and release half-lives (e.g., about 0.7-4.2 h) were achieved by regulating both the amount of secondary amine precursors and the functional groups around the NO donor.
  • NO nitric oxide
  • the interior cavity of cyclodextrin derivatives may be employed as a carrier of hydrophobic drugs.
  • delivery of NO with a drug is effective in decreasing the required therapeutic concentration of the drug alone.
  • promethazine (PM) was selected as a model hydrophobic drug.
  • PM is a neuroleptic mediation used as an antiemetic and remedy for motion sickness. It has also been used off-label as an antibacterial agent.
  • CD may be used as an effective carrier for PM, with both enhanced water- solubility and tolerability ( Figure 22).
  • CD-DETA Bacterial degradation of CD-DETA likely promotes the release of encapsulated PM initiating antibacterial action, in a similar manner to CD-capping silver nanoparticles.
  • MBC4h values of CD-DETA and CD-DETA/NO were 8 mg/mL and 250 pg/mL, respectively. Comparing these data, the combined delivery of NO and PM decreases the required MBC of each drug, with potential benefits for drug tolerability and avoiding/reducing potential adverse side-effects clinically.
  • the cytotoxicity of PM, the complex of PM and CD- DETA, and the complex of PM and CD-DETA/NO was evaluated by exposing L929 mouse fibroblast cells to the respective MBC4h (bacteria eradication) concentrations.
  • the PM at 100 pg/mL was toxic to the vast majority of the mouse fibroblast cells.
  • the cell viability was 31% when using CD-DETA to deliver the PM, as a result of both the lower concentration of PM and its isolation to within the CD derivative.
  • the co- delivery of NO and PM resulted in the least cell toxicity (viability of 52%), unequivocally demonstrating the enhanced effects of co-delivery with NO.
  • CD- NONOates are nontoxic against L929 mouse fibroblast cells at their bactericidal doses.
  • the combined action of NO and promethazine via PM/CD-DETA/NO demonstrates the potential of co-delivering NO with another drug from the same complex.
  • the NO donor-modified CD was capable of delivering promethazine, a hydrophobic drug, thus demonstrating potential as a dual-drug releasing therapeutic.
  • NO-releasing cyclodextrins exhibit slow, sustained NO release under physiological conditions consistent with healthy tissue (pH 7.4). Release shifts to that of a burst release profile under conditions mimicking a tumor microenvironment (pH 5.4), suggesting targeted release of NO. All modifications (PA, DETA, and DETA7) except for PA7 have t 1/2 under 10 min.
  • Anticancer potential was evaluated against A549 human lung carcinoma cells using an MTS assay.
  • Figure 26 shows the dose response for CD treatment. All cell work performed in RPMI media and materials corrected for pH using 0.1 M HC1.
  • Figure 27 shows the anticancer action of NO-releasing CD against A549 human lung carcinoma cells using a 24 h MTS assay. Table 6 provides data for that study:
  • the error represents 95% confidence interval for IC50. It was found that the addition of NO decreases the IC50 for A549 cells for CD-PA, CD-DETA, and CD-DETA7. This data supports the necessity of a high initial NO flux for enhanced anticancer action.
  • the CD- DETA7 control scaffold showed some cytotoxicity it was shown that it reduced L929 viability to -20% at about 0.25 mg/mL.
  • CD-DETA7 also required higher NO doses.
  • CD-DETA showed large differences in IC50 for NO vs. control, was not cytotoxic (>60% viability) to L929 up to 2 mg/mL.
  • CD-DETA also showed large differences in release kinetics between pH 5.4 and 7.4, and had higher starting NO totals than CD-PA. For these reasons, CD-DETA was chosen as a model for DOX encapsulation.
  • Figure 28 shows a model of CD complexing doxorubicin.
  • DOX can be bound by a functionalized CD by exposing the functionalized CD to the guest molecule (e.g., DOX) in the presence of appropriate solvents (dimethylformamide (DMF) and trimethylamine (TEA)).
  • the functionalized CD can be bound with NO prior to complexation with the guest molecule.
  • UV-Vis data show that this technique is suitable for analysis of DOX release, as the LOD is lower than expected values will be.
  • LDR likely extends lower, currently limited by lowest calibration point tested.
  • the limit of detection range (LDR) was 0.0031-0.10 mg mL 1 .
  • the limit of detection (LOD) and limit of quantification(LOQ) for DOX are shown below:
  • Figures 30a-d show characterization of encapsulated DOX. Samples were dissolved in acetate buffer (pH 5.4, 10 mM) and analyzed immediately. CD-DETA does not exhibit any characteristic peaks. CD-DETA-DOX exhibits peak at 490 nm. CD-DETA/NO exhibits strong peak at 258 nm, but also at 326 nm. CD-DETA/NO-DOX exhibits peaks at both 258 nm and 490 nm (also at 326 nm). Figures 3 la-b shows the protocol for determining encapsulation efficiency determination for DOX.
  • Figure 32 shows NO release profiles of DOX from CD-DETA. Some NO is lost during the DOX encapsulation protocol (-30%), but release kinetics at pH 7.4 are maintained (as shown).
  • the [NO]t for CD-DETA/NO-DOX is - 0.5 pmol mg 1 .
  • CD-DETA-DOX The anticancer capabilities of the CD-DETA-DOX and from CD-DETA/NO-DOX are then tested using A549 cells. It is found that the IC50 CD-DETA-DOX is four times as high as that for CD-DETA/NO-DOX, demonstrating a synergistic effect of the CD-DETA/NO- DOX for the treatment of cancer.
  • 30 patients ranging in age from 40 to 50 years old and suffering from non-small cell lung cancer are divided into three groups of 10.
  • the control group receives liposomal DOX via inhalation using a nebulizer
  • the first experimental group receives CD-DETA/NO via inhalation using a nebulizer
  • the second experimental group receives CD-DETA/NO-DOX via inhalation using a nebulizer. Over the course of 12 months, cancer progress is monitored in each of the patient groups.
  • the terms“approximately,”“about,” and“substantially” as used herein represent an amount close to the stated amount that still performs a desired function or achieves a desired result.
  • the terms “approximately”,“about”, and“substantially” may refer to an amount that is within less than or equal to 10% of the stated amount.
  • the term“generally” as used herein represents a value, amount, or characteristic that predominantly includes or tends toward a particular value, amount, or characteristic.
  • Conditional language used herein such as, among others,“can,”“could,”“might,” “may,”“e.g.,” and the like, unless specifically stated otherwise or otherwise understood within the context as used, is generally intended to convey that certain embodiments include, while other embodiments do not include, certain features, elements and/or steps. Thus, such conditional language is not generally intended to imply that features, elements and/or steps are in any way required for one or more embodiments or that one or more embodiments necessarily include logic for deciding, with or without author input or prompting, whether these features, elements and/or steps are included or are to be performed in any particular embodiment.

Landscapes

  • Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
  • Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
  • Life Sciences & Earth Sciences (AREA)
  • General Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
  • Medicinal Chemistry (AREA)
  • Public Health (AREA)
  • Animal Behavior & Ethology (AREA)
  • Pharmacology & Pharmacy (AREA)
  • Veterinary Medicine (AREA)
  • Epidemiology (AREA)
  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Organic Chemistry (AREA)
  • Chemical Kinetics & Catalysis (AREA)
  • Molecular Biology (AREA)
  • General Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
  • Nuclear Medicine, Radiotherapy & Molecular Imaging (AREA)
  • Bioinformatics & Cheminformatics (AREA)
  • Biochemistry (AREA)
  • Materials Engineering (AREA)
  • Polymers & Plastics (AREA)
  • Inorganic Chemistry (AREA)
  • Communicable Diseases (AREA)
  • Oncology (AREA)
  • Pulmonology (AREA)
  • Medicinal Preparation (AREA)
  • Pharmaceuticals Containing Other Organic And Inorganic Compounds (AREA)
  • Polysaccharides And Polysaccharide Derivatives (AREA)
  • Cosmetics (AREA)

Abstract

Disclosed herein are cyclodextrin molecules covalently modified to store and release nitric oxide, as well as methods of making and uses thereof. The covalently modified cyclodextrin molecules may be tailored, in several embodiments, to release nitric oxide in a controlled manner and are useful for reduction and/or eradication of bacteria and for the treatment of disease.

Description

NITRIC OXIDE-RELEASING CYCLODEXTRINS AS BIODEGRADABLE
ANTIBACTERIAL SCAFFOLDS AND METHODS PERTAINING THERETO
CROSS-REFERENCE TO RELATED APPLICATIONS This patent application claims the benefit of priority to U.S. Provisional Patent Application No. 62/639,119, filed March 6, 2018. The foregoing application is fully incorporated herein by reference for all purposes.
STATEMENT REGARDING FEDERALLY SPONSORED R&D This invention was made with government support under Grant Number DE025207 awarded by The National Institutes of Health. The Government has certain rights in the invention.
Field
The presently disclosed subject matter relates generally to nitric oxide-releasing cyclodextrin units which are covalently modified with units that store and release nitric oxide in a controlled manner. Additionally, disclosed are methods of synthesis and use of the same as antibacterial agents.
BACKGROUND
Description of the Related Art
Bacterial infections pose a great challenge to human health in community and hospital settings. Several chronic infections, such as those associated with implanted devices, chronic wounds, and cystic fibrosis are frequently caused by biofilm-forming pathogens such as Pseudomonas aeruginosa and Staphylococcus aureus. Biofilms are cooperative communities of bacteria encapsulated by an exopolysaccharide (EPS) matrix protecting the bacteria from host immune response and antibiotics. SUMMARY
Nitric oxide (NO) plays a variety of physiological roles as a signaling molecule and, as disclosed herein, can also play significant roles in treating or ameliorating pathophysiology, for example as a therapeutic agent. NO as a therapeutic has heretofore been underused, based at least in part on limited NO payloads of therapeutic compositions, NO release rates that are more rapid than desired, and the lack of targeted NO delivery. Provided herein are NO- releasing constructs, methods of producing such constructs, and methods of treating various pathophysiologies using such constructs that leverage the enhanced NO-release characteristics and harness the abundant potential of NO-releasing pharmacological compounds. In particular, provided herein are compounds that are highly efficacious as antimicrobials.
In several embodiments, provided herein are NO-releasing cyclodextrin compounds. In several embodiments, provided herein is a functionalized cyclodextrin represented by the following structure:
Figure imgf000004_0002
In several embodiments, n is an integer selected from 1 to 8. In several embodiments, m is an integer from 0 to 7. In several embodiments, each instance of Ri is represented by -X1-((CH2)fX2)g (CH2)qX3)r-(CH2)h’H. In several embodiments, each of f , q, g, r, and h’ is independently selected from an integer from 0 to 4. In several embodiments, each instance of X1, X2, or X3 is independently selected from O, NH, and a nitric oxide donating substituent.
In several embodiments, at least one instance of R1 is represented by one of the following:
Figure imgf000004_0001
Figure imgf000005_0001
In several embodiments, at least one instance of X1, X2, or X3 is represented by the following:
Figure imgf000005_0002
In several embodiments, the structure of Formula IIG is further represented by the structure of Formula III:
Figure imgf000005_0003
In several embodiments, at least one instance of R1 is represented by one of the following:
Figure imgf000005_0004
Figure imgf000006_0002
In several embodiments, at least one instance of R1 is represented by one of the following:
Figure imgf000006_0001
In several embodiments, n is an integer selected from 6, 7, and 8. In several embodiments, m is 0. In several embodiments, n is 1 and m is 6. In several embodiments, n is 7 and m is 0.
In several embodiments, the functionalized cyclodextrin has a total releasable nitric oxide storage of at least 0.5 p mo 1 of NO per milligram of functionalized cyclodextrin. In several embodiments, the functionalized cyclodextrin has a total releasable nitric oxide storage in a range of about 0.5 pmol to 2.5 pmol of NO per milligram of functionalized cyclodextrin. In several embodiments, greater per milligram NO release is achieved, for example, at least about 2.5 pmol, about 3.0 pmol, about 3.5 pmol, about 4.0 pmol, about 4.5 pmol, about 5 pmol or greater amounts of NO per milligram of functionalized cyclodextrin. In several embodiments, the functionalized cyclodextrin has a half-life for nitric oxide release in a range of between about 0.7-4.2 hours. In several embodiments, longer half-lives are achieved, such as for example, about 5 hours, about 6 hours, about 8 hours, about 10 hours, or any time between the listed times. In several embodiments, the functionalized cyclodextrin has a total NO release after 4 hours in a range of between about 0.1-4.0 pmol of NO per milligram of the functionalized cyclodextrin, including about 0.3-2.0 pmol of NO per milligram of the functionalized cyclodextrin, about 0.1-3.0 mihoΐ of NO per milligram of the functionalized cyclodextrin, about 1.5-4 m mo 1 of NO per milligram of the functionalized cyclodextrin, or , about 0.7-3.0 pmol of NO per milligram of the functionalized cyclodextrin (or any range therebetween, including endpoints).
Several embodiments pertain to a composition comprising the functionalized cyclodextrin and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier. In several embodiments, the composition comprises a cyclodextrin that is not functionalized. In several embodiments, the composition comprises one or more guest drugs complexed with the functionalized cyclodextrin. In several embodiments, the one or more guest drugs comprise one or more drugs for the treatment of a cancer, a cardiovascular disease, a microbial infection, platelet aggregation and/or platelet adhesion, pathological conditions resulting from abnormal cell proliferation, transplantation rejections, autoimmune diseases, inflammation, vascular diseases, scar tissue, wound contraction, restenosis, pain, fever, gastrointestinal disorders, respiratory disorders, sexual dysfunctions, sexually transmitted diseases, or wound healing.
Several embodiments pertain to a method of delivering nitric oxide to a subject. In several embodiments, an effective amount of the functionalized cyclodextrin or the composition is administered to said subject.
Several embodiments pertain to a method of treating a disease state. In several embodiments, an effective amount of the functionalized cyclodextrin is administered to said subject to a subject in need thereof, wherein said disease state is selected from the group consisting of a cancer, a cardiovascular disease, a microbial infection; platelet aggregation and platelet adhesion caused by the exposure of blood to a medical device; pathological conditions resulting from abnormal cell proliferation; transplantation rejections, autoimmune diseases, inflammation, vascular diseases; scar tissue; wound contraction, restenosis, pain, fever, gastrointestinal disorders, respiratory disorders, sexual dysfunctions, and sexually transmitted diseases. In several embodiments, the disease state is a microbial infection.
Several embodiments pertain to a method of treating a disease state, comprising administering an effective amount of the functionalized cyclodextrin or the composition to said subject to a subject in need thereof, wherein said disease state is lung cancer. Several embodiments pertain to use of the functionalized cyclodextrin or the composition of for delivering nitric oxide to a subject. Several embodiments pertain to use of the functionalized cyclodextrin or the composition in the preparation of a medicament for treating a subject in need. In several embodiments, the disease state is selected from the group consisting of one or more of: a cancer, a cardiovascular disease, a microbial infection; platelet aggregation and platelet adhesion caused by the exposure of blood to a medical device; pathological conditions resulting from abnormal cell proliferation; transplantation rejections, autoimmune diseases, inflammation, vascular diseases; scar tissue; wound contraction, restenosis, pain, fever, gastrointestinal disorders, respiratory disorders, sexual dysfunctions, and sexually transmitted diseases.
Several embodiments pertain to a functionalized cyclodextrin comprising at least one ring unit of Formula I:
Figure imgf000008_0001
In several embodiments, n is an integer selected from 1 to 8. In several embodiments, Ri, R2, and R are independently selected from the group consisting of -OH, -CH2CH2OH, -CH2CH(OH)CH3, -0-((CH2)t0)u-H, -0-((CH2)tO)u-(CH2)vH, -0-(C1-8alkyl), -C2H5, -C8H17, -NH-((CH2)cNH)d-H, -NH-((CH2)C’NH)d’-(CH2)eH, -X1-((CH2)fX2)g-(CH2)hH,
-X1-((CH2)fX2)g’((CH2)qX3)r-(CH2)h’H, -C(0)Me, -C(0)C3H7, -C(0)C4H9, -CH2COONa, -(CH2)4S03-, -S03\ -C(0)0-((CH2),0)U-H, -C(0)0-((CH2)t’0)U’-(CH2)vH, -C(0)0-(C!_ 5 alkyl), -C(0)NH-((CH2)cNH)d-H, -C(0)NH-((CH2)c NH)d-(CH2)eH,
C(0)X1-((CH2)fX2)g-(CH2)hH, -C(0)X1-((CH2)fX2)g’((CH2)qX3)r-(CH2)h’-H, glycosyl, maltosyl, and glucoronate. In several embodiments, each instance of c, c’, d, d’, e, f, f , g, g’, h, h’, q, r, t, t’, u, u’, and v is independently selected from an integer from 0 to 10. In several embodiments, each instance of X1, X2, and X3 is independently selected from O, S, NH, and a NO donating substituent. In several embodiments, at least one instance of X1, X2, and X3 is a NO donating substituent. In several embodiments, the NO donating substituent is selected from one of the following:
Figure imgf000009_0001
In several embodiments, at least one instance of X1, X2, and X3 is represented by the following structure:
Figure imgf000009_0002
In several embodiments, provided is a functionalized cyclodextrin comprising at least one ring unit of Formula I:
Formula I
Figure imgf000009_0003
In several embodiments, functionalized cyclodextrins as provided for herein are advantageous in that they provide for one or more of enhanced NO delivery to a target site, enriched NO delivery capacity, improved compound stability, and enhanced anti- microbial effects (e.g., activity and/or duration of NO delivery). In several embodiments, n is an integer selected from 1 to 8. In some embodiments, Ri, R2, and R3 are independently selected from the group consisting of -OH, -0-((CH2)t0)u-H, -0-((CH2)t-0)u-(CH2)vH, -0-(C1-5alkyl), -NH-((CH2)cNH)d-H, -NH-((CH2)C’NH)d’-(CH2)eH, -X1-((CH2)fX2)g-(CH2)hH, and
-X1-((CH2)fX2)g’((CH2)qX3)r-(CH2)h’H. In some embodiments, c, c’, d, d’, e, f, f , g, g’, h, h’, q, r, t, t’, u, u’, and v, are independently selected from an integer from 0 to 10 (e.g., 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, or 10). In some embodiments, d, d’, g, g’, r, u, and u’ are independently selected from an integer from 0 to 4 (e.g., 0, 1, 2, 3, 4). In some embodiments, c, c’, e, f, f , h, h’, q, t, t’, and v, are independently selected from an integer from 0 to 3 (e.g., 0, 1, 2, 3). In several embodiments, X1, X2, and X3 are independently selected from O, S, or NH. In several embodiments, at least one of X1, X2, and X3 is represented by the following functional unit:
Figure imgf000010_0001
In several embodiments, R1 is -X1-((CH )fX2)g’((CH )qX3)r-(CH2)h’H. In several embodiments, R2 and R3 are -OH.
In several embodiments, the functionalized cyclodextrin further comprises at least one glycopyranoside ring unit having the following structure: glucopyranoside
Figure imgf000010_0002
In several embodiments, m is an integer selected from 1 to 8. In several embodiments, n is 1 and m is 5, 6, or 7. In several embodiments, n is 6, 7, or 8. In several embodiments, n + m is equal to 10 where n is any integer from 0 to 10 and m is any integer from one to ten. For instance, where n + m is 7 and n is 3, then m is 4, etc.
In several embodiments, the functionalized cyclodextrin is selected from one of the following structures:
Figure imgf000011_0001
Figure imgf000012_0001
In several embodiments, a formulation is provided that comprises functionalized cyclodextrins, wherein the formulation is made up of a plurality of cyclodextrins having one or more of the structures above.
In several embodiments, provided is a functionalized cyclodextrin comprising at least one ring unit of Formula I:
Formula I
Figure imgf000012_0002
In several embodiments, n is an integer selected from 1 to 8. In several embodiments, Ri, R2, and R are independently selected from the group consisting of -OH, -0-((CH2)t0)u-H, -0-((CH2)tO)U’-(CH2)vH, -0-(C1-5alkyl), -NH-((CH2)cNH)d-H, -NH-((CH2)c NH)d -(CH2)eH, -X1-((CH2)fX2)g-(CH2)hH, and -X1-((CH2)fX2)g (CH2)qX3)r-(CH2)h.H. In some embodiments, c, c’, d, d’, e, f, f , g, g’, h, h’, q, r, t, t’, u, u’, and v, are independently selected from an integer from 0 to 10 (e.g., 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, or 10). In several embodiments, X1, X2, and X3 are independently selected from O, S, or NH. In several embodiments, at least one of X1, X2, and X3 is selected from the group consisting of
Figure imgf000013_0001
Depending on the embodiment, X1, X2, and X3 can each have the same structure above, or in some embodiments, one or more of X1, X2, and X3 have different structures.
In several embodiments, R1 is -X1-((CH2)fX2)g-(CH2)hH and at least one of X1 and X2 is the following:
Figure imgf000013_0002
In several embodiments, R2 and/or R are -OH.
In several embodiments, the functionalized cyclodextrin comprises at least one glycopyranoside ring unit having the following structure: glucopyranoside
Figure imgf000013_0003
In several embodiments, m is an integer selected from 1 to 8. In several embodiments, n is 1 and m is 5, 6, or 7. In several embodiments, n is 6, 7, or 8.
In several embodiments, the functionalized cyclodextrin is selected from the group consisting of:
Figure imgf000014_0001
In several embodiments, combinations of such functionalized cyclodextrins are used in an anti-microbial formulation.
In several embodiments, provided is a functionalized cyclodextrin compound having the following formula:
Figure imgf000015_0001
In several embodiments, n is an integer selected from 1 to 8. In several embodiments, m is an integer from 0 to 7. In several embodiments, Ri is -X1-((CH2)fX2)g (CH2)qX3)r-(CH2)h’H. In several embodiments, each of f , g’ q, r, and h’ is independently selected from an integer from 0 to 10. In several embodiments, X1, X2, and X3 are independently selected from NH or
Figure imgf000015_0002
i— A— i
In several embodiments, the functionalized cyclodextrin has a total releasable nitric oxide storage of at least 0.5 pmol of NO per milligram of functionalized cyclodextrin. In a further embodiment, the functionalized cyclodextrin has a total releasable nitric oxide storage in a range of about 0.5 mhioΐ to 2.5 mhioΐ of NO per milligram of functionalized cyclodextrin. In another embodiment, the functionalized cyclodextrin has a total releasable nitric oxide storage in a range of about 1.0 mhioΐ to 2.5 mhioΐ of NO per milligram of functionalized cyclodextrin. In several embodiments, the functionalized cyclodextrin has a half-life for nitric oxide release in a range of between about 0.1-24 hours. In a further embodiment, the functionalized cyclodextrin has a half-life for nitric oxide release in a range of between about 0.7-4.2 hours.
In several embodiments, the functionalized cyclodextrin has a total duration of NO release in a range of between about 1-60 hours.
In several embodiments, the functionalized cyclodextrin has a total NO release after 4 hours in a range of between about 0.3-2.0 mhioΐ of NO per milligram of the functionalized cyclodextrin.
Several embodiments pertain to a method of delivering nitric oxide to a subject (e.g., use of NO-generating compounds). In several embodiments, the method comprises a step of administering an effective amount of a functionalized cyclodextrin as disclosed herein to the subject.
Several embodiments pertain to a method of treating a disease state. In several embodiments, the method comprises a step of administering an effective amount of a functionalized cyclodextrin as described herein to a subject in need of treatment. In several embodiments, the disease state is a cancer, a cardiovascular disease, a microbial infection, platelet aggregation and/or platelet adhesion caused by the exposure of blood to a medical device, pathological conditions resulting from abnormal cell proliferation, transplantation rejections, autoimmune diseases, inflammation, vascular diseases, scar tissue, wound contraction, restenosis, pain, fever, gastrointestinal disorders, respiratory disorders (including cystic fibrosis), sexual dysfunctions, sexually transmitted diseases, or wound healing (e.g., from burns). Subject may be affected with more than one of such diseases simultaneously, in which case the method of administering a functionalized cyclodextrin, in several embodiments, is effective to treat multiple conditions. In several embodiments, said disease state is a microbial infection.
Several embodiments relate to a use of a functionalized cyclodextrin as disclosed herein for delivering nitric oxide to a subject. In several embodiments, the use provides involves the preparation of a medicament for treating a subject in need with a disease state selected from the group consisting of one or more of: a cancer, a cardiovascular disease, a microbial infection, platelet aggregation and/or platelet adhesion caused by the exposure of blood to a medical device, pathological conditions resulting from abnormal cell proliferation, transplantation rejections, autoimmune diseases, inflammation, vascular diseases, scar tissue, wound contraction, restenosis, pain, fever, gastrointestinal disorders, respiratory disorders, sexual dysfunctions, and/or sexually transmitted diseases. In one embodiment, there is provide a use of a functionalized cyclodextrin configured to release nitric oxide for use in treating microbial infection and/or reducing a microbial load.
In several embodiments, provided is a functionalized cyclodextrin comprising at least one ring unit of Formula I:
Figure imgf000017_0001
In several embodiments, n is an integer selected from 1 to 8. In several embodiments, Ri, R2, and R3 are independently selected from the group consisting of -OH, -0-((CH2)t0)u-H, -0-((CH2)tO)U’-(CH2)vH, -0-(C1-5alkyl), -NH-((CH2)cNH)d-H, -NH-((CH2)c NH)d -(CH2)eH, -X1-((CH2)fX2)g-(CH2)hH, and -X1-((CH2)fX2)g (CH2)qX3)r-(CH2)h.H. In some embodiments, c, c’, d, d’, e, f, f , g, g’, h, h’, q, r, t, t’, u, u’, and v, are independently selected from an integer from 0 to 10 (e.g., 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, or 10). In several embodiments, X1, X2, and X3 are independently selected from O, S, or NH. In several embodiments, R2 and R3 are - OH. In several embodiments, R1 is -X1-((CH2)fX2)g’((CH2)qX3)r-(CH2)h’H. In several embodiments, where present, each of X1, X2, and X3 is -NH.
In several embodiments, the functionalized cyclodextrin has chemical structure selected from the group consisting of:
Figure imgf000017_0002
Figure imgf000018_0001
In several embodiments, provided herein is a functionalized cyclodextrin represented by the following structure:
Figure imgf000018_0002
In several embodiments, n is an integer. In several embodiments, m is an integer. In several embodiments, each instance of Ri is represented by -X1-((CH2)fX2)g (CH2)qX3)r-(CH2)h’H. In several embodiments, each of f , q, g, r, and h’ is independently selected as an integer. In several embodiments, each instance of X1, X2, or X3 is independently selected from O, NH, and a nitric oxide donating substituent. In several embodiments, the total releasable nitric oxide storage ranges from about 1.0 mhioΐ to 2.5 mhioΐ of NO per milligram of functionalized cyclodextrin. In several embodiments, the half-life for nitric oxide release ranges from about 0.1-24 hours. In several embodiments, the total duration of NO release ranges from about 1-60 hours.
In several embodiments, the functionalized cyclodextrin further comprises at least one guest drug, wherein the guest drug exerts therapeutic effects at a lower concentration when complexed with the functionalized cyclodextrin, as compared to the guest drug alone.
Several embodiments pertain to a method of delivering NO to a subject comprising, administering the functionalized cyclodextrin to the subject. In several embodiments, the administration route is via inhalation and the NO delivery treats a disease of the lungs. In several embodiments, the disease of the lungs is cystic fibrosis. In several embodiments, the disease of the lungs is lung cancer.
Several embodiments pertain to a functionalized cyclodextrin in the preparation of a medicament for the treatment of a disease or condition.
Several embodiments pertain to use of a functionalized cyclodextrin for the treatment of a disease or condition.
Several embodiments pertain to a method of treating the respiratory system. In several embodiments, a composition comprising functionalized cyclodextrin is administered to a lung via inhalation. In several embodiments, the functionalized cyclodextrin has a total releasable nitric oxide storage as disclosed elsewhere herein. In several embodiments, the functionalized cyclodextrin has a total releasable nitric oxide storage ranging from about 1.0 mhioΐ to 2.5 mhioΐ of NO per milligram of functionalized cyclodextrin. In several embodiments, the functionalized cyclodextrin has a half-life for nitric oxide release as disclosed elsewhere herein. In several embodiments, the functionalized cyclodextrin has a half-life for nitric oxide release ranges from about 0.1-24 hours. In several embodiments, the functionalized cyclodextrin has a total duration of NO release as disclosed elsewhere herein. In several embodiments, the functionalized cyclodextrin has a total duration of NO release ranges from about 1-60 hours. In several embodiments, the functionalized cyclodextrin has a total releasable nitric oxide storage of at least about 1.0 mhioΐ per milligram of functionalized cyclodextrin. In several embodiments, the functionalized cyclodextrin has a half-life for nitric oxide release of at least 1 hour.
In several embodiments, provided herein is a functionalized cyclodextrin represented by the following structure:
Figure imgf000019_0001
In several embodiments, n is an integer selected from 1 to 8. In several embodiments, m is an integer from 0 to 7. In several embodiments, each instance of Ri is represented by -X1-((CH2)fX2)g (CH2)qX3)r-(CH2)h’H. In several embodiments, each of f , q, g, r, and h’ is independently selected from an integer from 0 to 4. In several embodiments, each instance of X1, X2, or X3 is independently selected from O, NH, and a nitric oxide donating substituent.
In several embodiments, at least one instance of R1 is represented by one of the following:
Figure imgf000020_0003
In several embodiments, at least one instance of X1, X2, or X3 is represented by the following:
Figure imgf000020_0001
In several embodiments, the structure of Formula IIG is further represented by the structure of Formula III:
Figure imgf000020_0002
In several embodiments, at least one instance of R1 is represented by one of the following:
Figure imgf000021_0001
In several embodiments, n is an integer selected from 6, 7, and 8. In several embodiments, m is 0. In several embodiments, at least one instance of R1 is represented by one of the following:
Figure imgf000021_0002
In several embodiments, n is 1 and m is 6. In several embodiments, n is 7 and m is 0. In several embodiments, the functionalized cyclodextrin has a total releasable nitric oxide storage of at least 0.5 m mo 1 of NO per milligram of functionalized cyclodextrin. In several embodiments, the functionalized cyclodextrin has a total releasable nitric oxide storage in a range of about 0.5 mhioΐ to 2.5 mhioΐ of NO per milligram of functionalized cyclodextrin. In several embodiments, the functionalized cyclodextrin has a half-life for nitric oxide release in a range of between about 0.7-4.2 hours. In several embodiments, the functionalized cyclodextrin has a total NO release after 4 hours in a range of between about 0.3-2.0 mhioΐ of NO per milligram of the functionalized cyclodextrin.
In several embodiments, provided herein is a composition comprising the functionalized cyclodextrin and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier. In several embodiments, the composition further comprises a cyclodextrin that is not functionalized. In several embodiments, the functionalized cyclodextrin or the composition further comprising one or more guest drugs complexed with the functionalized cyclodextrin. In several embodiments, the one or more guest drugs comprise one or more drugs for the treatment of a cancer, a cardiovascular disease, a microbial infection, platelet aggregation and/or platelet adhesion, pathological conditions resulting from abnormal cell proliferation, transplantation rejections, autoimmune diseases, inflammation, vascular diseases, scar tissue, wound contraction, restenosis, pain, fever, gastrointestinal disorders, respiratory disorders, sexual dysfunctions, sexually transmitted diseases, or wound healing.
In several embodiments, a method of delivering nitric oxide to a subject is provided. In several embodiments, an effective amount of the functionalized cyclodextrin is administered to said subject.
In several embodiments, a method of treating a disease state is provided. In several embodiments, an effective amount of the functionalized cyclodextrin or the composition is administered to a subject in need thereof. In several embodiments, said disease state is selected from the group consisting of a cancer, a cardiovascular disease, a microbial infection; platelet aggregation and platelet adhesion caused by the exposure of blood to a medical device; pathological conditions resulting from abnormal cell proliferation; transplantation rejections, autoimmune diseases, inflammation, vascular diseases; scar tissue; wound contraction, restenosis, pain, fever, gastrointestinal disorders, respiratory disorders, sexual dysfunctions, and sexually transmitted diseases. In several embodiments, said disease state is a microbial infection.
In several embodiments, method of treating a disease state is provided. In several embodiments, an effective amount of the functionalized cyclodextrin or the composition is administered to said subject to a subject in need thereof, wherein said disease state is lung cancer.
In several embodiments, a use of the functionalized cyclodextrin or the composition for delivering nitric oxide to a subject is provided. In several embodiments, provided is a use of the functionalized cyclodextrin or the composition in the preparation of a medicament for treating a subject in need with a disease state selected from the group consisting of one or more of: a cancer, a cardiovascular disease, a microbial infection; platelet aggregation and platelet adhesion caused by the exposure of blood to a medical device; pathological conditions resulting from abnormal cell proliferation; transplantation rejections, autoimmune diseases, inflammation, vascular diseases; scar tissue; wound contraction, restenosis, pain, fever, gastrointestinal disorders, respiratory disorders, sexual dysfunctions, and sexually transmitted diseases.
Several embodiments pertain to a method of manufacturing a functionalized cyclodextrin. In several embodiments, the method comprises mixing a cyclodextrin with a functionalizing compound comprising a leaving group and a secondary amine to provide a cyclodextrin having a secondary amine. In several embodiments, the leaving group is one or more of -OTs, -OMs, -Cl, -Br, or -I. In several embodiments, the method further comprises exposing the cyclodextrin having a secondary amine with NO to afford an NO releasing functionalized cyclodextrin. In several embodiments, the method comprises mixing the cyclodextrin with a guest molecule to provide a host guest complex.
BRIEF DESCRIPTION OF THE DRAWINGS
Figure 1(a) and Figure 1(b) are non- limiting schemes showing the synthesis of secondary amine- and /V-diazeniumdio late-functionalized CD derivatives. In Figure 1(a), the synthesis of secondary amine-modified CDs was carried out using the non-limiting examples of reagents and conditions as shown in (i)-(iv): (i) TsOCl, NaOH, H20/CH CN, at room temperature (r.t.); (ii) Primary amine (RNH2), 75 °C; (iii) Bromine, P(Ph) , DMF, 80 °C; (iv) Primary amine (RNH2), DMF, r.t. Figure 1(b) Depicts a synthetic route with subsequent N- diazeniumdiolate formation (for CD-HEDA7/NO for example). Figures 2(a)-(c) depict characterization data of NO donor CD-HEDA7/NO. Figure 2(a) Synthetic route of CD-HEDA7/NO. Figure 2(b) H NMR spectra of CD-HEDA7 (top line) and CD-HEDA7/NO (bottom line). Figure 2(c) UV-Vis spectra of CD-HEDA7 (solid line) and CD-HEDA7/NO (dash line).
Figure 3 shows characterization data and the structure of a non-limiting embodiment of a CD derivative. (Left) NMR spectra of CD-HEDA (top line) and CD-HEDA/NO (bottom line); (Middle) Molecular structure of CD-HEDA; (Right) Molecular structure of CD- HEDA/NO. Newly- appeared peaks of b’ and c’ assigned to the methylene groups adjacent to /V-diazcniumdiolatcs demonstrated the successful synthesis of CD-HEDA/NO. The high chemical shift of these methylene groups was due to the hydrogen bonding between the terminal hydroxyl group and /V-diazeniumdiolate.
Figure 4 shows characterization data and the structure of a non-limiting embodiment of a CD derivative. (Left) NMR spectra of CD-EDA (top line) and CD-EDA/NO (bottom line); (Middle) Molecular structure of CD-EDA; (Right) Molecular structure of CD-EDA/NO. Newly- appeared peaks of 6’ and a’ assigned to the methylene groups adjacent to N- diazeniumdiolates demonstrated the successful synthesis of CD-EDA/NO. The high chemical shift of these methylene groups was due to the hydrogen bonding between the terminal primary amine group and /V-diazeniumdiolate.
Figure 5 shows characterization data and the structure of a non-limiting embodiment of a CD derivative. (Left) NMR spectra of CD-DETA (top line) and CD-DETA/NO (bottom line); (Middle) Molecular structure of CD-DETA; (Right) Molecular structure of CD- DETA/NO. Newly- appeared peaks of b’ and c’ assigned to the methylene groups adjacent to /V-diazeniumdiolates demonstrated the successful synthesis of CD-DETA/NO. The high chemical shift of these methylene groups was due to the hydrogen bonding between the terminal primary amine group and /V-diazeniumdiolate.
Figure 6 shows characterization data and the structure of a non-limiting embodiment of a CD derivative. (Left) NMR spectra of CD-EDA7 (top line) and CD-EDA7/NO (bottom line); (Middle) Molecular structure of CD-EDA7; (Right) Molecular structure of CD- EDA7/NO. Newly- appeared peaks of 6’ and a’ assigned to the methylene groups adjacent to /V-diazeniumdiolates demonstrated the successful synthesis of CD-EDA7/NO. The high chemical shift of these methylene groups was due to the hydrogen bonding between the terminal primary amine group and /V-diazeniumdiolate.
Figure 7 shows characterization data and the structure of a non-limiting embodiment of a CD derivative. (Left) NMR spectra of CD-DETA7 (top line) and CD-DETA7/NO (bottom line); (Middle) Molecular structure of CD-DETA7; (Right) Molecular structure of CD-DETA7/NO. Newly- appeared peaks of b’ and c’ assigned to the methylene groups adjacent to /V-diazeniumdiolates demonstrated the successful synthesis of CD-DETA7/NO. The high chemical shift of these methylene groups was due to the hydrogen bonding between the terminal primary amine group and /V-diazeniumdiolate.
Figure 8 shows characterization data and the structure of a non-limiting embodiment of a CD derivative. (Left) NMR spectra of CD-PA (top line) and CD-PA/NO (bottom line); (Middle) Molecular structure of CD-PA; (Right) Molecular structure of CD-PA/NO. Down shifted peaks of 6’, a’ and b’ assigned to the methylene groups around the /V-diazeniumdiolate demonstrated the successful synthesis of CD-PA/NO. Since the terminal groups are methyl groups, they could not form the hydrogen bonding with the /V-diazeniumdiolates, leading to down- shifted peaks.
Figure 9 shows characterization data and the structure of a non-limiting embodiment of a CD derivative. (Left) NMR spectra of CD-MA (top line) and CD-MA/NO (bottom line); (Middle) Molecular structure of CD-MA; (Right) Molecular structure of CD-MA/NO. Down shifted peaks of 6’ and a’ assigned to the methylene groups around the /V-diazeniumdiolate demonstrated the successful synthesis of CD-MA/NO. Since the terminal groups are hydroxymethyl groups, they could not form the hydrogen bonding with the N- diazeniumdiolates, leading to down-shifted peaks.
Figure 10 shows characterization data and the structure of a non-limiting embodiment of a CD derivative. (Left) NMR spectra of CD-PA7 (top line) and CD-PA7/NO (bottom line); (Middle) Molecular structure of CD-PA7; (Right) Molecular structure of CD-PA7/NO. Down-shifted peaks of 6’, a’ and b’ assigned to the methylene groups around the N- diazeniumdiolate demonstrated the successful synthesis of CD-PA7/NO. Since the terminal groups are methyl groups, they could not form the hydrogen bonding with the N- diazeniumdiolates, leading to down-shifted peaks. Figure 11 shows characterization data and the structure of a non-limiting embodiment of a CD derivative. (Left) NMR spectra of CD-MA7 (top line) and CD-MA7/NO (bottom line); (Middle) Molecular structure of CD-MA7; (Right) Molecular structure of CD- MA7/NO. Down-shifted peaks of 6’ and a’ assigned to the methylene groups around the N- diazeniumdiolate demonstrated the successful synthesis of CD-MA7/NO. Since the terminal groups are hydroxymethyl groups, they could not form the hydrogen bonding with the N- diazeniumdiolates, leading to down-shifted peaks.
Figures l2(a)-(e) show UV-Vis spectra of mono-substituted NO-releasing CD derivatives, which were measured in 0.1 M NaOH at a concentration of 0.05 mg/mL. Figure 12(a) CD-HEDA/NO, Figure 12(b) CD-MA/NO, Figure 12(c) CD-PA/NO, Figure 12(d) CD-EDA/NO, and Figure 12(e) CD-DETA/NO. NO-releasing materials are dash lines, and non-NO-releasing controls are solid lines.
Figures l3(a)-(e) show UV-Vis spectra of hepta- substituted NO-releasing CD derivatives, which were measured in 0.1 M NaOH. Figure 13(a) CD-HEDA7/NO (0.01 mg/mL), Figure 13(b) CD-MA7/NO (0.02 mg/mL), Figure 13(c) CD-PA7/NO (0.02 mg/mL), Figure 13(d) CD-EDA7/NO (0.02 mg/mL), and Figure 13(e) CD-DETA7/NO (0.01 mg/mL). NO-releasing materials are dash lines, and non-NO-releasing controls are solid lines.
Figures l4(a)-(c) depicts characterization of the dissociation of NO-releasing CD derivatives. Figure 14(a) Proposed non- limiting mechanism for decomposition of N- diazeniumdiolate-modified CD derivatives. Figure 14(b) Real-time plot of t[NO] vs time for NO-releasing CD derivatives. Solid line represents CD-PA/NO; dash line represents CD- MA7/NO; dot line represents CD-HEDA7/NO. Figure 14(c) Proposed non- limiting structure for stabilization of /V-diazeniumdiolate CD derivatives (according to several embodiments) by neighboring cationic ammonium groups.
Figures l5(a)-(b) depict real time NO release measured by a chemiluminescence-based nitric oxide analyzer. Figure 15(a) Real-time plot of t[NO] vs time for NO-releasing mono- substituted CD derivatives. Brown line represents CD-HEDA/NO; red line represents CD MA/NO; black line represents CD-PA/NO; green line represents CD-EDA/NO; blue line represents CD-DETA/NO. Figure 15(b) Real-time plot of t[NO] vs time for NO-releasing hepta- substituted CD derivatives. Brown line represents CD-HEDA7/NO; red line represents CD-MA7/NO; black line represents CD-PA7/NO; green line represents CD-EDA7/N0; blue line represents CD-DETA7/N0.
Figures l6(a)-(e) depict bactericidal efficacy of mono-substituted NO-releasing CD derivatives against P. aeruginosa over 4 hours’ incubation. Figure 16(a) CD-HEDA/NO, Figure 16(b) CD-MA/NO, Figure 16(c) CD-PA/NO, Figure 16(d) CD-EDA/NO, and Figure 16(e) CD-DETA/NO. NO-releasing CDs are red filled circles, and control CDs are black filled squares. Error bars represents standard deviation of the mean viability (CFU/mF). For all measurements, n = 3 or more pooled experiments.
Figures l7(a)-(c) depict CFSM images of P. aeruginosa cells exposed to 300 pg/mF CD-PA/NO for 2 hours. DAF-2 green fluorescence indicated the intracellular NO delivery, while cellular membrane destruction (cell death) was indicated by the appearance of PI red fluorescence. Figure 17(a) Bright field; Figure 17(b) DAF-2; Figure 17(c) PI.
Figures l7(d-f) CFSM images of P. aeruginosa cells exposed to 300 pg/mF CD- EDA/NO. Figure 17(d) Bright field; Figure 17(e) DAF-2; (f) PI.
Figures 18 depicts bright field, intracellular DAF-2 (green) and PI (red) fluorescence images of P. aeruginosa exposed to 300 pg/mF CD-PA/NO. DAF-2 green fluorescence indicates the appearance of NO in the cells, while PI red fluorescence indicates the cellular membrane destruction (cell death). The top images were taken at 60 minutes, and the bottom images were taken at 120 minutes.
Figure 19 depicts bright field, intracellular DAF-2 (green) and PI (red) fluorescence images of P. aeruginosa exposed to 300 pg/mF CD-EDA/NO. DAF-2 green fluorescence indicates the appearance of NO in the cells, while PI red fluorescence indicates the cellular membrane destruction (cell death). The top images were taken at 60 minutes, and the bottom images were taken at 120 minutes.
Figures 20(a)-(e) depict the bactericidal efficacy of hepta- substituted NO-releasing CD derivatives against P. aeruginosa over 4 hours’ incubation. Figure 20(a) CD-HEDA7/NO, Figure 20(b) CD-MA7/NO, Figure 20(c) CD-PA7/NO, Figure 20(d) CD-EDA7/NO, and Figure 20(e) CD-DETA7/NO. NO-releasing CDs are red (filled circles), and control CDs are black (filled squares). Error bars represents standard deviation of the mean viability (CFU/mF). For all measurements, n = 3 or more pooled experiments. Figures 2l(a)-(e) depict in vitro cytotoxicity. Cell viability (%) of L929 mouse fibroblasts exposure to blank, control and NO-releasing CD derivatives at various concentrations over 4 hours. Each value represents the mean standard deviation of at least three determinations. Figure 21(a) Mono-substituted CD derivatives; Figure 21(b) Hepta- substituted CD derivatives. Figure 21(c) shows bacterial viability data for DETA, DETA/NO, and DETA/NO mixed with CD. Figure 21(d) shows data gathered using CD-DETA and CD- DETA/NO (CD-DETA functionalized with NO). Figure 21(e) shows the cytotoxicity against mammalian cells.
Figures 22(a)-(b). Dissolution ability of promethazine/cyclodextrins inclusion complex. Figure 22(a) 2 mg/mL of Promethazine in PBS buffer; Figure 22(b) 2 mg/mL of Promethazine with equivalent CD in PBS buffer.
Figures 23(a)-(f). Dissolution ability of promethazine/CD-DETA inclusive complex under different molar ratios. The concentration of promethazine in PBS buffer is constant as 2 mg/mL. Molar ratio of promethazine versus CD-DETA: Figure 23(a) 1:0; Figure 23(b) 1:0.25; Figure 23(c) 1:0.5; Figure 23(d) 1:0.75; Figure 23(e) 1: 1; Figure 23(f) 1: 1.5. Based on the turbidity of the complex solution, a good inclusive complex between promethazine and CD-DETA is formed with the molar ratio of 1: 1.
Figures 24(a)-(c) depicts schematics and data using CD as a host molecule or as an antimicrobial alone. Figure 24(a) Illustration of promethazine and NO co-delivery for antibacterial activity. Figure 24(b) Bactericidal efficacy of PM (circle), the complex of PM and CD-DETA (triangle) and the complex of PM and CD-DETA/NO (square) against Gram negative P. aeruginosa. PM and CD derivatives were delivered in a molar ratio of 1: 1. The X- axis is the concentration of PM in different systems. Figure 24(c) Cell viability (%) of L929 mouse fibroblasts following exposure to PM, the complex of PM and CD-DETA, and the complex of PM and CD-DETA/NO at the MBC4h concentrations. Left-side bar was PM; middle bar was the complex of PM and CD-DETA; right-side bar was the complex of PM and CD-DETA/NO.
Figure 24(d) is an illustration of NO delivery for antibacterial activity.
Figure 25 shows non-limiting schemes showing the synthesis of functionalized CD derivatives. In several embodiments, the synthesis of secondary amine-modified CDs can be carried out using the exemplary reagents and conditions as shown in (e.g., TsOCl, a primary amine (R(CH2)2NH2) or Bromine, P(Ph)3, and a primary amine).
Figures 26(a)-(d) show the dose response for cell viability after CD treatment using various functionalized CDs where Figure 26(a) is for CD-PA and CD-PA/NO, Figure 26(b) is for CD-DETA and CD-DETA/NO, Figure 26(c) is for CD-PA7 and CD-PA7/NO, and Figure 26(d) is for CD-DETA7 and CD-DETA7/NO.
Figure 27 depicts data showing the anticancer action of NO-releasing CD derivatives against A549 human lung carcinoma cells using a 24 h MTS assay.
Figure 28 shows a non-limiting example of a model of CD complexing doxorubicin.
Figures 29(a)-(b) show UV/Vis data for DOX (dissolved in acetate buffer (pH 5.4, 10 mM)) where Figure 29(a) is DOX at various concentrations and Figure 29(b) shows a concentration calibration curve for DOX.
Figured 30(a)-(d) show characterization various functionalized-CD compounds using UV/Vis, where (a) is CD-DETA, (b) is CD-DETA-DOX, (c) is CD-DETA/NO, and (d) is CD-DETA/NO-DOX.
Figures 3 l(a)-(b) show UV/Vis data for DOX (in 3:7 acetonitrile:water (pH 3.0)) where Figure 31(a) is DOX at various concentrations and Figure 31(b) shows a concentration calibration curve for DOX.
Figures 32(a)-(b) show NO release profiles of CD-DETA/NO (Figure 32(a)) and CD- DETA/NO-DOX (Figure 32(b)).
DETAILED DESCRIPTION
Certain embodiments disclosed herein pertain to cyclodextrin (CD) derivatives with bactericidal and/or antimicrobial activity. In some embodiments, the cyclodextrin (CD) derivatives comprise NO binding moieties. In some embodiments, the cyclodextrin (CD) derivatives have controllable amounts of secondary-amines and diverse exterior terminal groups (e.g., hydroxyl, methyl, hydroxymethyl, primary amines, etc.). In some embodiments, the CD derivatives can be reacted with nitric oxide (NO) gas or some other NO donor to yield NO-donating CD derivatives. Nitric oxide (NO) is a broad- spectrum antibacterial agent capable of eradicating both bacteria and biofilms, primarily through the formation of reactive NO byproducts (e.g., peroxynitrite and dinitrogen trioxide) that cause oxidative and nitrosative damage to microbial DNA and/or membrane structures. Advantageously, the wide range of mechanisms by which NO exerts its antibacterial effects reduces the risk that bacteria will foster resistance.
In some embodiments, disclosed herein are methods for synthesizing CD scaffolds. In some embodiments, the CD scaffolds are reacted with and/or decorated with substituents to change one or more properties of the CD (e.g., enhance solubility, guest binding efficacy, NO binding, NO binding efficacy, etc.) affording CD derivatives. In some embodiments, where the CD derivative comprises NO binding moieties, the CD scaffolds can be reacted with and/or decorated with NO-binding moieties to afford NO-binding CD derivatives. In some embodiments, the CD derivatives are reacted with nitric oxide (NO) gas or some other NO donating agent to yield NO-donating CD derivatives. In some embodiments, the functionalization of CD derivatives with NO is performed under alkaline conditions. In some embodiments, the NO-donating CD derivatives are NO-releasing /V-diazeniumdiolate NO donors. In some embodiments, by regulating one or more of the amount of secondary amines and the functional groups around the NO-donating moieties (e.g., /V-diazeniumdiolate), a molecule encapsulated in the CD, the solubility of the CD, or other features, diverse NO- releasing CD derivatives with adjustable total NO storages and/or NO releasing half-lives can be realized. In some embodiments, the methods disclosed herein provide NO-releasing CD derivatives having NO storage capacities of between about 0.6 and about 2.4 pmol of NO / mg of CD nitric oxide donor compound, including, for example, about 0.6 to about 0.8 pmol/mg, 0.8 to about 1.0 pmol/mg, 1.0 to about 1.2 pmol/mg, 1.2 to about 1.5 pmol/mg, 1.5 to about 1.8 pmol/mg, 1.8 to about 2.0 pmol/mg, 2.0 to about 2.2 pmol/mg, 2.2 to about 2.4 pmol/mg, and any capacity there-between, including endpoints. In some embodiments, the methods disclosed herein provide NO-releasing CD derivatives having half-lives of NO release of between about 0.7 and about 4.2 hours. In some embodiments, the NO-releasing CD derivatives have half-lives of NO release (in hours) of equal to or at least about: 0.5, 0.7, 0.9, 1.0, 2.0, 2.5, 3.0, 3.5, 4.0, 4.2, 4.5, 5.0, 6.0, 10.0, or ranges including and/or spanning the aforementioned values. In some embodiments, the disclosed NO-releasing CD derivatives have bactericidal efficacy against Gram-negative Pseudomonas aeruginosa, among other bacteria (including, in several embodiments, drug-resistant bacteria). In some embodiments, the antibacterial efficacy of NO-releasing CD derivatives is dependent on the total NO storage and derivatives terminus. In some embodiments, NO-releasing materials containing a high density of NO donors or primary amines were effective antimicrobial agents. In some embodiments, the NO-releasing CD derivatives disclosed herein exhibit low and/or and substantially no cytotoxicity against mammalian cells (e.g., L929 mouse fibroblast cells in vitro). In several embodiments, this provides a targeted effect with minimal, reduced, or non existent off-target effects.
Unless otherwise defined, all technical and scientific terms used herein have the same meaning as commonly understood by one of ordinary skill in the art to which this subject matter belongs. The terminology used in the description of the subject matter herein is for the purpose of describing particular embodiments only and is not intended to be limiting of the subject matter.
As used herein,“and/or” refers to and encompasses any and all possible combinations of one or more of the associated listed items, as well as the lack of combinations when interpreted in the alternative (“or”).
As used herein, the term“about,” is given its plain and ordinary meaning and, when referring to a measurable value such as an amount of a compound or agent of the current subject matter, dose, time, temperature, and the like, is meant to encompass variations of ±20%, ±10%, ±5%, ±1%, ±0.5%, or even ±0.1% of the specified amount.
The term“effective amount,” as used herein, refers to that amount of a functionalized CD that imparts a modulating effect, which, for example, can be a beneficial effect, to a subject afflicted with a disorder, disease or illness, including improvement in the condition of the subject (e.g., in one or more symptoms), delay or reduction in the progression of the condition, prevention or delay of the onset of the disorder, and/or change in clinical parameters, disease or illness, etc., as would be well known in the art. For example, an effective amount can refer to the amount of a composition, compound, or agent that improves a condition in a subject by at least 5%, e.g., at least 10%, at least 15%, at least 20%, at least 25%, at least 30%, at least 35%, at least 40%, at least 45%, at least 50%, at least 55%, at least 60%, at least 65%, at least 70%, at least 75%, at least 80%, at least 85%, at least 90%, at least 95%, or at least 100%. In some embodiments, an improvement in a condition can be a reduction in infection. In some embodiments, an improvement can be reduction of bacterial load (e.g., bioburden) on a surface or in a subject. In some embodiments, reduction in the thickness, production or other characteristic of a mucus layer is an improvement. Actual dosage levels of active ingredients in an active composition of the presently disclosed subject matter can be varied so as to administer an amount of the active compound(s) that is effective to achieve the desired response for a particular subject and/or application. The selected dosage level will depend upon a variety of factors including, but not limited to, the activity of the composition, formulation, route of administration, combination with other drugs or treatments, severity of the condition being treated, and the physical condition and prior medical history of the subject being treated. In some embodiments, a minimal dose is administered, and dose is escalated in the absence of dose-limiting toxicity to a minimally effective amount. Determination and adjustment of an effective dose, as well as evaluation of when and how to make such adjustments, are contemplated herein.
“Treat” or “treating” or “treatment” refers to any type of action that imparts a modulating effect, which, for example, can be a beneficial effect, to a subject afflicted with a disorder, disease or illness, including improvement in the condition of the subject (e.g., in one or more symptoms), delay or reduction in the progression of the condition, and/or change in clinical parameters, disease or illness, curing the illness, etc.
The terms“nitric oxide donor” or“NO donor” refer to species and/or molecules that donate, release and/or directly or indirectly transfer a nitric oxide species, and/or stimulate the endogenous production of nitric oxide in vivo and/or elevate endogenous levels of nitric oxide in vivo such that the biological activity of the nitric oxide species is expressed at the intended site of action.
The term“nitric oxide releasing” refers to species that donate, release and/or directly or indirectly transfer any one (or two or more) of the three redox forms of nitrogen monoxide (NO+, NO-, NO) and/or methods of donating, releasing and/or directly or indirectly transferring any one (or two or more) of the three redox forms of nitrogen monoxide (NO+, NO-, NO). In some embodiments, the nitric oxide releasing is accomplished such that the biological activity of the nitrogen monoxide species is expressed at the intended site of action. The term“microbial infection” as used herein refers to bacterial, fungal, viral, yeast infections, as well other microorganisms, and combinations thereof, including infection that involves one or more type of drug-resistant microorganism.
The“patient” or“subject” treated as disclosed herein is, in some embodiments, a human patient, although it is to be understood that the principles of the presently disclosed subject matter indicate that the presently disclosed subject matter is effective with respect to all vertebrate species, including mammals, which are intended to be included in the terms “subject” and“patient.” Suitable subjects are generally mammalian subjects. The subject matter described herein finds use in research as well as veterinary and medical applications. The term“mammal” as used herein includes, but is not limited to, humans, non-human primates, cattle, sheep, goats, pigs, horses, cats, dog, rabbits, rodents (e.g., rats or mice), monkeys, etc. Human subjects include neonates, infants, juveniles, adults and geriatric subjects.
As used herein, the terms“functionalized CD,”“cyclodextrin derivatives,” or“CD derivatives” refer to a CD molecule which contains one or more covalently modified repeat units. Such“functionalized CDs” or“cyclodextrin derivatives” may or may not have a nitric oxide donor moiety attached.
For the general chemical formulas provided herein, if no substituent is indicated, a person of ordinary skill in the art will appreciate that the substituent is hydrogen. A bond that is not connected to an atom, but is shown, indicates that the position of such substituent is variable. A jagged line, wavy line, two wavy lines drawn through a bond or at the end of a bond indicates that some additional structure is bonded to that position. For a great number of the additional monomers disclosed herein, but not explicitly shown in structures, it is understood by those having ordinary skill in the art of polymers, that these monomers can be added to change the physical properties of the resultant polymeric materials even where the elemental analysis would not indicate such a distinction could be expected. Such physical properties include, but are not limited to, solubility, charge, stability, cross-linking, secondary and tertiary structure, and the like. Moreover, if no stereochemistry is indicated for compounds having one or more chiral centers, all enantiomers and diasteromers are included. Similarly, for a recitation of aliphatic or alkyl groups, all structural isomers thereof also are included. Unless otherwise stated, groups shown as Ai through An and referred to herein as an alkyl group, in the general formulas provided herein are independently selected from alkyl or aliphatic groups, particularly alkyl having 20 or fewer carbon atoms, and even more typically lower alkyl having 10 or fewer atoms, such as methyl, ethyl, propyl, isopropyl, and butyl. The alkyl may be optionally substituted (e.g., substituted or not substituted, as disclosed elsewhere herein). The alkyl may be a substituted alkyl group, such as alkyl halide (e.g.— CX3 where X is a halide, and combinations thereof, either in the chain or bonded thereto,), alcohols (i.e. aliphatic or alkyl hydroxyl, particularly lower alkyl hydroxyl) or other similarly substituted moieties such as amino-, amino acid-, aryl-, alkyl aryl-, alkyl ester-, ether-, keto-, nitro-, sulfhydryl-, sulfonyl-, sulfoxide modified- alkyl groups.
The term“amino” and“amine” refer to nitrogen-containing groups such as NR3, NH , NHR2, and NH2R, wherein R can be as described elsewhere herein. Thus,“amino” as used herein can refer to a primary amine, a secondary amine, or a tertiary amine. In some embodiments, one R of an amino group can be a diazeniumdiolate (i.e., NONO).
Whenever a group is described as being “optionally substituted” (or as having “optional substituents”) that group may be unsubstituted (e.g., comprising one or more -H moieties bonded to the group where substituents could otherwise be) or substituted with one or more of the indicated substituents. Likewise, when a group is described as being “unsubstituted or substituted” (or “substituted or unsubstituted”) if substituted, the substituent(s) may be selected from one or more the indicated substituents. If no substituents are indicated, it is meant that the indicated“optionally substituted” or“substituted” group may be substituted with one or more group(s) individually and independently selected from alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, aryl, heteroaryl, heterocyclyl, aryl(alkyl), cycloalkyl( alkyl), heteroaryl( alkyl), heterocyclyl( alkyl), hydroxy, alkoxy, acyl, cyano, halogen, thiocarbonyl, O-carbamyl, N-carbamyl, O-thiocarbamyl, N-thiocarbamyl, C-amido, N-amido, S-sulfonamido, N-sulfonamido, C-carboxy, O-carboxy, nitro, sulfenyl, sulfinyl, sulfonyl, haloalkyl, haloalkoxy, an amino, a mono-substituted amine group, a di- substituted amine group, a mono-substituted amine(alkyl), a di- substituted amine(alkyl), a diamino-group, a polyamino, a diether-group, and a polyether-. As used herein,“Ca to Q,” in which“a” and“b” are integers refer to the number of carbon atoms in a group. The indicated group can contain from“a” to“b”, inclusive, carbon atoms. Thus, for example, a“ to C4 alkyl” or“C1-C4 alkyl” group refers to all alkyl groups having from 1 to 4 carbons, that is, CH3-, CH3CH2-, CH3CH2CH2-, (CH3)2CH-, CH3CH2CH2CH2-, CH3CH2CH(CH3)- and (CH3)3C-. If no“a” and“b” are designated, the broadest range described in these definitions is to be assumed.
If two“R” groups are described as being“taken together” the R groups and the atoms they are attached to can form a cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, aryl, heteroaryl or heterocycle. For example, without limitation, if Ra and Rb of an NRaRb group are indicated to be“taken together,” it means that they are covalently bonded to one another to form a ring:
Figure imgf000035_0001
As used herein, the term“alkyl” refers to a fully saturated aliphatic hydrocarbon group. The alkyl moiety may be branched or straight chain. Examples of branched alkyl groups include, but are not limited to, iso-propyl, sec-butyl, t-butyl and the like. Examples of straight chain alkyl groups include, but are not limited to, methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, n-butyl, n- pentyl, n-hexyl, n-heptyl and the like. The alkyl group may have 1 to 30 carbon atoms (whenever it appears herein, a numerical range such as“1 to 30” refers to each integer in the given range; e.g.,“1 to 30 carbon atoms” means that the alkyl group may consist of 1, 2, 3, 4,
5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20, 21, 22, 23, 24, 25, 26, 27, 28, 29, or
30 carbon atoms, although the present definition also covers the occurrence of the term “alkyl” where no numerical range is designated). The“alkyl” group may also be a medium size alkyl having 1 to 12 carbon atoms. The“alkyl” group could also be a lower alkyl having 1 to 6 carbon atoms. An alkyl group may be substituted or unsubstituted. By way of example only, “C1-C5 alkyl” indicates that there are one to five carbon atoms in the alkyl chain, i.e., the alkyl chain is selected from methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, isopropyl, n-butyl, isobutyl, tert-butyl, pentyl (branched and straight-chained), etc. Typical alkyl groups include, but are in no way limited to, methyl, ethyl, propyl, isopropyl, butyl, isobutyl, tertiary butyl, pentyl and hexyl.
As used herein, the term“alkylene” refers to a bivalent fully saturated straight chain aliphatic hydrocarbon group. Examples of alkylene groups include, but are not limited to, methylene, ethylene, propylene, butylene, pentylene, hexylene, heptylene and octylene. An alkylene group may be represented by ^wv-, followed by the number of carbon atoms, followed by a
Figure imgf000036_0002
For example,
Figure imgf000036_0001
to represent ethylene. The alkylene group may have 1 to 30 carbon atoms (whenever it appears herein, a numerical range such as“1 to 30” refers to each integer in the given range; e.g.,“1 to 30 carbon atoms” means that the alkyl group may consist of 1 carbon atom, 2 carbon atoms, 3 carbon atoms, etc., up to and including 30 carbon atoms, although the present definition also covers the occurrence of the term“alkylene” where no numerical range is designated). The alkylene group may also be a medium size alkyl having 1 to 12 carbon atoms. The alkylene group could also be a lower alkyl having 1 to 6 carbon atoms. An alkylene group may be substituted or unsubstituted. For example, a lower alkylene group can be substituted by replacing one or more hydrogen of the lower alkylene group and/or by substituting both hydrogens on the same carbon with a C3-6
Figure imgf000036_0003
monocyclic cycloalkyl group (e.g., -C- ).
The term“alkenyl” used herein refers to a monovalent straight or branched chain radical of from two to twenty carbon atoms containing a carbon double bond(s) including, but not limited to, l-propenyl, 2-propenyl, 2-methyl- l-propenyl, l-butenyl, 2-butenyl and the like. An alkenyl group may be unsubstituted or substituted.
The term“alkynyl” used herein refers to a monovalent straight or branched chain radical of from two to twenty carbon atoms containing a carbon triple bond(s) including, but not limited to, l-propynyl, l-butynyl, 2-butynyl and the like. An alkynyl group may be unsubstituted or substituted.
As used herein, “cycloalkyl” refers to a completely saturated (no double or triple bonds) mono- or multi- cyclic (such as bicyclic) hydrocarbon ring system. When composed of two or more rings, the rings may be joined together in a fused, bridged or spiro fashion. As used herein, the term“fused” refers to two rings which have two atoms and one bond in common. As used herein, the term“bridged cycloalkyl” refers to compounds wherein the cycloalkyl contains a linkage of one or more atoms connecting non-adjacent atoms. As used herein, the term“spiro” refers to two rings which have one atom in common and the two rings are not linked by a bridge. Cycloalkyl groups can contain 3 to 30 atoms in the ring(s), 3 to 20 atoms in the ring(s), 3 to 10 atoms in the ring(s), 3 to 8 atoms in the ring(s) or 3 to 6 atoms in the ring(s). A cycloalkyl group may be unsubstituted or substituted. Examples of mono- cycloalkyl groups include, but are in no way limited to, cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, cycloheptyl and cyclooctyl. Examples of fused cycloalkyl groups are decahydronaphthalenyl, dodecahydro-lH-phenalenyl and tetradecahydroanthracenyl; examples of bridged cycloalkyl groups are bicyclo[ 1.1.1] pentyl, adamantanyl and norbornanyl; and examples of spiro cycloalkyl groups include spiro[3.3]heptane and spiro[4.5]decane.
As used herein,“cyclo alkenyl” refers to a mono- or multi- cyclic (such as bicyclic) hydrocarbon ring system that contains one or more double bonds in at least one ring; although, if there is more than one, the double bonds cannot form a fully delocalized pi- electron system throughout all the rings (otherwise the group would be“aryl,” as defined herein). Cycloalkenyl groups can contain 3 to 10 atoms in the ring(s), 3 to 8 atoms in the ring(s) or 3 to 6 atoms in the ring(s). When composed of two or more rings, the rings may be connected together in a fused, bridged or spiro fashion. A cycloalkenyl group may be unsubstituted or substituted.
As used herein,“aryl” refers to a carbocyclic (all carbon) monocyclic or multicyclic (such as bicyclic) aromatic ring system (including fused ring systems where two carbocyclic rings share a chemical bond) that has a fully delocalized pi-electron system throughout all the rings. The number of carbon atoms in an aryl group can vary. For example, the aryl group can be a C6-Ci4 aryl group, a C6-Cio aryl group or a C6 aryl group. Examples of aryl groups include, but are not limited to, benzene, naphthalene and azulene. An aryl group may be substituted or unsubstituted. As used herein,“heteroaryl” refers to a monocyclic or multicyclic (such as bicyclic) aromatic ring system (a ring system with fully delocalized pi-electron system) that contain(s) one or more heteroatoms (for example, 1, 2 or 3 heteroatoms), that is, an element other than carbon, including but not limited to, nitrogen, oxygen and sulfur. The number of atoms in the ring(s) of a heteroaryl group can vary. For example, the heteroaryl group can contain 4 to 14 atoms in the ring(s), 5 to 10 atoms in the ring(s) or 5 to 6 atoms in the ring(s), such as nine carbon atoms and one heteroatom; eight carbon atoms and two heteroatoms; seven carbon atoms and three heteroatoms; eight carbon atoms and one heteroatom; seven carbon atoms and two heteroatoms; six carbon atoms and three heteroatoms; five carbon atoms and four heteroatoms; five carbon atoms and one heteroatom; four carbon atoms and two heteroatoms; three carbon atoms and three heteroatoms; four carbon atoms and one heteroatom; three carbon atoms and two heteroatoms; or two carbon atoms and three heteroatoms. Furthermore, the term“heteroaryl” includes fused ring systems where two rings, such as at least one aryl ring and at least one heteroaryl ring or at least two heteroaryl rings, share at least one chemical bond. Examples of heteroaryl rings include, but are not limited to, furan, furazan, thiophene, benzo thiophene, phthalazine, pyrrole, oxazole, benzoxazole, l,2,3-oxadiazole, l,2,4-oxadiazole, thiazole, l,2,3-thiadiazole, l,2,4-thiadiazole, benzothiazole, imidazole, benzimidazole, indole, indazole, pyrazole, benzopyrazole, isoxazole, benzoisoxazole, isothiazole, triazole, benzotriazole, thiadiazole, tetrazole, pyridine, pyridazine, pyrimidine, pyrazine, purine, pteridine, quinoline, isoquinoline, quinazoline, quinoxaline, cinnoline and triazine. A heteroaryl group may be substituted or unsubstituted.
As used herein,“heterocyclyl” or“heteroahcyclyl” refers to three-, four-, five-, six-, seven-, eight-, nine-, ten-, up to l8-membered monocyclic, bicyclic and tricyclic ring system wherein carbon atoms together with from 1 to 5 heteroatoms constitute said ring system. A heterocycle may optionally contain one or more unsaturated bonds situated in such a way, however, that a fully delocalized pi-electron system does not occur throughout all the rings. The heteroatom(s) is an element other than carbon including, but not limited to, oxygen, sulfur and nitrogen. A heterocycle may further contain one or more carbonyl or thiocarbonyl functionalities, so as to make the definition include oxo-systems and thio-systems such as lactams, lactones, cyclic imides, cyclic thioimides and cyclic carbamates. When composed of two or more rings, the rings may be joined together in a fused, bridged or spiro fashion. As used herein, the term“fused” refers to two rings which have two atoms and one bond in common. As used herein, the term“bridged heterocyclyl” or“bridged heteroahcyclyl” refers to compounds wherein the heterocyclyl or heteroahcyclyl contains a linkage of one or more atoms connecting non-adjacent atoms. As used herein, the term“spiro” refers to two rings which have one atom in common and the two rings are not linked by a bridge. Heterocyclyl and heteroahcyclyl groups can contain 3 to 30 atoms in the ring(s), 3 to 20 atoms in the ring(s), 3 to 10 atoms in the ring(s), 3 to 8 atoms in the ring(s) or 3 to 6 atoms in the ring(s). For example, five carbon atoms and one heteroatom; four carbon atoms and two heteroatoms; three carbon atoms and three heteroatoms; four carbon atoms and one heteroatom; three carbon atoms and two heteroatoms; two carbon atoms and three heteroatoms; one carbon atom and four heteroatoms; three carbon atoms and one heteroatom; or two carbon atoms and one heteroatom. Additionally, any nitrogens in a heteroalicyclic may be quaternized. Heterocyclyl or heteroalicyclic groups may be unsubstituted or substituted. Examples of such “heterocyclyl” or“heteroahcyclyl” groups include but are not limited to, 1, 3-dioxin, 1,3- dioxane, l,4-dioxane, l,2-dioxolane, l,3-dioxolane, l,4-dioxolane, l,3-oxathiane, 1,4- oxathiin, l,3-oxathiolane, l,3-dithiole, l,3-dithiolane, l,4-oxathiane, tetrahydro-l,4-thiazine, 2H-l,2-oxazine, maleimide, succinimide, barbituric acid, thiobarbituric acid, dioxopiperazine, hydantoin, dihydrouracil, trioxane, hexahydro-l,3,5-triazine, imidazoline, imidazohdine, isoxazoline, isoxazohdine, oxazoline, oxazohdine, oxazohdinone, thiazoline, thiazohdine, morpholine, oxirane, piperidine N-Oxide, piperidine, piperazine, pyrrolidine, azepane, pyrrolidone, pyrrohdione, 4-piperidone, pyrazoline, pyrazohdine, 2-oxopyrrohdine, tetrahydropyran, 4H-pyran, tetrahydrothiopyran, thiamorpholine, thiamorpholine sulfoxide, thiamorpholine sulfone and their benzo-fused analogs (e.g., benzimidazohdinone, tetrahydroquinoline and/or 3,4-methylenedioxyphenyl). Examples of spiro heterocyclyl groups include 2-azaspiro[3.3]heptane, 2-oxaspiro[3.3]heptane, 2-oxa-6-azaspiro[3.3]heptane, 2,6- diazaspiro[3.3]heptane, 2-oxaspiro[3.4]octane and 2-azaspiro[3.4]octane.
As used herein, “aralkyl” and“aryl(alkyl)” refer to an aryl group connected, as a substituent, via a lower alkylene group. The lower alkylene and aryl group of an aralkyl may be substituted or unsubstituted. Examples include but are not limited to benzyl, 2-phenylalkyl, 3-phenylalkyl and naphthylalkyl.
As used herein, “cycloalkyl(alkyl)” refer to an cycloalkyl group connected, as a substituent, via a lower alkylene group. The lower alkylene and cycloalkyl group of a cycloalkyl( alkyl) may be substituted or unsubstituted.
As used herein,“hetero aralkyl” and“heteroaryl(alkyl)” refer to a heteroaryl group connected, as a substituent, via a lower alkylene group. The lower alkylene and heteroaryl group of heteroaralkyl may be substituted or unsubstituted. Examples include but are not limited to 2-thienylalkyl, 3-thienylalkyl, furylalkyl, thienylalkyl, pyrrolylalkyl, pyridylalkyl, isoxazolylalkyl and imidazolylalkyl and their benzo-fused analogs. A “heteroalicyclyl(alkyl)” and “heterocyclyl(alkyl)” refer to a heterocyclic or a heteroalicyclic group connected, as a substituent, via a lower alkylene group. The lower alkylene and heterocyclyl of a (heteroalicyclyl) alkyl may be substituted or unsubstituted. Examples include but are not limited tetrahydro-2H-pyran-4-yl(methyl), piperidin-4-yl(ethyl), piperidin-4-yl(propyl), tetrahydro-2H-thiopyran-4-yl(methyl) and l,3-thiazinan-4-yl(methyl).
As used herein, the term“hydroxy” refers to a -OH group.
As used herein,“alkoxy” refers to the Formula -OR wherein R is an alkyl, an alkenyl, an alkynyl, a cycloalkyl, a cycloalkenyl, aryl, heteroaryl, heterocyclyl, cycloalkyl(alkyl), aryl(alkyl), heteroaryl(alkyl) or heterocyclyl(alkyl) is defined herein. A non-limiting list of alkoxys are methoxy, ethoxy, n-propoxy, l-methylethoxy (isopropoxy), n-butoxy, iso-butoxy, sec-butoxy, tert-butoxy, phenoxy and benzoxy. An alkoxy may be substituted or unsubstituted.
As used herein,“acyl” refers to a hydrogen, alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, aryl, heteroaryl, heterocyclyl, aryl(alkyl), heteroaryl(alkyl) and heterocyclyl(alkyl) connected, as substituents, via a carbonyl group. Examples include formyl, acetyl, propanoyl, benzoyl and acryl. An acyl may be substituted or unsubstituted.
As used herein, a“cyano” group refers to a“-CN” group.
The term“halogen atom” or“halogen” as used herein, means any one of the radio stable atoms of column 7 of the Periodic Table of the Elements, such as, fluorine, chlorine, bromine and iodine.
A“thiocarbonyl” group refers to a“-C(=S)R” group in which R can be the same as defined with respect to O-carboxy. A thiocarbonyl may be substituted or unsubstituted. An “O-carbamyl” group refers to a“-0C(=0)N(RARB)” group in which RA and RB can be independently hydrogen, an alkyl, an alkenyl, an alkynyl, a cycloalkyl, a cycloalkenyl, aryl, heteroaryl, heterocyclyl, cycloalkyl(alkyl), aryl(alkyl), heteroaryl(alkyl) or heterocyclyl( alkyl). An O-carbamyl may be substituted or unsubstituted.
An“N-carbamyl” group refers to an“R0C(=0)N(RA)-” group in which R and RA can be independently hydrogen, an alkyl, an alkenyl, an alkynyl, a cycloalkyl, a cycloalkenyl, aryl, heteroaryl, heterocyclyl, cycloalkyl(alkyl), aryl(alkyl), heteroaryl(alkyl) or heterocyclyl( alkyl). An N-carbamyl may be substituted or unsubstituted. An“O-thiocarbamyl” group refers to a“-OC(=S)-N(RARB)” group in which RA and RB can be independently hydrogen, an alkyl, an alkenyl, an alkynyl, a cycloalkyl, a cycloalkenyl, aryl, heteroaryl, heterocyclyl, cycloalkyl(alkyl), aryl(alkyl), heteroaryl(alkyl) or heterocyclyl( alkyl). An O-thiocarbamyl may be substituted or unsubstituted.
An“N-thiocarbamyl” group refers to an“ROC(=S)N(RA)-” group in which R and RA can be independently hydrogen, an alkyl, an alkenyl, an alkynyl, a cycloalkyl, a cycloalkenyl, aryl, heteroaryl, heterocyclyl, cycloalkyl(alkyl), aryl(alkyl), heteroaryl(alkyl) or heterocyclyl( alkyl). An N-thiocarbamyl may be substituted or unsubstituted.
A“C-amido” group refers to a“-C(=0)N(RARB)” group in which RA and RB can be independently hydrogen, an alkyl, an alkenyl, an alkynyl, a cycloalkyl, a cycloalkenyl, aryl, heteroaryl, heterocyclyl, cycloalkyl(alkyl), aryl(alkyl), heteroaryl(alkyl) or heterocyclyl( alkyl). A C-amido may be substituted or unsubstituted.
An“N-amido” group refers to a“RC(=0)N(RA)-” group in which R and RA can be independently hydrogen, an alkyl, an alkenyl, an alkynyl, a cycloalkyl, a cycloalkenyl, aryl, heteroaryl, heterocyclyl, cycloalkyl(alkyl), aryl(alkyl), heteroaryl(alkyl) or heterocyclyl( alkyl). An N-amido may be substituted or unsubstituted.
An“S-sulfonamido” group refers to a“-S02N(RARB)” group in which RA and RB can be independently hydrogen, an alkyl, an alkenyl, an alkynyl, a cycloalkyl, a cycloalkenyl, aryl, heteroaryl, heterocyclyl, cycloalkyl(alkyl), aryl(alkyl), heteroaryl(alkyl) or heterocyclyl( alkyl). An S-sulfonamido may be substituted or unsubstituted.
An“N-sulfonamido” group refers to a“RS02N(RA)-” group in which R and RA can be independently hydrogen, an alkyl, an alkenyl, an alkynyl, a cycloalkyl, a cycloalkenyl, aryl, heteroaryl, heterocyclyl, cycloalkyl(alkyl), aryl(alkyl), heteroaryl(alkyl) or heterocyclyl( alkyl). An N-sulfonamido may be substituted or unsubstituted.
An“O-carboxy” group refers to a“RC(=0)0-” group in which R can be hydrogen, an alkyl, an alkenyl, an alkynyl, a cycloalkyl, a cycloalkenyl, aryl, heteroaryl, heterocyclyl, cycloalkyl( alkyl), aryl( alkyl), heteroaryl( alkyl) or heterocyclyl( alkyl), as defined herein. An O- carboxy may be substituted or unsubstituted. The terms“ester” and“C-carboxy” refer to a“-C(=0)0R” group in which R can be the same as defined with respect to O-carboxy. An ester and C-carboxy may be substituted or unsubstituted.
A“nitro” group refers to an“-NO2” group.
A“sulfenyl” group refers to an“-SR” group in which R can be hydrogen, an alkyl, an alkenyl, an alkynyl, a cycloalkyl, a cycloalkenyl, aryl, heteroaryl, heterocyclyl, cycloalkyl(alkyl), aryl(alkyl), heteroaryl(alkyl) or heterocyclyl( alkyl). A sulfenyl may be substituted or unsubstituted.
A“sulfmyl” group refers to an“-S(=0)-R” group in which R can be the same as defined with respect to sulfenyl. A sulfinyl may be substituted or unsubstituted.
A“sulfonyl” group refers to an“SO2R” group in which R can be the same as defined with respect to sulfenyl. A sulfonyl may be substituted or unsubstituted.
As used herein,“haloalkyl” refers to an alkyl group in which one or more of the hydrogen atoms are replaced by a halogen (e.g., mono-haloalkyl, di-haloalkyl, tri-haloalkyl and polyhaloalkyl). Such groups include but are not limited to, chloromethyl, fluoromethyl, difluoromethyl, trifluoromethyl, l-chloro-2-fluoromethyl, 2-fluoroisobutyl and pentafluoroethyl. A haloalkyl may be substituted or unsubstituted.
As used herein,“haloalkoxy” refers to an alkoxy group in which one or more of the hydrogen atoms are replaced by a halogen (e.g., mono-haloalkoxy, di-haloalkoxy and tri- haloalkoxy). Such groups include but are not limited to, chloromethoxy, fluoromethoxy, difluoromethoxy, trifluoromethoxy, l-chloro-2-fluoromethoxy and 2-fluoroisobutoxy. A haloalkoxy may be substituted or unsubstituted.
The terms “amino” and “unsubstituted amino” as used herein refer to a -NH2 group.
A“mono-substituted amine” group refers to a“-NHRA” group in which RA can be an alkyl, an alkenyl, an alkynyl, a cycloalkyl, a cycloalkenyl, aryl, heteroaryl, heterocyclyl, cycloalkyl(alkyl), aryl(alkyl), heteroaryl(alkyl) or heterocyclyl( alkyl), as defined herein. The RA may be substituted or unsubstituted. A mono-substituted amine group can include, for example, a mono-alkylamine group, a mono-Ci-C6 alkylamine group, a mono-arylamine group, a mono-C6-Cio arylamine group and the like. Examples of mono-substituted amine groups include, but are not limited to, -NH(methyl), -NH(phenyl) and the like.
A“di- substituted amine” group refers to a“-NRARB” group in which RA and RB can be independently an alkyl, an alkenyl, an alkynyl, a cyclo alkyl, a cyclo alkenyl, aryl, heteroaryl, heterocyclyl, cycloalkyl(alkyl), aryl(alkyl), heteroaryl(alkyl) or heterocyclyl( alkyl), as defined herein. RA and RB can independently be substituted or unsubstituted. A di- substituted amine group can include, for example, a di-alkylamine group, a di-Cr , alkylamine group, a di- arylamine group, a di-C6-Cio arylamine group and the like. Examples of di- substituted amine groups include, but are not limited to, -N(methyl)2, -N(phenyl) (methyl), -N(ethyl) (methyl) and the like.
As used herein,“mono-substituted amine(alkyl)” group refers to a mono-substituted amine as provided herein connected, as a substituent, via a lower alkylene group. A mono-substituted amine(alkyl) may be substituted or unsubstituted. A mono-substituted amine(alkyl) group can include, for example, a mono-alkylamine(alkyl) group, a mono-Ci-C6 alkylamine(Ci-C6 alkyl) group, a mono-arylamine(alkyl group), a mono-C6-Cio arylamine(Ci- C6 alkyl) group and the like. Examples of mono-substituted amine(alkyl) groups include, but are not limited to, -CH2NH(methyl), -CH2NH(phenyl), -CH2CH2NH(methyl), -CH2CH2NH(phenyl) and the like.
As used herein,“di- substituted amine(alkyl)” group refers to a di- substituted amine as provided herein connected, as a substituent, via a lower alkylene group. A di- substituted amine(alkyl) may be substituted or unsubstituted. A di- substituted amine(alkyl) group can include, for example, a dialkylamine(alkyl) group, a di-CrO, alkylamine(Ci-C6 alkyl) group, a di-arylamine(alkyl) group, a di-C6-Cio arylamine(Ci-C6 alkyl) group and the like. Examples of di- substituted amine(alkyl)groups include, but are not limited to, -CH2N(methyl)2, -CH2N(phenyl) (methyl), -CH2N(ethyl) (methyl), -CH2CH2N(methyl)2,
-CH2CH2N(phenyl) (methyl), -NCH2CH2(ethyl) (methyl) and the like.
As used herein, the term“diamino-” denotes an a“-N(RA)RB-N(RC)(RD)” group in which Ra, Rc, and RD can be independently a hydrogen, an alkyl, an alkenyl, an alkynyl, a cycloalkyl, a cycloalkenyl, aryl, heteroaryl, heterocyclyl, cycloalkyl(alkyl), aryl(alkyl), heteroaryl( alkyl) or heterocyclyl( alkyl), as defined herein, and wherein RB connects the two “N” groups and can be (independently of RA, Rc, and RD) a substituted or unsubstituted alkylene group. RA, RB, RC, and RD can independently further be substituted or unsubstituted.
As used herein, the term“polyamino” denotes a “-(N(RA)RB-)II-N(RC)(RD)”· For illustration, the term polyamino can comprise -N(RA)alkylene-N(RA)alkylene-N(RA)alkylene- N(RA)alkylene-H. In some embodiments, the alkylene of the polyamino is as disclosed elsewhere herein. While this example has only 4 repeat units, the term“polyamino” may consist of 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, or 10 repeat units. RA, Rc, and RD can be independently a hydrogen, an alkyl, an alkenyl, an alkynyl, a cycloalkyl, a cycloalkenyl, aryl, heteroaryl, heterocyclyl, cycloalkyl(alkyl), aryl(alkyl), heteroaryl(alkyl) or heterocyclyl( alkyl), as defined herein, and wherein RB connects the two“N” groups and can be (independently of RA, Rc, and Rd) a substituted or unsubstituted alkylene group. RA Rc, and RD can independently further be substituted or unsubstituted. As noted here, the polyamino comprises amine groups with intervening alkyl groups (where alkyl is as defined elsewhere herein).
As used herein, the term“diether-” denotes an a“-ORBO-Ra” group in which RA can be a hydrogen, an alkyl, an alkenyl, an alkynyl, a cycloalkyl, a cycloalkenyl, aryl, heteroaryl, heterocyclyl, cycloalkyl(alkyl), aryl(alkyl), heteroaryl(alkyl) or heterocyclyl( alkyl), as defined herein, and wherein RB connects the two“O” groups and can be a substituted or unsubstituted alkylene group. RA can independently further be substituted or unsubstituted.
As used herein, the term“polyether” denotes a repeating -(ORB-)nORA group. For illustration, the term polyether can comprise -Oalkylene-Oalkylene-Oalkylene-Oalkylene-ORA. In some embodiments, the alkyl of the polyether is as disclosed elsewhere herein. While this example has only 4 repeat units, the term“polyether” may consist of 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, or 10 repeat units. RA can be a hydrogen, an alkyl, an alkenyl, an alkynyl, a cycloalkyl, a cycloalkenyl, aryl, heteroaryl, heterocyclyl, cycloalkyl(alkyl), aryl(alkyl), heteroaryl(alkyl) or heterocyclyl( alkyl), as defined herein. RB can be a substituted or unsubstituted alkylene group. RA can independently further be substituted or unsubstituted. As noted here, the polyether comprises ether groups with intervening alkyl groups (where alkyl is as defined elsewhere herein and can be optionally substituted).
Where the number of substituents is not specified (e.g. haloalkyl), there may be one or more substituents present. For example,“haloalkyl” may include one or more of the same or different halogens. As another example,“C1-C3 alkoxyphenyl” may include one or more of the same or different alkoxy groups containing one, two or three atoms.
As used herein, a radical indicates species with a single, unpaired electron such that the species containing the radical can be covalently bonded to another species. Hence, in this context, a radical is not necessarily a free radical. Rather, a radical indicates a specific portion of a larger molecule. The term“radical” can be used interchangeably with the term“group.”
When a range of integers is given, the range includes any number falling within the range and the numbers defining ends of the range. For example, when the terms“integer from 1 to 20” is used, the integers included in the range are 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, etc., up to and including 20.
As used herein,“pharmaceutically acceptable” refers to carriers, excipients, and/or stabilizers that are nontoxic to the cell or mammal being exposed thereto at the dosages and concentrations employed or that have an acceptable level of toxicity. A“pharmaceutically acceptable”“diluent,”“excipient,” and/or“carrier” as used herein is intended to include any and all solvents, dispersion media, coatings, antibacterial and antifungal agents, isotonic and absorption delaying agents, and the like, compatible with administration to humans or other vertebrate hosts. Typically, a pharmaceutically acceptable diluent, excipient, and/or carrier is a diluent, excipient, and/or carrier approved by a regulatory agency of a Federal, a state government, or other regulatory agency, or listed in the U.S. Pharmacopeia or other generally recognized pharmacopeia for use in animals, including humans as well as non-human mammals. The term diluent, excipient, and/or“carrier” can refer to a diluent, adjuvant, excipient, or vehicle with which the pharmaceutical composition is administered. Such pharmaceutical diluent, excipient, and/or carriers can be sterile liquids, such as water and oils, including those of petroleum, animal, vegetable or synthetic origin. Water, saline solutions and aqueous dextrose and glycerol solutions can be employed as liquid diluents, excipients, and/or carriers, particularly for injectable solutions. Suitable pharmaceutical diluents and/or excipients include starch, glucose, lactose, sucrose, gelatin, malt, rice, flour, chalk, silica gel, sodium stearate, glycerol monostearate, talc, sodium chloride, dried skim milk, glycerol, propylene, glycol, water, ethanol and the like. A non-limiting example of a physiologically acceptable carrier is an aqueous pH buffered solution. The physiologically acceptable carrier may also comprise one or more of the following: antioxidants, such as ascorbic acid, low molecular weight (less than about 10 residues) polypeptides, proteins, such as serum albumin, gelatin, immunoglobulins, hydrophilic polymers such as polyvinylpyrrolidone, amino acids, carbohydrates such as glucose, mannose, or dextrins, chelating agents such as EDTA, sugar alcohols such as mannitol or sorbitol, salt-forming counterions such as sodium, and nonionic surfactants such as TWEEN®, polyethylene glycol (PEG), and PLURONICS®. The composition, if desired, can also contain minor amounts of wetting, bulking, emulsifying agents, or pH buffering agents. These compositions can take the form of solutions, suspensions, emulsion, sustained release formulations and the like. The formulation should suit the mode of administration. In particular, those formulation components listed as approved inactive ingredients by the FDA may be included. For inhalable formulations, the list currently includes: citric acid, calcium carbonate, calcium chloride, carrageenan, cetylpyridinium chloride, chorobutanol, benzalkonium chloride, dichlorodifluoromethane, dichlorotetrafluoroethane, edetate disodium, ferric oxide yellow, fluorochlorohydrocarbons, fumaryl diketopiperazine, glycerin, gelatin, hydrochloric acid, hydrogenated soybean lecithin, Hypromellose, lactose, magnesium stearate, menthol, methyl parabon, nitric acid, norflurane, oleic acid, polysorbate 80, potassium chloride, propylene glycol saccharin, or silicon dioxide.
The term “consists essentially of’ (and grammatical variants), shall be given its ordinary meaning and shall also mean that the composition or method referred to can contain additional components as long as the additional components do not materially alter the composition or method. The term“consists of’ (and grammatical variants), shall be given its ordinary meaning and shall also mean that the composition or method referred to is closed to additional components. The term“comprising” (and grammatical variants), shall be given its ordinary meaning and shall also mean that the composition or method referred to is open to contain additional components.
As will be apparent to those of skill in the art upon reading this disclosure, each of the individual embodiments described and illustrated herein has discrete components and features which may be readily separated from or combined with the features of any of the other several embodiments without departing from the scope or spirit of the present invention. In addition, it will be readily apparent to one of ordinary skill in the art in light of the teachings herein that certain changes and modifications may be made thereto without departing from the spirit and scope of the appended claims. Any recited method can be carried out in the order of events recited or in any other order which is logically possible. Depending on the embodiment, certain compositions, formulations and related methods summarized above and set forth in further detail below describe certain actions taken by a practitioner; however, it should be understood that they can also include the instruction of those actions by another party. Thus, actions such as“administering an NO-releasing functionalized CD to a subject” also include “instructing the administration of an NO-releasing functionalized CD to a subject.”
Nitric oxide, an endogenously produced diatomic free radical, is associated with numerous biological processes and physiological roles, including platelet aggregation and adhesion, vasodilation, wound repair, the immune response, and carcinogenesis. Deficiency of NO can lead to some degree of malfunction of NO-relevant physiological systems and has been linked to certain health disorders and disease, such as diabetes and cystic fibrosis. Low levels of exhaled NO are associated with impaired lung function in cystic fibrosis. Exogenous NO delivery may be an effective strategy for the resolution of biomedical therapies ranging from cardiovascular diseases to antibacterial and anticancer therapies. However, the difficulty in regulating gaseous NO for therapeutics warrants the use of assorted synthetic NO donors (e.g., N-diazeniumdiolates, S-nitrosothiols, metal nitrosyls, organic nitrates), in order to control NO delivery. N-diazeniumdiolates (NONOates) may be useful as NO donors because of their good stability and their capacity for pro ton- triggered NO delivery under physiological conditions. In some instances, high NO total is an important parameter to effectively evaluate storage capability of good scaffolds. Additionally, a high density of secondary amine groups imbues certain donors with a high NO storage capacity. However, fast NO release and high NO storage may result in undesired toxicity to mammalian cells. Additionally, the concentration of low molecular weight NO donors necessary to illicit a biological response often is harmful to mammalian cells and tissue.
Macromolecular-based NO-storage systems, including silica nanoparticles, liposomes, and metal organic frameworks have been developed to increase NO payloads without compromising cell/tissue viability. While possessing attractive (e.g., therapeutically relevant) NO pay-loads, the synthetic burden of these systems, limited water solubility, and/or restricted control over release kinetics represent a significant challenge in their further development for clinical use.
Therefore, challenges exist in preparing biocompatible NO-releasing materials with one or more of high NO storage, tailored NO release, biodegradability, high anti- microbicidal activity, low cytotoxicity, increased solubility, etc. Such challenges, among others, are addressed according to several embodiments disclosed herein. Several embodiments of the invention have one or more of the following advantages: efficient and unique synthesis routes and resultant chemical composition generated, in several embodiments, by contacting amine- containing chains with non- functionalized cyclodextrins. Controllable amounts of secondary- amines and diverse exterior terminal groups (e.g., hydroxyl, methyl, hydroxymethyl, and primary amine) can be provided. The NO storage and NO-release kinetics of the generated nitric-oxide releasing scaffolds can be tuned for a particular application. This tuning is achieved, in several embodiments, by altering the type and/or number of functionalized monomers of e.g., Formula I. In several embodiments, additional functionalization of the amines in the generated nitric-oxide releasing scaffolds, for example, by compounds with different compositions further enables the control over NO-release kinetics. Indeed, excellent NO storage was observed with the presently disclosed functionalized cyclodextrins. In some embodiments, the secondary amine group directly influences the stability of the N- diazeniumdiolate (or other NO carrier group), allowing for control over both NO storage and release kinetics. The antibacterial efficacy of NO-releasing materials is dependent on both NO payloads and associated release kinetics. Disclosed herein is the bactericidal efficacy of the functionalized cyclodextrins with respect to NO-release kinetics, total NO storage, and amine structure. In several embodiments, one or more of the disclosed cyclodextrins are antimicrobial but substantially non- toxic to mammalian cells.
Cyclodextrins (CDs), a family of naturally produced cyclic oligosaccharides, are composed of (a-l,4)-linked a-D-glucopyranose residues. CDs are of a doughnut- shaped, cyclic structure. CDs can possess a hydrophobic central cavity and hydrophilic exterior. Because some CDs have a lipophilic cavity and low cytotoxicity, enzyme-degradable CDs may be useful as agents to enhance aqueous solubility of poorly water-soluble compounds, further increasing their biocompatibility and stability against other peripheral stimulants (e.g., light, heat, oxygen, enzymes). CDs may have use in fields, including agrochemicals, fragrances, food additive, drug delivery, and gene delivery. In some embodiments, as disclosed elsewhere herein, the NO-releasing cyclodextrin compounds and/or functionalized cyclodextrins can be used to deliver NO to a subject in need of treatment. In some embodiments, by virtue of the CD guest site, the CD derivatives disclosed herein can also be used to bind a drug effective in treating the subject. In several embodiments, the NO-binding CD can deliver NO and a bound drug simultaneously to a patient in need thereof, resulting, in several embodiments, in synergy between the NO and the drug in treating the patient. Additionally, CDs may be useful as macrocyclic host molecules, which could recognize with hydrophobic guest molecules to construct supramolecular architectures of supramolecular devices (e.g., polyrotaxane, molecular shuttle), supramolecular assemblies (e.g., micelle, vesicle, tube, sheet, hydrogel), and supramolecular polymers.
Cyclodextrins can be used to fabricate supramolecular devices (e.g., polyrotaxane, molecular shuttle), assemblies (e.g., micelle, vesicle, tube, sheet, hydrogel), and polymers. These favorable properties make CDs intriguing as NO-release/drug delivery vehicles, though, prior to the present disclosure, a CD-based scaffold with tunable NO-release payloads and kinetics that could be applied clinically as a therapeutic remained elusive. Disclosed herein is the synthesis of NO carrying CD derivatives as NO-releasing biopolymers with variable NO payloads, biodegradability, solubility, highly tunable NO-release kinetics, large NO payloads for biopolymer, and the ability to co-deliver hydrophobic drugs (or guest drugs).
As shown below, there are three primary classes of CD structures: those having 6 glucopyranoside units (e.g., sugar units) in the cycle (a-cyclodextrins), those having 7 glucopyranoside units in the cycle (b-cyclodextrins), and those having 8 glucopyranoside units in the cycle (g-cyclodextrins):
Figure imgf000050_0001
In some embodiments, the NO-donating CD derivatives disclosed herein comprise any one or more of a-cyclodextrins, b-cyclodextrins, and/or g-cyclodextrins.
As disclosed herein, a cyclodextrin molecule can be depicted as one or more repeat units of glucopyrano sides (having the following structure): glucopyranoside
Figure imgf000050_0002
wherein m is 6 (e.g., a-cyclodextrins), 7 (e.g., b-cyclodextrins), or 8 (e.g., g-cyclodextrins). In some embodiments, m is an integer selected from 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, or more. In some embodiments, mixtures of CDs with different m values can be employed simultaneously. Because the sugar units such as the glucopyranoside form part of the cyclic structure of a CD, they are referred to herein as ring units. In some embodiments, the CDs as disclosed herein can be depicted using any one or more of the following representations (illustrated for b- cyclodextrin):
Figure imgf000050_0003
In several embodiments, the functionalized CDs may be optionally substituted (e.g., where a hydroxyl is replaced by and/or substituted with one or more optional substituents as disclosed elsewhere herein). In some embodiments, the functionalized CD comprises one or more ring units of Formula I:
Formula I
Figure imgf000051_0001
In several embodiments, any one of Ri, R2, and R may independently be -O- or -NH- optionally substituted. In several embodiments, Ri, R2, and R may independently be -OH, Ci_ -C6 alkoxy, polyamino, or polyether. In several embodiments, Ri, R2, and R may independently be -OH, Ci-C6 alkoxy, polyamino having 1 to 7 repeat units with Ci-C6 bridging alkylenes, or a polyether having 1 to 7 repeat units with Ci-C6 bridging alkylenes. In some embodiments, Ri, R2, and R are independently selected from the group consisting of -OH, -0-((CH2)t0)u-H, -0-((CH2)tO)U’-(CH2)vH, -0-(C1-5alkyl), -NH-((CH2)cNH)d-H,
-NH-((CH2)c NH)d -(CH2)eH, -X1-((CH2)fX2)g-(CH2)hH, and
-X1-((CH2)fX2)g’((CH2)qX3)r-(CH2)h’H. In some embodiments, c, c’, d, d’, e, f, f , g, g’, h, h’, q, r, t, t’, u, u’, and v, are independently selected from an integer from 0 to 10 (e.g., 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, or 10). In some embodiments, d, d’, g, g’, r, u, and u’ are independently selected from an integer from 0 to 4 (e.g., 0, 1, 2, 3, 4). In some embodiments, c, c’, e, f, f , h, h’, q, t, t’, and v, are independently selected from an integer from 0 to 3 (e.g., 0, 1, 2, 3). In some embodiments, X1, X2, and X3 are independently selected from O, S, NH, or a NO releasing moiety. In some embodiments, each of X1, X2, and X3 is NH or a NO releasing moiety. In some embodiments, n is an integer selected from 1 to 8 (e.g., 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8). In some embodiments, n is an integer selected from 5 to 8 (e.g., 5, 6, 7, 8).
In several embodiments, in addition to the variables described above, Ri, R2, and R may independently be any one of -OH, -CH2CH2OH, CH2CH(OH)CH3 , -0-((CH2)tO)u-H, -0-((CH2)tO)U’-(CH2)vH, -0-(C1-8alkyl), C2H5, C8H17 -NH-((CH2)cNH)d-H,
-NH-((CH2)C’NH)d’-(CH2)eH, -C(0)Me, C(0)C3H7, C(0)C4¾, CH2COONa, -(CH2)4S03-, -SO3- -X1-((CH2)fX2)g-(CH2)hH, -X1-((CH2)fX2)g’((CH2)qX3)r-(CH2)h’H, glycosyl, maltosyl, and glucuronate (e.g. the sodium salt).
In several embodiments, R3 may be -ORr, R2 may be -OR2 , and R3 may be -OR3 as represented by Formula G.
Formula I
Figure imgf000052_0001
In several embodiments, each of R, ·, R2 , or R3 may independently be -H (e.g., a hydrogen of a hydroxyl group) or an optionally substituted -0-. In several embodiments, R, ·, R2 , and R3 may independently be Ci-C6 alkyl, or a polyether. In several embodiments, the polyether includes 1 to 10 repeat units with C1-C3 bridging alkylenes and being terminated by -OH or CpCe alkyloxy. The aqueous solubility of CD can be enhanced even more by functionalizing one or more hydroxyl groups of the CD with, for example, a methyoxy group, which disrupts the relatively strong intramolecular binding of CD molecule in their crystal state. In some embodiments, the CD comprises a mixture of Formula I and Formula G ring units. In several embodiments, n + n’ is equal to 10 where n is any integer from 0 to 10 and n’ is any integer from one to ten. For instance, where n + n’ is 7 and n is 3, then n’ is 4. In some embodiments, a composition comprising functionalized CD comprises a mixture of structures functionalized with Formula I and/or Formula G ring structures (or any other formulae disclosed herein) units in combination with CD that is not functionalized. In some embodiments, the composition does not include CD that is not functionalized.
In some embodiments, R3, R2, and R3 as disclosed elsewhere herein or are selected from one or more of the following structures:
Figure imgf000053_0001
In some embodiments, any one or more of Ri, R2, and R can be functionalized with a nitric oxide to provide a CD nitric oxide donor compound (a nitric oxide releasing compound). In some embodiments, the CD compound is a nitric oxide releasing compound where any one of X1, X2, and X3 comprises any one of the following nitric oxide releasing moieties:
Figure imgf000053_0002
N-Hydroxy
Diazeniumdiolate Nitrosothiol Nitrosamine
Nitrosamine
,OH
HN HN'OH
I— N— I HN^O
Hydroxyl I— li— I
Amine Hydroxyurea
Figure imgf000053_0003
indicates attachment to other atoms within Ri, R2, and R on the functionalized CD structure (e.g., any instance of -H, -CH2-, etc. within Ri, R2, and R ).
In some embodiments, where the compound is a CD nitric oxide donor compound
(e.g., a nitric oxide releasing compound), Ri, R2, and R can be independently selected from -OH and one or more of the following structures:
Figure imgf000054_0001
where X1, X2, and X3 are as disclosed elsewhere herein and X4 is selected from O, S, NH or a nitric oxide releasing moiety as disclosed elsewhere herein.
While in several areas throughout this disclosure variables (such as Ri, X1, X2, X3 etc.) are specifically designated as having particular structures (e.g., -OH, O, S, NH, etc.), for brevity, in several other areas these variables are not defined and/or are defined as being“as disclosed elsewhere herein.” In areas where variables are not defined or are defined as being “as disclosed elsewhere herein,” etc., those variables may be of any structure by which they were defined elsewhere in this disclosure.
In some embodiments, the nitric oxide donor is selected from the group consisting of a diazeniumdiolate, nitrosothiol, a nitrosamine, a hydroxyl nitrosamine, a hydroxyl amine, a hydroxyurea, and a combination thereof.
In some embodiments, Ri, R2, and R3 are independently selected from the groups as
R4
— N-(-Q-A)-B
disclosed elsewhere herein or P , wherein
R4 is, in each instance, hydrogen or C1-5 alkyl;
Q is -(CRaRb)s-;
wherein Ra and Rb are independently hydrogen or C1-5 alkyl; and s is an integer from 2 to 6;
A is
Figure imgf000054_0002
wherein, L is S, O, or N; and G, in each instance, is hydrogen, is taken together with L to form a nitric oxide donor, or is absent;
p is an integer from 1 to 10;
B is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, -Y-Z, and C1-5 alkyl, wherein the C1-5 alkyl is optionally substituted with amino, hydroxyl, nitrile, C02H, mono(Ci_6)alkylamino-
, di(Ci-6)alkylamino-, -(CO)NRcRd or -NRc(CO)Rd, or B is absent;
wherein Rc and Rd are each independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen and Ci-6 alkyl,
wherein Y has a structure of:
Figure imgf000055_0001
wherein Rp, Rq, Rs and Rt, in each instance, are independently, hydrogen or hydroxyl; and
k is an integer from 1 to 20; and
Z has a structure of:
Figure imgf000055_0002
wherein j, in each instance, is an integer from 1 to 100.
In some embodiments, the nitric oxide donors (e.g., G taken together with L) can be depicted structurally as:
Figure imgf000056_0001
where
Figure imgf000056_0002
here and as disclosed elsewhere herein, indicates attachment to adjacent atoms. In this case
Figure imgf000056_0003
indicates attachment to adjacent atoms of Ri, R2, and R on the functionalized CD structure (e.g., -H, -CH2-, etc.).
In several embodiments, as noted elsewhere herein, the CD derivative may comprise one or more units of Formula G. In several embodiments, the CD comprises rings of only Formula F. In several embodiments, the CD comprises rings of Formula I and Formula F (or other ring structures as disclosed herein). In several embodiments, the Formula F rings may be selected from those show in Table A:
Table A: Potential CD Derivatives for use in some embodiments.
Figure imgf000056_0004
Figure imgf000057_0001
In several embodiments, a NO donating group or other groups can be functionalized to a structure of Formula G as shown in Table A by, for example, removing one or more H atoms or OH groups (e.g., such as ORr, OR2·, or OR3’ where Rr, R2 , or R3 are H) from a structure as shown in Table A and replacing it with one or more of -NH-((CH2)cNH)d-H, -NH-((CH2)C’NH)d’-(CH2)eH, -X1-((CH2)fX2)g-(CH2)hH, and
-X1-((CH2)fX2)g’((CH2)mX3)q-(CH2)h’H, as disclosed elsewhere herein. In several embodiments, the H atom or OH group that is removed is one that is located on the glucopyranoside ring. In several embodiments, one or more ring units of the CD comprises one or more of glucopyrano sides substituted with: 2,3-DHP (“2.3-dihydroxypropyl”), 2-HE (“2-hydroxyethyl”), 2-HP (“2-hydroxypropyl”), 3-HP (“3-hydroxypropyl”), CME (“O- carboxymethyl-O-ethyl”), DE (“2,6-di-O-ethyl”), DM (“2,6-di-O-methyl”), DMA (“acetylated DM”), Gl (“glycosyl”), G2 (“maltosyl”), GETG (“Glucuronyl-glucosyl”), RM (“randomly- methylated”), SBE (“sulfobutyl ether”), TA“2,3,6-tri-O-acyl (C2-C18)”), TB (“2,3,6-tri-O- butanoyl”), TE (“2,3,6-tri-O-ethyl”), TM (“2,3,6-tri-O-methyl”), TO (“2,3,6-tri-O-octanoyl”), TV (“2,3,6-tri-O-valeryl”). In several embodiments, as disclosed elsewhere herein, the CD can comprise a mixture of Formula I and Formula G rings.
In some embodiments, the functionalized CD comprises one or more repeat units of
Formula II:
Formula
Figure imgf000058_0001
where Ri is as disclosed elsewhere herein and X1, X2, and X3 are as disclosed elsewhere herein. In some embodiments, the functionalized CD further comprises one or more glucopyranoside repeat units.
In some embodiments, the functionalized CD comprises:
Figure imgf000058_0002
where
n is an integer from 1 to 8 (e.g., 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, or 8) and m is 5, 6, or 7; and Ri is selected from the group consisting of
Figure imgf000059_0001
In some embodiments, the functionalized CD comprises:
Figure imgf000059_0002
where Ri and n are as disclosed elsewhere herein, m is an integer between 0 and 7, and X1, X2, and X3 are independently selected from -NH or diazeniumdiolate.
In some embodiments, the functionalized CD comprises:
Figure imgf000059_0004
where Ri, R2, R3, n, and m are as disclosed elsewhere herein.
In some embodiments, the functionalized CD is selected from the group consisting of:
Figure imgf000059_0003
Figure imgf000060_0001
where n and m are as disclosed elsewhere herein.
In some embodiments, the functionalized CD comprises: Formula la
Figure imgf000061_0001
wherein n1 is about 0.125 to 1 of the mole fraction of the monomers present and Ri, R2 and R are as disclosed elsewhere herein.
In some embodiments, the functionalized CD comprises:
Formula lb
Figure imgf000061_0002
wherein m1 is 0 to about 0.875 of the mole fraction of the monomers present.
In some embodiments, the functionalized CD comprises:
Figure imgf000061_0003
wherein n1 is about 0.125 to 1 of the mole fraction of the monomers present;
wherein m1 is 0 to about 0.875 of the mole fraction of the monomers present; and wherein m1 and n1 represent the mole fraction of each unit, the sum of m1 and n1 is 1, and Ri, R2 and R are as disclosed elsewhere herein.
In some embodiments, the nitric oxide releasing CD disclosed herein is selected from any one of CD-PA, CD-EDA, CD-MA, CD-HEDA, CD-DETA, CD-PAPA, CD-DPTA, and CD-SPER, wherein any one or more of the secondary amines is functionalized with a diazeniumdiolate group.
In some embodiments, the functionalized CD comprises a structure of Formula IV:
Figure imgf000062_0002
where n, m, and Ri are as disclosed elsewhere herein.
Because of lack of secondary-amine groups in their molecular backbones, CDs have heretofore not been functionalized N-diazeniumdiolate-type NO donors. In some embodiments, described herein are CDs functionalized to provide N-diazeniumdiolate NO donor CDs. In some embodiments, as shown in Figure 1(a), the CDs are b-CD derivatives. In some embodiments, as shown in Figure 1(a)- 1(b), a series of CD derivatives with tunable amounts of secondary amines and diverse terminal groups are disclosed herein. In some embodiments, the resulting secondary amine-functionalized CD derivatives are reacted with NO gas to form N-diazeniumdio late-modified CD derivatives, with controllable NO totals and tunable NO-release kinetics. The antibacterial ability and cytotoxicity against mammalian cells were evaluated in vitro against Gram-negative Pseudomonas aeruginosa and L929 mouse fibroblast, respectively.
As disclosed elsewhere herein, some embodiments pertain to methods of synthesizing CD derivatives (and still other embodiments, to their use as antibacterials). In some embodiments, the method includes functionalizing one or more repeat units of a CD with a leaving group as shown below to provide a CD molecule of Formula V :
Figure imgf000062_0001
wherein R5, R6, and R7 are independently selected from the group consisting of -OH, -OTs, -OMs, -Cl, -Br, and -I. In some embodiments, the method of preparing the functionalized CD comprises a step of reacting CD via one or more of the following reaction schemes:
Figure imgf000063_0001
Formula VI
In several embodiments, R5’ is OTs, halogen (e.g., -F, -Cl, -Br, -I), -C(0)H, -N3.
In several embodiments, the -OTs functionalized CD is prepared by combining CD with p-toluenesulfonyl chloride in the presence of base (e.g., triethyl amine, pyridine, etc.).
In several embodiments, the halogen functionalized CD is prepared by combining CD with Cl2, Br2, I2, a halogenating compound, etc., or by mixing the tosylated CD with Cl2, Br2, I2, a halogenating compound, etc.
In several embodiments, the -C(0)H functionalized CD is prepared by mixing CD with Dess-Martin periodinane or by mixing the tosylated CD with collidine in dimethyl sulfoxide (DMSO). In several embodiments, the -C(0)H group reacted with an amine (e.g., H2N-((CH2)cNH)d-H, H2N-((CH2)C’NH)d’-(CH2)eH, HX1-((CH2)fX2)g-(CH2)hH, and
HX1-((CH2)fX2)g’((CH2)qX3)r-(CH2)h’H) to provide an imine that can be reduced (e.g., with H2 and catalyst) to afford to afford a functionalized CD (e.g., functionalized with one or more of -NH-((CH2)cNH)d-H, -NH-((CH2)c NH)d -(CH2)eH, -X1-((CH2)fX2)g-(CH2)hH, and
-X1-((CH2)fX2)g’((CH2)qX3)r-(CH2)h’H).
In several embodiments, the -C(0)H group can be further oxidized to a -C(0)0H group through reaction with for example Br2 (e.g., at pH 6 for 5 days). In several embodiments, the -C(0)0H functionalized CD can be reacted with HO-((CH2)tO)u-H,
H0-((CH2)t’0)U’-(CH2)vH, HO-(C1-5alkyl), H2N-((CH2)cNH)d-H, H2N-((CH2)c NH)d-(CH2)eH,
HX1-((CH2)fX2)g-(CH2)hH, and HX1-((CH2)fX2)g (CH2)qX3)r-(CH2)h.H (e.g., in the presence of base, acid, or a coupling agent such as EDC, DCC, and the like) to afford an ester or amide. Thus, in several embodiments, Ri of a functionalized CD could additionally comprise: -C(0)0-((CH2)t0)u-H, -C(0)0-((CH2), 0)u -(CH2)vH, -C(0)0-(C1-5alkyl),
-C(0)NH-((CH2)cNH)d-H, -C(0)NH-((CH2)c NH)d-(CH2)eH, -C(0)X1-((CH2)fX2)g-(CH2)hH, and -C(0)X1-((CH2)fX2)g’((CH2)qX3)r-(CH2)h’H. In several embodiments, the N3 functionalized CD is prepared by combining CD with NaN3 in the presence of PPh or by mixing the tosylated CD with NaN3. In several embodiments, the -N3 group can be converted (e.g., in the presence of triphenylphosphine and ammonia) to an amine. In some embodiments, using a Schiff base (e.g.,
HC(0)((CH2), 0)u -(CH2)vH, HC(0)(C1-5alkyl), HC(0)-((CH2)fX2)g-(CH2)hH, and HC(0)-((CH2)fX2)g’((CH2)qX3)r-(CH2)h’H) structures where R, is
-NHCH2((CH2)t.O)„-(CH2)vH, -NHCH2(C1-5alkyl), -NHCH2((CH2)fX2)g-(CH2)hH, and -NHCH2-((CH2)fX2)g’((CH2)qX3)r-(CH2)h’H can be obtained (e.g., through reduction of the imine using H2 and catalyst).
In some embodiments, the method includes a step of reacting a CD having at least one repeat unit having the structure of Formula V or Formula VI (where functionalized with a leaving group such as OTs or a halogen) with a nucleophile. In some embodiments, reaction with the nucleophile affords a CD with an NO binding substituent. In some embodiments, the nucleophile is one or more of HO-((CH2)tO)u-H, HO-((CH2)fO)u -(CH2)vH, HO-(C1-5alkyl), H2N-((CH2)cNH)d-H, H2N-((CH2)c NH)d -(CH2)eH, HX1-((CH2)fX2)g-(CH2)hH, and HX1-((CH2)fX2)g’((CH2)qX3)r-(CH2)h’H. In some embodiments, the nucleophile is one or more of propylamine (PA), 2-methoxyethylamine (MA), ethylenediamine (EDA), diethylenetriamine (DETA), A-(2-Hydroxyethyl)ethylenediamine (HEDA), bis(3- aminopropyl) amine (DPTA), /V-propyl- 1 ,3-propancdiaminc (PAPA), and/or spermine (SPER) (as shown below). In some embodiments, c, c’, d, d’, e, f, f , g, g’, h, h’, q, r, t, t’, u, u’, and v are independently selected from an integer from 0 to 10. In some embodiments, and X1, X2, and X3 are independently selected from O, S, NH, or a NO donating substituent. In some embodiments, the resultant compound is one having one or more repeat units of Formulas I or II as disclosed elsewhere herein.
Figure imgf000064_0001
In some embodiments, the nitric oxide donor can be provided as a salt with a counter ion selected from the group consisting of alkali metal (e.g., sodium, potassium), alkaline earth metal (e.g., magnesium and calcium), ammonium and N-(alkyl)4+ salts.
In some embodiments, the CD derivatives are reacted with nitric oxide (NO) gas or some other NO donating agent to yield NO-donating CD derivatives having one or more repeat units of Formula I or Formula II as disclosed elsewhere herein. In some embodiments, the functionalization of CD derivatives with NO is performed under alkaline conditions. In some embodiments, alkaline conditions include those having pH values of equal to or at least about: 7.5, 8.0, 9.0, 10.0, 12.0, or ranges including and/or spanning the aforementioned values.
In some embodiments, the CD nitric oxide donor compound has a total releasable nitric oxide storage in a range of 0.1-3.0 pmol of nitric oxide per milligram of the CD nitric oxide donor compound. In some embodiments, on a pmol of NO per milligram of CD nitric oxide donor compound, the CD nitric oxide donor compound has a total releasable nitric oxide storage in pmol of NO per milligram of CD nitric oxide donor compound of greater than or equal to about: 0.1, 0.15, 0.2, 0.5, 0.7, 0.8, 0.9, 1.0, 2.0, 3.0, 5.0, or ranges including and/or spanning the aforementioned values.
In several embodiments, the CD nitric oxide donor compound has a half-life for nitric oxide release in the range of 0.1-24 hours. In some embodiments, the half-life is in the range between about 0.25-18 hours, 0.5-13 hours, 1-8 hours, 2-6 hours, or 3-4 hours. In some embodiments, the half-life is in the range between about 0.7-4.2 hours, including about 0.7- 1.7 hours or about 3.3-4.2 hours. In some embodiments, NO-release half-life of the CD nitric oxide donor compound is greater than or equal to about: 0.1 hours, 0.25 hours, 0.5 hours, 1 hour, 2 hours, 3 hours, 4 hours, 6 hours, 8 hours, 13 hours, 18 hours, 24 hours, or ranges including and/or spanning the aforementioned values.
In some embodiments, the total duration of NO release is in the range of 1-60 hours. In some embodiments, the total duration is in the range between about 2-50 hours, 3-40 hours, 4-30 hours, 5-20 hours, or 6-10 hours. In some embodiments, the total duration is greater than or equal to about: 1 hour, 2 hours, 3 hours, 4 hours, 5 hours, 6 hours, 10 hours, 20 hours, 30 hours, 40 hours, 50 hours, 60 hours, or ranges including and/or spanning the aforementioned values.
In several embodiments, upon exposure to 10 bar NO gas for a period of about 1 to 3 days, the percentage of secondary amines converted to N-diazeniumdiolates from a solution of a functionalized CD derivatives (e.g., the efficiency of conversion) is at least about: 5%, 10%, 20%, 40%, 50%, 75%, or ranges including and/or spanning the aforementioned values.
In several embodiments, a composition is provided. In several embodiments, the composition comprises a functionalized CD and one or more pharmaceutically acceptable carriers and/or excipients. In several embodiments, the composition comprises a functionalized CD. In several embodiments, the composition further comprises a non- functionalized CD. In several embodiments, the ratio of non-functionalized CD to functionalized CD in the composition is equal to or less than about: 1:99, 1:80, 1:50, 1:25, 1: 10, 1:5, 1:2, 1: 1, 1:2, 7:3, or ranges including and/or spanning the aforementioned values.
In several embodiments, the composition comprises a CD (e.g., a functionalized CD or non-functionalized CD) having a guest molecule. For example, in several embodiments, the CD nitric oxide donor compound can complex a guest molecule (e.g., that is bound within the pocket of the CD structure). In several embodiments, this CD NO donor inclusion complex comprises a guest drug. In some embodiments, the CD NO donor inclusion complex provides an antimicrobial effect from the NO in conjunction with a therapeutic effect via the complexed drug (e.g., the drug within the CD pore). In several embodiments, the drug and NO provide the same therapeutic effect (e.g., are both antimicrobial). In several embodiments, where the CD NO donor and the drug provide the same therapeutic effect, the CD NO donor and the drug act synergistically. In several embodiments, alternatively, the CD NO donor and drug can be directed toward different therapeutic effects (e.g,. one is anti- microbial and the other is anti-inflammatory) .
In several embodiments, the molar ratio between the drug and the CD can vary (e.g,. drug in the composition and/or that is complexed in the functionalized CD and/or non- functionalized CD). In several embodiments, the molar ratio between the drug and the CD is equal to or at least about: 1:50, 1:20, 1: 10, 1:5, 1:2, 1: 1, 2: 1, 5: 1, 10: 1, 20: 1, 50: 1 or ranges including and/or spanning the aforementioned values and ratios. In several embodiments, a composition comprising the CD NO donor and the drug can be prepared in different ways. In several embodiments, the functionalized CD and drug are mixed together in solution (e.g., water, organic solvent, etc.). In several embodiments, due to the low solubility of most drugs in water, where water is used as a liquid mixing medium, the drug is partly or fully dissolved when complexed with the CD. In several embodiments, the solution is then dried and the solid recovered. In several embodiments, it is also possible to use a cosolvent (e.g. ethanol) which is miscible with water and that solubilizes the drug. In several embodiments, it is also possible to isolate the pure complex by using a two phase system: a lipophilic solvent wherein the drug is soluble, and water. In several embodiments, the CD dissolves in the water phase, the drug in the lipophilic phase. The complex CD-drug is formed at the interphase. If it is soluble in water, it is recovered from the water phase. In several embodiments, the functionalized CD can be activated by reaction with NO gas before or after complexation with the guest drug.
In several embodiments, the drug used in the complex, is selected from the following classes of compounds: non-steroidal anti-inflammatory and analgesic drugs, antibacterial (antibiotics), antiviral, steroids, antineoplastic, b-adrenergics (agonists and blockers), antihyperlipoproteinemic, bone resorption inhibitors. In several embodiments, mixtures of inclusion complexes having one or more drugs in an individual class and/or one or more drugs in a different classes can be prepared and administered to a patient in need of treatment.
In several embodiments, non-limiting examples of antibacterials (e.g., antibiotics) drugs that may be used include one or more of Metro nidazolo, Ethambutol, Cycloserina, Cloxyquin, Negamycin, Nitroxoline, Mupirocin, Myxin, Novobiocin, Spectinomycin, Sulbactam, Tigemonam, Tubercidin, Nifurpirinol, Nifurprazine, Glyconiazide, Isoniazide, Opiniazide, Clofazamine, Meclocycline, Minocycline, Sancicline, Tetracicline, Oxytretracycline, Chlortetracycline, Demeclocycline, Methacycline, Doxicycline, Clomocycline, Cinoxacin, Rolitetraciclyne, Pipaciclyne, Guamecycline, Lymecyclinem, Apiciclyne, Nalidixic acid, Cyprofloxacin, Enoxacin, Floroxacin, Pipemidic acid, Difloxacin, Perfloxacin, Enrofloxacin Nadifloxacin, Grepafloxacin, Lomefloxacin, Sparfloxacin, Clinafloxacin, Tosufloxacin, Trovafloxacin, Ofloxacin, Flumequine, Pazufloxacin, Rufloxacin, Norfloxacin, Cefroxadine, Cephradine, Cefaclor, Cefadroxil, Cefprozil Cefatrizine, Cefpiramide, Cephalexin, Cephaloglycin, Loracarbef, Pivcephalexin, Cephamandole, Moxalactam, Cefclidin, Cefepime, Cefuzopran, Ceftibuten, Cefpodoxime Proxetil, Cefotaxime, Cefcapene Pivoxil, Cefodizime, Ceftiofur, Ceftriaxone, Cefditoren, Cefinenoxime, Cefteram, Cefuzonam, Cefdinir, Cefetamet, Cefixime, Cefpirome, Ceftazidine, Cefminox, Cephalosporin, Cefotiam, Ceforamide, Cefazolin, Ceftizoxime, Cefazedone, Cefonicid, Ceftezole, Cephacetrile, Cephapirin, Fenbenicillin, Hetacillin, Quinacillin, Pivampicillin, Aspoxicillin, Meziocillin, Amoxicillin, Ampicillin, Epicillin, Phenethamate Cyclacillin, Amdinocillin, Penicillin N, Apalcillin, Bacampicillin, Sultamicillin, Talampicillin, Lenampicillin, Benzyl penicilhc acid, Carbenecillin, Carindacillin, Clometocillin, Cloxacillin, Dicloxacillin, Floxacillin, Metampicillin, Methicillin, Oxacillin, Penicillin O, Penicillin V, Pheneticillin, Piperacillin, Propicillin, Sulbenicillin, Ticarcillin, Meropenem, Panipenem, Imipenem, Aztreonam, Carumonan, Sulfabenzamide, Sulfacetamide, Sulfachloropyridazine, Sulfacytine, Sulfadiazine, 4'-(Methylsulfamoyl)sulfanilanihde, Sulfadicramide, Sulfadoxine, Sulfamethoxine, Sulfaethidolo, Sulfaguanole, Sulfalene, Sulfamerazine, Sulfameter, Sulfamethazine, Sulfamethizolo, Sulfamethonide, Sulfamethoxazole, Sulfamethoxypyridazine, Sulfamethylthiazole, Sulfametrole, Sulfamoxolo, Sulfanilamide, N 4-Sulfanilylsulfanilamide, Sulfanilyurea, N-Sulfanil-3,4-xylamide, Sulfaperine, Sulfaphenazole, Sulfaproxyline, Sulfapyrazine, Sulfapyridine, 4-Sulfanilamido saheyhe acid, Sulfasomizole, Sulfasymazine, Sulfathiazole, Sulfathiourea, Sulfisomidine, Sulfisoxazole, Acetyl sulfamethoxypyrazine, Sulfaguanidine, Mafenide, Succisulfone, p-Sulfanylbenzylamine, Dapsone, Acediasulfone, Thiazolsulfone, 2-p-Sulfanilylanilino-ethanol, Benzylsulfamide, p- Amino saheyhe acid, p- Amino saheyhe acid hydrazide, Phenyl amino salicylate, 4-4'-sulfmyldianiline, Clindamycin, Lincomycin, Josamycin, Midecamycins, Rokitamycin, Spiramycins, Mikamycin B, Rosaramycin, Azithromycin, Clarithromycin, Erytromycin, Dirithromycin, Amikacin, Arbekacin, Dibekacin, Tobramycin, Dihydro streptomycin, Streptomycin, Deo xydihydro streptomycin, Trospectomycin, Spectinomycin, Micronomicin, Netilmicin, Apramycin, Sisomicin, Neomycin, Paromomycin, Ribostamycin, Rifampin, Rifapentine. Sulfachrysoidine, Sulfamidochrysoidine, and/or Salazo sulfadimidine.
In several embodiments, non-limiting examples of non-steroidal anti-inflammatory and analgesic drugs that may be used include one or more of Aspirin, Saheyhe acid, Mesalamine, Acetylsalicylsalicylic acid, Paracetamol, Etodolac, Pirazolac, Tolmetin, Bromefenac, Fenbufen, Mofezolac, Diclofenac, Pemedolac, Sulindac, Ketorolac, Indomethacin, Suprofen, Ketoprofen, Tiaprofenic acid, Fenoprofen, Indoprofen, Carprofen, Naproxen, Foxoprofen, Ibuprofen, Pranoprofen, Bermoprofen, CS-670, Zaltoprofen, Tenoxicani, Piroxicam, Meloxicam, Tenidap, Aceclofenac, Acemetacin, 5-amino-acetylsalicylic acid, Alclofenac, Alminoprofen, Amfenac, Bendazac, a-bisabolol, Bromosaligenin, Bucloxic acid, Butibufen, Cinmetacin, Clidanac, Clopirac, Diflunisal, Ditazol, Enfenamic acid, Etofenamate, Felbinac, Fenclozic acid, Fendosal, Fentiazac, Fepradinol, Flufenamic acid, Flunixin, Flunoxaprofen, Flurbiprofen, Glucametacin, Glycol salicilate, Ibuproxam, Isofezolac, Isoxepac, Isoxicam, Fornoxicam, Meclofenamic acid, Mefenamic acid, Metiazinic acid, Niflunic acid, Oxaceprol, Oxaprozin, Oxyphenbutazone, Parsalmide, Perisoxal, Olsalazine, Pirprofen, Protizinic acid, Salacetamide, Salicilamide O-acetic acid, Salsalate, Suxibuzone, Tiaramide, Tinoridine, Tolfenamic acid, Tropesin, Xenbucin, Ximoprofen, Zomepirac, and/or Tomoxiprol.
In several embodiments, non-limiting examples of antiviral drugs that may be used include one or more of Acyclovir, Amantadine, Cidofovir, Cytarabine, Didanosine, Dideoxyadenosine, Edoxuridine, Famciclovir, Floxuridine, Ganciclovir, Idoxuridine, Indanavir, Famivudine, Kethoxal, MADU, Penciclovir, Ribavirin, Sorivudine, Stavudine, Trifluridine, Valacyclovir, Vidarabine, Xenazoic acid, Zaltacitabine, and/or Zidovudine.
In several embodiments, non-limiting examples of antitumor drugs that may be used include one or more of Antacitabine, Anthramycin, Azacitidine, 6-Azauridine, Carubicin, Chlorambucil, Chlorozotocin, Cytarabine, Daunomicin, Defosfamide, Denopterin, Doxifluridine, Doxorubicin (DOX), Droloxifene, Edatrexate, Eflornithine, Enocitabine, Epirubicin, Epitiostanol, Etanidazole, Etoposide, Fenretinide, Fludarabine, Fluoro uracil, Gemcitabine, Hexestrol, ldarubicin, Fonidamine, Melphalan, 6-mercaptopurine, Methotrexate, Mitoxantrone, Mycophenohc acid, Pento statin, Pirarubicin, Piritexim, Podophylhc acid, Puromycin, Retinoic acid, Roquinimex, Streptonigrin, Teniposide, Tenuazonic acid, Thiamiprine, Thioguanine, Tomudex, Topotecan, Trimetrexate, Tubercidin, Ubenimex, and/or Zorubicin.
In several embodiments, non-limiting examples of steroid drugs that may be used include one or more of Budesonide, Hydrocortisone, Aclomethasone, Algestone, Beclomethasone, Betamethasone, Chlorprednisone, Clobetasol, Clobetasone, Clocortolone, Cloprednol, Cortisone, Corticosterone, Deflazacort, Desonide, Desoximethasone, Dexamethasone, Diflorasone, Diflucortolone, Difluprednate, Fluazacort, Flucoronide, Flumethasone, Flunisolide, Fluocinolone acetonide, Flucinonide, Fluocortin butyl, Fluocortolone, Fluorometholone, Fluperolone acetate, Fluprednilene acetate, Fluprednisolone, Flurandrenolide, Formocortal, Halcinonide, Halobetasol propionate, Halomatasone, Halopredone acetate, Hydrocortamate, Loteprednol etabonate, Medrysone, Meprednisone, Methylprednisolone, Mometasone furoate, Paramethasone, Prednicarbate, Prednisone, Prednisolone 2l-diethylaminoacetate, Prednisolone sodium phosphate, Prednival, Prednylidene, Rimexolone, Triamcinolone, Triamcinolone acetonide, 21- Acetoxypregnenolone, Cortivazol, Amcinonide, Fluticasone propionate, Mazipredone, Tixocortol, Triamcinolone hexacetonide, Ursodeoxycholic acid, Chenodeoxycholic, Mytatrienediol, Ethynil Estradiol, Estradiol, and/or Mestranol.
In several embodiments, non-limiting examples of adrenergic drugs that may be used include one or more of Albuterol, Bambuterol, Bitoterol, Carbuterol, Clenbuterol, Chlorprenalina, Dioxethedrine, Ephedrine, Epinephrine, Etafredine, Ethyinorepinephrine, Fenoterol, Isoetharine, Isoprotenerol, Mabuterol, Metaproterenol, Pirbuterol, Salmeterol, Soterenol, Terbutalina, Tuloterol, Procaterol, Bufetalol, Acebutolol, Alprenolol, Arotinolol, Atenolol, Betaxolol, Bevantolo, Bucumolol, bufuiralol, Bunitrolol, Bupranolol, Carazolol, Carteolol, Cehprolol, Epanolol, Indenolol, Mepindolol, Metoprolol, Nadolol, Nifenalol, Penbutolol, Pindolol, Pronethalol, Propanolol, Sotalol, Timolol, Toliprolol, Butofilol, Cervedilol, Cetamolol, Dilevalol, Esmolol, Labetalol, Metipranolol, Moprolol, Nebivolol, Oxprenolol, Practolol, Sulfinalol, Tertatolol, Tilisolol, Xibenolol, Eprozinol, Etophylline, Exoprenaline, Propoxyphilline, Reproterol, Rimiterol, l-Teobrominacetic acid, Tetroquinol, and/or Nadoxolol.
In several embodiments, non-limiting examples of antihyperlipoproteinemic drugs that may be used include one or more of Atovarstatin, Cilastatin, Dermostatin A, Dermostatin B, Fluvastatin, Lovastatin, Mevastatin, Nystatin A 1, Pentostatin, Pepstatin, and/or Sinvastatin. In several embodiments, non-limiting examples of bone resorption inhibitor drugs that may be used include one or more of Alendronic acid, Butedronic acid, Etidronic acid, Oxidronic acid, Pamidronic acid, and/or Risedronic acid.
In several embodiments, the guest molecule is a drug for treating respiratory disorders and/or is a drug that acts in the respiratory tract. In several embodiments, the CD nitric oxide donor compounds and the guest molecule work in conjunction in the respiratory tract to achieve synergistic results. In some embodiments, the guest molecule is selected from one or more of beclomethasone, budesonide, formoterol, epinephrine (adrenaline), ipratropium bromide, and/or salbutamol (albuterol), or combinations thereof.
Beclometasone dipropionate, also spelled beclomethasone dipropionate and sold under the brand name Qvar among others, is a steroid medication. Beclometasone is mainly a glucocorticoid. Budesonide (BUD), sold under the brand name Pulmicort among others, is a medication of the corticosteroid type. Budesonide/formoterol, sold under the brand name Symbicort among others, is a combination medication used in the management of asthma or chronic obstructive pulmonary disease (COPD). It contains budesonide, a steroid and formoterol, a long-acting p2-agonist (LAB A). Epinephrine, also known as adrenalin or adrenaline, is a medication and hormone. As a medication, it is used to treat a number of conditions, including anaphylaxis, cardiac arrest, and superficial bleeding. Inhaled epinephrine may be used to improve the symptoms of croup. It may also be used for asthma when other treatments are not effective. Ipratropium bromide, sold under the trade name Atrovent among others, is a medication which opens up the medium and large airways in the lungs. It is used to treat the symptoms of chronic obstructive pulmonary disease and asthma. Salbutamol, also known as albuterol and marketed as Ventolin among other names, is a medication that opens up the medium and large airways in the lungs. It is used to treat asthma including asthma attacks, exercise-induced bronchoconstriction, and chronic obstructive pulmonary disease (COPD). It may also be used to treat high blood potassium levels. In several embodiments, the host and guest may be provided is available as an inhaler, pill, nasal spray, and rectal forms. In several embodiments, the host and respiratory drug guest may be provided as an composition for inhalation, as a cream cream, pill, and/or nasal spray. In several embodiments, the inclusion complexes, when paired with one or more non steroidal anti-inflammatories, analgesic drugs, or steroids, can be used to treat pain or inflammation. In several embodiments, the inclusion complexes, when paired with antibacterial (antibiotics) or antivirals, can be used to treat infection. In several embodiments, the inclusion complexes, when paired with antineoplastic agents, can be used to treat cancer (e.g., lung cancer, including but not limited to, non-small cell lung cancer, (NSCLC) and small cell lung cancer). Additional embodiments provided for herein include treatment or prevention of the following non-limiting examples of cancers including, but not limited to, acute lymphoblastic leukemia (ALL), acute myeloid leukemia (AML), adrenocortical carcinoma, Kaposi sarcoma, lymphoma, gastrointestinal cancer, appendix cancer, central nervous system cancer, basal cell carcinoma, bile duct cancer, bladder cancer, bone cancer, brain tumors (including but not limited to astrocytomas, spinal cord tumors, brain stem glioma, glioblastoma, craniopharyngioma, ependymoblastoma, ependymoma, medulloblastoma, medulloepithelioma), breast cancer, bronchial tumors, Burkitt lymphoma, cervical cancer, colon cancer, chronic lymphocytic leukemia (CLL), chronic myelogenous leukemia (CML), chronic myeloproliferative disorders, ductal carcinoma, endometrial cancer, esophageal cancer, gastric cancer, Hodgkin lymphoma, non-Hodgkin lymphoma, hairy cell leukemia, renal cell cancer, leukemia, oral cancer, nasopharyngeal cancer, liver cancer, pancreatic cancer, bowel cancer, lymphoma, melanoma, ocular cancer, ovarian cancer, pancreatic cancer, prostate cancer, pituitary cancer, uterine cancer, and vaginal cancer. In several embodiments, the inclusion complexes, when paired with b-adrenergics agonists and blockers, can be used to relax muscles of the airways, which widen the airways and result in easier breathing while treating underlying infections. In several embodiments, the inclusion complexes, when paired with antihyperlipoproteinemics, can be used to reduce lipoprotein levels while treating underlying infections. In several embodiments, the inclusion complexes, when paired with bone resorption inhibitors, can be used to reduce bone resorption while treating underlying infections.
Also provided herein are methods for delivering nitric oxide to a subject (e.g., a patient), comprising administering an effective amount of any of the CD nitric oxide donor compounds disclosed herein to the subject. Methods of treating a disease state are also provided for herein, the methods comprising, in several embodiments administering an effective amount of any of the CD nitric oxide donor compounds disclosed herein to a subject in need of treatment, wherein the disease state is selected from one or more of a cancer, a cardiovascular disease, a microbial infection, platelet aggregation and platelet adhesion caused by the exposure of blood to a medical device, pathological conditions resulting from abnormal cell proliferation, transplantation rejections, autoimmune diseases, inflammation, vascular diseases, scar tissue, wound contraction, restenosis, pain, fever, gastrointestinal disorders, respiratory disorders, sexual dysfunctions, and sexually transmitted diseases. In several embodiments, the disease state is a microbial infection. In several embodiments, the disease state is cystic fibrosis.
In several embodiments, there is provided a method of treating a microbial infection comprising, contacting a surface contaminated with a plurality of microbes with a CD nitric oxide donor compound, the CD nitric oxide donor compound comprising an amine-containing group covalently bound to at least a repeat unit of the CD, wherein the amine-containing group comprises an nitric oxide donor, wherein the nitric oxide donor generates nitric oxide and induces damage to the membrane and/or DNA of the microbes, thereby reducing the number of viable microbes and treating the infection. In some embodiments, the microbes comprises one or more of viruses, gram positive bacteria, gram negative bacteria, drug resistant bacteria, molds, yeasts, fungi, and combinations thereof.
Cystic fibrosis-related bacterial infections include, but are not limited to stenotrophomonis, mybacterium avium intracellulaire and m. abcessus, burkhoderia cepacia and Pseudomonas aeruginosa ( P . aeruginosa) infections. In some embodiments, the disclosed NO-releasing CD compounds can be used to treat infection by one or more of stenotrophomonis, mybacterium avium intracellulaire and m. abcessus, burkhoderia cepacia and/or Pseudomonas aeruginosa ( P . aeruginosa). In some embodiments, the disclosed NO- releasing CD compounds are mucolytic. In some embodiments, as disclosed elsewhere herein, the disclosed NO-releasing CD compounds are both mucolytic and antimicrobial and provide enhanced treatment efficacy for CF.
In several embodiments, the compositions disclosed herein do not comprise polyglucosamine and/or polyglucosamine-based NO releasing agents. In several embodiments, the compositions disclosed herein do not comprise chitosan and/or chitosan- based NO releasing agents. In several embodiments, the compositions disclosed herein do not comprise mesoporous silica and/or mesoporous silica-based NO releasing agents. In several embodiments, the compositions disclosed herein do not comprise polyaminoglycosides and/or polyaminoglycosides NO releasing agents. In several embodiments, the compositions disclosed herein do not comprise hyperbranched structures and/or hyperbranched NO releasing agents. In several embodiments, the compositions disclosed herein do not comprise carboxymethylcellulose and/or carboxymethylcellulose based NO releasing agents. In several embodiments, the compositions disclosed herein do not comprise hyaluronic acid and/or hyaluronic acid based NO releasing agents. In several embodiments, the compositions disclosed herein do not comprise hydro xyethylcellulose and/or hydro xyethylcellulose based NO releasing agents. In several embodiments, the compositions disclosed herein do not comprise NO releasing agents, saccharides, oligosaccharides, or polysaccharides that are not cyclodextrins.
In some aspects, the subject matter described herein is directed to the following non-limiting embodiments:
1. A functionalized cyclodextrin represented by the following structure:
Figure imgf000074_0001
wherein
n is an integer selected from 1 to 8;
m is an integer from 0 to 7;
each instance of Ri is represented by -X1-((CH )fX2)g’((CH )qX3)r-(CH2)h’H; wherein
each of f , q, g, r, and h’ is independently selected from an integer from
0 to 4; and each instance of X1, X2, or X3 is independently selected from O, NH, and a nitric oxide donating substituent.
2. The functionalized cyclodextrin of embodiment 1, wherein at least one instance of R1 is represented by one of the following:
Figure imgf000075_0003
3. The functionalized cyclodextrin of embodiments 1 or 2, wherein at least one instance of X1, X2, or X3 is represented by the following:
Figure imgf000075_0001
4. The functionalized cyclodextrin of any one of embodiments 1-3, wherein at least one instance of R1 is represented by one of the following:
Figure imgf000075_0002
Figure imgf000076_0001
5. The functionalized cyclodextrin of any one of embodiments 1-4, wherein n is an integer selected from 6, 7, and 8.
6. The functionalized cyclodextrin of any one of embodiments 1-5, wherein m is 0. 7. The functionalized cyclodextrin of any one of embodiments 1-6, in particular, embodiment 3, wherein at least one instance of R1 is represented by one of the following:
Figure imgf000076_0002
8. The functionalized cyclodextrin of any one of embodiments 1-7, wherein n is 1 and m is 6.
9. The functionalized cyclodextrin of any one of embodiments 1-7, wherein n is 7 and m is 0. 10. The functionalized cyclodextrin of any one of embodiments 1-9, wherein said functionalized cyclodextrin has a total releasable nitric oxide storage of at least 0.5 pmol of NO per milligram of functionalized cyclodextrin. 11. The functionalized cyclodextrin of any one of embodiments 1-10, wherein said functionalized cyclodextrin has a total releasable nitric oxide storage in a range of about 0.5 mhioΐ to 2.5 mhioΐ of NO per milligram of functionalized cyclodextrin.
12. The functionalized cyclodextrin of any one of embodiments 1-11, wherein said functionalized cyclodextrin has a half-life for nitric oxide release in a range of between about 0.7-4.2 hours.
13. The functionalized cyclodextrin of any one of embodiments 1-11, wherein said functionalized cyclodextrin has a half-life for nitric oxide release over about 1 hour.
14. The functionalized cyclodextrin of any one of embodiments 1-13, wherein said functionalized cyclodextrin has a total NO release after 4 hours in a range of between about 0.3-2.0 mhioΐ of NO per milligram of the functionalized cyclodextrin.
15. A composition comprising the functionalized cyclodextrin of any one of embodiments 1-14 and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.
16. The composition of embodiment 15, further comprising cyclodextrin that is not functionalized.
17. The functionalized cyclodextrin of any one of embodiments 1-14, or the composition of embodiment 15 or embodiment 16, further comprising one or more guest drugs complexed with the functionalized cyclodextrin.
18. The composition of any one of embodiments 15-17, in particular, embodiment 17, wherein the one or more guest drugs comprise one or more drugs for the treatment of a cancer, a cardiovascular disease, a microbial infection, platelet aggregation and/or platelet adhesion, pathological conditions resulting from abnormal cell proliferation, transplantation rejections, autoimmune diseases, inflammation, vascular diseases, scar tissue, wound contraction, restenosis, pain, fever, gastrointestinal disorders, respiratory disorders, sexual dysfunctions, sexually transmitted diseases, or wound healing. 19. A method of delivering nitric oxide to a subject, comprising:
administering an effective amount of the functionalized cyclodextrin of any one of embodiments 1-18, in particular, any one of embodiments 1-10, to said subject.
20. A method of treating a disease state, comprising:
administering an effective amount of the functionalized cyclodextrin of any one of embodiments 1-18, in particular, any one of embodiments 1-10, to a subject in need thereof, wherein said disease state is selected from the group consisting of a cancer, a cardiovascular disease, a microbial infection; platelet aggregation and platelet adhesion caused by the exposure of blood to a medical device; pathological conditions resulting from abnormal cell proliferation; transplantation rejections, autoimmune diseases, inflammation, vascular diseases; scar tissue; wound contraction, restenosis, pain, fever, gastrointestinal disorders, respiratory disorders, sexual dysfunctions, and sexually transmitted diseases.
21. The method of embodiment 20, wherein said disease state is a microbial infection.
22. A method of treating a disease state, comprising:
administering an effective amount of the functionalized cyclodextrin of any one of embodiments 1-14 or the composition of any one of embodiments 15-18 to said subject to a subject in need thereof, wherein said disease state is lung cancer.
23. Use of the functionalized cyclodextrin of any one of embodiments 1-14 or the composition of any one of embodiments 15-18 for delivering nitric oxide to a subject.
24. Use of the functionalized cyclodextrin of any one of embodiments 1-14 or the composition of any one of embodiments 15-18 to said subject in the preparation of a medicament for treating a subject in need with a disease state selected from the group consisting of one or more of: a cancer, a cardiovascular disease, a microbial infection; platelet aggregation and platelet adhesion caused by the exposure of blood to a medical device; pathological conditions resulting from abnormal cell proliferation; transplantation rejections, autoimmune diseases, inflammation, vascular diseases; scar tissue; wound contraction, restenosis, pain, fever, gastrointestinal disorders, respiratory disorders, sexual dysfunctions, and sexually transmitted diseases.
25. A functionalized cyclodextrin comprising:
at least one ring unit of Formula I:
Formula I
Figure imgf000079_0001
wherein
n is an integer selected from 1 to 8;
Ri, R2, and R are independently selected from the group consisting of -OH, -CH2CH2OH, -CH2CH(OH)CH3, -0-((CH2)t0)u-H, -0-((CH2)tO)u-(CH2)vH, -O-C salkyl), -C2H5, -C8H17, -NH-((CH2)cNH)d-H, -NH-((CH2)c NH)d -(CH2)eH,
-X1-((CH2)fX2)g-(CH2)hH, -X1-((CH2)fX2)g’((CH2)qX3)r-(CH2)h’H, -C(0)Me,
-C(0)C3H7, -C(0)C4H9, -CH2COONa, -(CH2)4S03 , -S03 , -C(0)0-((CH2)t0)u-H, -C(0)0-((CH2), 0)u -(CH2)vH, -C(0)0-(C1-5alkyl), -C(0)NH-((CH2)cNH)d-H, -C(0)NH-((CH2)c NH)d -(CH2)eH, -C(0)X1-((CH2)fX2)g-(CH2)hH,
-C(0)X1-((CH2)fX2)g’((CH2)qX3)r-(CH2)h’-H, glycosyl, maltosyl, and glucuronate; wherein
each instance of c, c’, d, d’, e, f, f , g, g’, h, h’, q, r, t, t’, u, u’, and v is independently selected from an integer from 0 to 10;
each instance of X1, X2, and X3 is independently selected from O, S, NH, and a NO donating substituent; and
at least one instance of X1, X2, and X3 is a NO donating substituent.
26. The functionalized cyclodextrin of embodiment 25, wherein the NO donating substituent is selected from one of the following:
Figure imgf000080_0003
27. The functionalized cyclodextrin of embodiment 25 or 26, wherein;
at least one instance of X1, X2, and X3 is represented by the following structure:
Figure imgf000080_0001
28. A functionalized cyclodextrin comprising:
at least one ring unit of Formula I:
Formula I
Figure imgf000080_0002
wherein
n is an integer selected from 1 to 8;
Ri, R2, and R3 are independently selected from the group consisting of -OH, -0-((CH2)t0)u-H, -0-((CH2)tO)U’-(CH2)vH, -0-(C1-5alkyl), -NH-((CH2)cNH)d-H, -NH-((CH2)C’NH)d’-(CH2)eH, -X1-((CH2)fX2)g-(CH2)hH, and
-X1-((CH2)fX2)g’((CH2)qX3)r-(CH2)h’H;
wherein
each of c, c’, d, d’, e, f, f , g, g’, h, h’, q, r, t, t’, u, u’, and v is independently selected from an integer from 0 to 10; X1, X2, and X3 are independently selected from O, S, or NH; and
at least one of X1, X2, and X3 is represented by the following structure:
Figure imgf000081_0001
29. The functionalized cyclodextrin of any one of embodiments 25-28, wherein R1 is
-X1-((CH2)fX2)g (CH2)qX3)r-(CH2)h.H.
30. The functionalized cyclodextrin of any one of embodiments 25-29, in particular, embodiments 28 or 29, wherein R2 and R3 are -OH.
31. The functionalized cyclodextrin of any one of embodiments 25-30, in particular, any one of embodiments 28-30, further comprising at least one glycopyranoside ring unit having the following structure: glucopyranoside
Figure imgf000081_0002
wherein m is an integer selected from 1 to 8.
32. The functionalized cyclodextrin of any one of embodiments 25-31, wherein n is 1 and m is 5, 6, or 7. 33. The functionalized cyclodextrin of any one of embodiments 25-31, in particular, any one of embodiments 28-31, wherein n is 6, 7, or 8.
34. The functionalized cyclodextrin of any one of embodiments 25-33, in particular, embodiment 28, selected from the group consisting of:
Figure imgf000082_0001
Figure imgf000083_0001
Figure imgf000084_0001
nctionalized cyclodextrin comprising: at least one ring unit of Formula I: Formula I
Figure imgf000085_0001
wherein
n is an integer selected from 1 to 8;
Ri, R2, and R3 are independently selected from the group consisting of -OH, -0-((CH2)t0)u-H, -0-((CH2)tO)U’-(CH2)vH, -0-(C1-5alkyl), -NH-((CH2)cNH)d-H, -NH-((CH2)c NH)d -(CH2)eH, -X1-((CH2)fX2)g-(CH2)hH, and
-X1-((CH2)fX2)g’((CH2)qX3)r-(CH2)h’H;
wherein
each of c, c’, d, d’, e, f, f , g, g’, h, h’, q, r, t, t’, u, u’, and v is independently selected from an integer from 0 to 10;
X1, X2, and X3 are independently selected from O, S, or NH; and at least one of X1, X2, and X3 is selected from the group consisting of
Figure imgf000085_0002
36. The functionalized cyclodextrin of embodiment 35, wherein R1 is
-X1-((CH2)fX2)g’((CH2)qX3)r-(CH2)h’H and at least one of X1, X2, and X3 is the following:
Figure imgf000085_0003
37. The functionalized cyclodextrin of any one of embodiments 35 or 36, wherein R2 and R3 are -OH.
38. The functionalized cyclodextrin of any one of embodiment 35-37, further comprising at least one glycopyranoside ring unit having the following structure: glucopyranoside
wherein m is an integer selected from 1 to 8.
39. The functionalized cyclodextrin of any one of embodiments 35-38, wherein n is 1 and m is 5, 6, or 7.
40. The functionalized cyclodextrin of any one of embodiments 35-38, wherein n is 6,
7, or 8. 41. The functionalized cyclodextrin of any one of embodiments 35-40, selected from the group consisting of:
Figure imgf000086_0002
42. A functionalized cyclodextrin comprising:
Figure imgf000088_0001
wherein
n is an integer selected from 1 to 8;
m is an integer from 0 to 7;
Ri is -X1-((CH2)fX2)g (CH2)qX3)r-(CH2)h.H;
wherein
each of f , g’, q, r, and h’ is independently selected from an integer from 0 to 10; and
X1, X2, and X3 are independently selected from NH or
Figure imgf000088_0002
43. A method of delivering nitric oxide to a subject, comprising:
administering an effective amount of said functionalized cyclodextrin of any one of embodiments 25 to 42, to said subject.
44. A method of treating a disease state, comprising:
administering an effective amount of said functionalized cyclodextrin of any one of embodiments 25 to 42, to a subject in need thereof, wherein said disease state is selected from the group consisting of a cancer, a cardiovascular disease, a microbial infection; platelet aggregation and platelet adhesion caused by the exposure of blood to a medical device; pathological conditions resulting from abnormal cell proliferation; transplantation rejections, autoimmune diseases, inflammation, vascular diseases; scar tissue; wound contraction, restenosis, pain, fever, gastrointestinal disorders, respiratory disorders, sexual dysfunctions, and sexually transmitted diseases.
45. The method of embodiment 44, wherein said disease state is a microbial infection.
46. Use of the functionalized cyclodextrin of any one of embodiments 25 to 42, for delivering nitric oxide to a subject.
47. Use of the functionalized cyclodextrin of any one of embodiments 25 to 42, in the preparation of a medicament for treating a subject in need with a disease state selected from the group consisting of one or more of: a cancer, a cardiovascular disease, a microbial infection; platelet aggregation and platelet adhesion caused by the exposure of blood to a medical device; pathological conditions resulting from abnormal cell proliferation; transplantation rejections, autoimmune diseases, inflammation, vascular diseases; scar tissue; wound contraction, restenosis, pain, fever, gastrointestinal disorders, respiratory disorders, sexual dysfunctions, and sexually transmitted diseases.
48. A functionalized cyclodextrin comprising:
at least one ring unit of Formula I:
Formula I
Figure imgf000089_0001
wherein
n is an integer selected from 1 to 8;
Ri, R2, and R3 are independently selected from the group consisting of -OH,
0-((CH2)t0)u-H, -0-((CH2)tO)U’-(CH2)vH, -0-(C1-5alkyl), -NH-((CH2)cNH)d-H, -NH-((CH2)C’NH)d’-(CH2)eH, -X1-((CH2)fX2)g-(CH2)hH, and
-X1-((CH2)fX2)g’((CH2)qX3)r-(CH2)h’H;
wherein
each of c, c’, d, d’, e, f, f , g, g’, h, h’, q, r, t, t’, u, u’, and v is independently selected from an integer from 0 to 10; and
X1, X2, and X3 are independently selected from O, S, or NH.
49. The functionalized cyclodextrin of embodiment 48, wherein R2 and R3 are -OH. 50. The functionalized cyclodextrin of embodiments 48 or 49, wherein R1 is
-X1-((CH2)fX2)g (CH2)qX3)r-(CH2)h.H and, where present, each of X1, X2, and X3 is -NH.
51. The functionalized cyclodextrin of any one of embodiments 48-50, in particular, embodiment 48, having a chemical formula selected from the group consisting of:
Figure imgf000090_0001
Figure imgf000091_0001
CD-DETA
52. The functionalized cyclodextrin of any one of embodiments 25-42 or 48-51, in particular, any one of embodiments 25-42, wherein said functionalized cyclodextrin has a total releasable nitric oxide storage of at least 0.5 m mo 1 of NO per milligram of functionalized cyclodextrin.
53. The functionalized cyclodextrin of any one of embodiments 25-42 or 48-52, wherein said functionalized cyclodextrin has a total releasable nitric oxide storage in a range of about 0.5 mhioΐ to 2.5 mhioΐ of NO per milligram of functionalized cyclodextrin.
54. The functionalized cyclodextrin of any one of embodiments 25-42 or 48-53, wherein said functionalized cyclodextrin has a total releasable nitric oxide storage in a range of about 1.0 mhioΐ to 2.5 mhioΐ of NO per milligram of functionalized cyclodextrin.
55. The functionalized cyclodextrin of any one of embodiments 25-42 or 48-54, in particular, any one of embodiments 25 to 42, wherein said functionalized cyclodextrin has a half-life for nitric oxide release in a range of between about 0.1-24 hours. 56. The functionalized cyclodextrin of any one of embodiments 25-42 or 48-55, wherein said functionalized cyclodextrin has a half-life for nitric oxide release in a range of between about 0.7-4.2 hours. 57. The functionalized cyclodextrin of any one of embodiments 25-42 or 48-56, in particular, any one of embodiments 25 to 42, wherein said functionalized cyclodextrin has a total duration of NO release in a range of between about 1-60 hours.
58. The functionalized cyclodextrin of any one of embodiments 25-42 or 48-57, in particular, any one of embodiments 25 to 42, wherein said functionalized cyclodextrin has a total NO release after 4 hours in a range of between about 0.3-2.0 mhioΐ of NO per milligram of the functionalized cyclodextrin.
59. A functionalized cyclodextrin represented by the following structure:
Figure imgf000092_0001
wherein
n is an integer;
m is an integer;
each instance of Ri is represented by -X1-((CH )fX2)g’((CH )qX3)r-(CH2)h’H; each of f , q, g, r, and h’ is independently selected as an integer; each instance of X1, X2, or X3 is independently selected from O, NH, and a nitric oxide donating substituent,
the total releasable nitric oxide storage ranges from about 1.0 mhioΐ to 2.5 mhioΐ of NO per milligram of functionalized cyclodextrin,
the half-life for nitric oxide release ranges from about 0.1-24 hours, and the total duration of NO release ranges from about 1-60 hours.
60. The functionalized cyclodextrin of embodiment 59, further comprising at least one guest drug, wherein the guest drug exerts therapeutic effects at a lower concentration when complexed with the functionalized cyclodextrin, as compared to the guest drug alone. 61. A method of delivering NO to a subject comprising, administering the functionalized cyclodextrin of embodiment 59 or 60 to the subject.
62. The method of embodiment 61, wherein the administration route is via inhalation and the NO delivery treats a disease of the lungs.
63. The method of embodiment 61 or 62, wherein the disease of the lungs is cystic fibrosis.
64. The method of any one of embodiments 61-63, wherein the disease of the lungs is lung cancer.
65. Use of the functionalized cyclodextrin of embodiment 59 or 60, in the preparation of a medicament for the treatment of a disease or condition.
66. Use of the functionalized cyclodextrin of embodiment 59 or 60, for the treatment of a disease or condition.
67. A method of treating the respiratory system, comprising:
administering to a lung via inhalation, a composition comprising functionalized cyclodextrin;
wherein functionalized cyclodextrin has a total releasable nitric oxide storage ranging from about 1.0 mhioΐ to 2.5 mhioΐ of NO per milligram of functionalized cyclodextrin,
wherein the half-life for nitric oxide release ranges from about 0.1-24 hours, and
wherein the total duration of NO release ranges from about 1-60 hours.
68. A method of treating the respiratory system, comprising:
administering to a lung via inhalation, a composition comprising functionalized cyclodextrin; wherein functionalized cyclodextrin has a total releasable nitric oxide storage of at least about 1.0 mhioΐ per milligram of functionalized cyclodextrin; and
wherein the half-life for nitric oxide release is at least 1 hour.
69. A functionalized cyclodextrin represented by the following structure:
Figure imgf000094_0001
wherein
n is an integer selected from 1 to 8;
m is an integer from 0 to 7;
each instance of Ri is represented by -X1-((CH )fX2)g’((CH )qX3)r-(CH2)h’H; wherein
each of f , q, g, r, and h’ is independently selected from an integer from 0 to 4; and
each instance of X1, X2, or X3 is independently selected from O, NH, and a nitric oxide donating substituent.
70. The functionalized cyclodextrin of embodiment 69, wherein at least one instance of
R1 is represented by one of the following:
Figure imgf000094_0002
71. The functionalized cyclodextrin of embodiment 69 or 70, wherein at least one instance of X1, X2, or X3 is represented by the following:
Figure imgf000095_0001
72. The functionalized cyclodextrin of any one of embodiments 69-71, wherein the structure of Formula IIG is further represented by the structure of Formula III:
Figure imgf000095_0002
73. The functionalized cyclodextrin of any one of embodiments 69-72, wherein at least one instance of R1 is represented by one of the following:
Figure imgf000095_0003
Figure imgf000096_0001
74. The functionalized cyclodextrin of any one of embodiments 69-73, wherein n is an integer selected from 6, 7, and 8.
75. The functionalized cyclodextrin of any one of embodiments 69-74, wherein m is 0. 76. The functionalized cyclodextrin of any one of embodiments 69-75, wherein at least one instance of R1 is represented by one of the following:
Figure imgf000096_0002
77. The functionalized cyclodextrin of any one of embodiments 69-76, wherein n is 1 and m is 6.
78. The functionalized cyclodextrin of any one of embodiments 69-76, wherein n is 7 and m is 0. 79. The functionalized cyclodextrin of any one of embodiments 69-78, wherein said functionalized cyclodextrin has a total releasable nitric oxide storage of at least 0.5 m mo 1 of NO per milligram of functionalized cyclodextrin. 80. The functionalized cyclodextrin of any one of embodiments 69-79, wherein said functionalized cyclodextrin has a total releasable nitric oxide storage in a range of about 0.5 mhioΐ to 2.5 mhioΐ of NO per milligram of functionalized cyclodextrin.
81. The functionalized cyclodextrin of any one of embodiments 69-80, wherein said functionalized cyclodextrin has a half-life for nitric oxide release in a range of between about 0.7-4.2 hours.
82. The functionalized cyclodextrin of any one of embodiments 69-81, wherein said functionalized cyclodextrin has a total NO release after 4 hours in a range of between about 0.3-2.0 mhioΐ of NO per milligram of the functionalized cyclodextrin.
83. A composition comprising the functionalized cyclodextrin of any one of embodiments 69-82 and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.
84. The composition of embodiment 83, further comprising a cyclodextrin that is not functionalized.
85. The functionalized cyclodextrin of embodiments any one of 69-82 or the composition of embodiment 83 or embodiment 84 further comprising one or more guest drugs complexed with the functionalized cyclodextrin.
86. The functionalized cyclodextrin or composition of any one of embodiments 69-85, in particular, embodiment 85, wherein the one or more guest drugs comprise one or more drugs for the treatment of a cancer, a cardiovascular disease, a microbial infection, platelet aggregation and/or platelet adhesion, pathological conditions resulting from abnormal cell proliferation, transplantation rejections, autoimmune diseases, inflammation, vascular diseases, scar tissue, wound contraction, restenosis, pain, fever, gastrointestinal disorders, respiratory disorders, sexual dysfunctions, sexually transmitted diseases, or wound healing.
87. A method of delivering nitric oxide to a subject, comprising: administering an effective amount of the functionalized cyclodextrin of any one of embodiments 69 to 82 or the composition of embodiment 83 or embodiment 84 to said subject.
88. A method of treating a disease state, comprising:
administering an effective amount of the functionalized cyclodextrin of any one of embodiments 69-82 or the composition of embodiment 83 or embodiment 84 to a subject in need thereof, wherein said disease state is selected from the group consisting of a cancer, a cardiovascular disease, a microbial infection; platelet aggregation and platelet adhesion caused by the exposure of blood to a medical device; pathological conditions resulting from abnormal cell proliferation; transplantation rejections, autoimmune diseases, inflammation, vascular diseases; scar tissue; wound contraction, restenosis, pain, fever, gastrointestinal disorders, respiratory disorders, sexual dysfunctions, and sexually transmitted diseases.
89. The method of embodiment 88, wherein said disease state is a microbial infection.
90. A method of treating a disease state, comprising:
administering an effective amount of the functionalized cyclodextrin of any one of embodiments 69 to 82 or the composition of embodiments 83 or 84 to said subject to a subject in need thereof, wherein said disease state is lung cancer.
91. Use of the functionalized cyclodextrin of any one of embodiments 69 to 82 or the composition of embodiment 83 or 84 for delivering nitric oxide to a subject.
92. Use of the functionalized cyclodextrin of any one of embodiments 69 to 82 or the composition of embodiment 83 or 84 to said subject in the preparation of a medicament for treating a subject in need with a disease state selected from the group consisting of one or more of: a cancer, a cardiovascular disease, a microbial infection; platelet aggregation and platelet adhesion caused by the exposure of blood to a medical device; pathological conditions resulting from abnormal cell proliferation; transplantation rejections, autoimmune diseases, inflammation, vascular diseases; scar tissue; wound contraction, restenosis, pain, fever, gastrointestinal disorders, respiratory disorders, sexual dysfunctions, and sexually transmitted diseases.
93. A method of manufacturing a functionalized cyclodextrin comprising:
mixing a cyclodextrin with a functionalizing compound comprising a leaving group and a secondary amine to provide a cyclodextrin having a secondary amine.
94. The method of embodiment 93, wherein the leaving group is one or more of -OTs, -OMs, -Cl, -Br, or -I.
95. The method of embodiments 93 or 94, further comprising exposing the cyclodextrin having a secondary amine with NO to afford an NO releasing functionalized cyclodextrin.
96. The method of any one of embodiments 93 to 95, comprising mixing the cyclodextrin with a guest molecule to provide a host guest complex.
The following examples are offered by way of illustration and not by way of limitation.
EXAMPLES
Example 1
1.1 Materials and Instruments
b-Cyclodextrin (CD), p-toluenesufonyl chloride, sodium hydroxide, bromine, triphenylphosphine, propylamine (PfreportA), 2-methoxyethylamine (MA), ethylenediamine (EDA), diethylenetriamine (DETA), A-(2-Hydroxyethyl)ethylenediamine (HEDA), propidium iodide (PI), fetal bovine serum (FBS), Dulbecco’s modified Eagle’s medium (DMEM), phenazine methosulfate (PMS), trypsin, 3-(4,5-dimethylthiazol-2-yl)-5-(3- carboxymethoxyphenyl)-2-(4-sulfophenyl)-2H-tetrazolium inner salt (MTS), Dulbecco’s phosphate buffered saline (DPBS), and penicillin streptomycin (PS) were purchased from Sigma- Aldrich and used without further purification. Sodium methoxide (5.4 M solution in methanol) was purchased from Acros Organics. Nitric oxide (NO) gas (99.5%) was purchased from Praxair. A Milhpore Milli-Q UV Gradient A- 10 System was used to purify distilled water to a final resistivity of 18.2 MW-cm and a total organic content of < 6 ppb. Pseudomonas aeruginosa ( P . aeruginosa ; ATCC #19143) was obtained from the American Type Culture Collection. 4,5-Diaminofluorescein diacetate (DAF-2 DA) was purchased from Calbiochem. Tryptic soy agar (TSA) and Tryptic soy broth (TSB) were purchased from Becton, Dickinson, and Company. L929 mouse fibroblasts (ATCC #CCL-l) were obtained from the University of North Carolina Tissue Culture Facility. All other materials are obtained from commercial sources and used without further purification.
1 H nuclear magnetic resonance ( 1 H NMR) spectra were recorded on a Bruker (400
MHz) spectrometer. Mass spectrometry (MS) was performed on a Thermo Scientific LTQ FT Ultra mass spectrometer in positive ion mode. UV-Vis absorption spectra were measured on a PerkinElmer Lambda 40 Spectrophotometer.
1.2 Synthesis of Secondary Amine-Modified CD Derivates
1.2.1 Synthesis of secondary amine-modified mono-substituted CD derivatives:
Figure imgf000100_0001
Scheme SI. Synthesis route of secondary amine-modified mono-substituted CD derivatives.
As shown in Figure la (and Scheme S l), b-CD was modified with secondary amines with tunable percentages of secondary amines. Briefly, b-CD was reacted with tosyl chloride under basic conditions to yield mono-6-tosyl^-cyclodextrin (CD-OTs), a mono-substituted intermediate.
Mono-6-(p-toluenesulfonyl)-6-deoxy-cyclodextrin (CD-OTs) was synthesized based on the reported literature. Briefly, b-Cyclodextrin (50 g, 44.1 mmol) was dissolved in 300 mL of deionized water and then immersed in the 0 °C ice bath. Sodium hydroxide (5.475 g, 137 mmol) was added until complete dissolution of CDs. p-Toluenesulfonyl chloride (8.4 g, 44.1 mmol) dissolved in 30 mL of CH3CN was added dropwise into the mixture, followed by reacting 3 hours at room temperature. The pH value of the crude product solution was adjusted to around 9.0, followed by putting in the 4 °C fridge overnight. The precipitate was filtered and dried under vacuum for 3 days. The final product of CD-OTs was collected as white solid powder (9.836 g, 7.63 mmol, Yield: 17.3%). 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO, d, ppm): 7.72-7.78 (2H, aromatic protons), 7.41-7.47 (2H, aromatic protons), 5.60-5.86 (14H, OH-2,3), 4.75-4.90 (7H, H-l), 4.15-4.60 (6H, OH-6), 3.45-3.75 (28H, H-3, 5, 6), 3.12-3.42 (14H, H-2,4, overlap with HOD), 2.41-2.45 (3H, -CH3 attached to the aromatic ring).
Tosyl groups were further substituted with primary amines (e.g., N-(2-
Hydroxyethyl)ethylenediamine (HEDA), propylamine (PA), 2-methoxyethylamine (MA), ethylenediamine (EDA), and diethylenetriamine (DETA)) to form secondary amine-modified mono-substituted b-CD derivatives. CD-OTs (1.475 g, 1.14 mmol) was added into the single neck round-bottom flask, followed by addition of 10 mL of primary amine (PA, MA, EDA, DETA, HEDA) until completely dissolution of the CD-OTs. The mixture was heated to 75 °C for 1-3 days, depending on the primary amines functional moiety. The crude products were precipitated in cold acetone for 3 times and dried under vacuum at room temperature for 3 days. The final products of mono-substituted CD derivatives (CD-R, R=PA, MA, EDA, DETA, HEDA) were obtained as white solid powders.
These mono-substituted CD derivatives were named as CD-HEDA, CD-PA, CD-MA, CD-EDA, and CD-DETA, respectively, based on the primary amines employed in the reaction.
CD-HEDA (3 days reaction):
Product: 1.264 g, 1.04 mmol, Yield: 90.5%. Molecular weight: 1221.12 g/mol; MS m/z 1221.46 for [M+] 1H NMR (400 MHz, D20, d, ppm): 4.92-5.08 (7H, H-l), 3.71-4.00 (21H, H-3, 5, 6), 3.62-3.70 (2H, -CH2OH), 3.30-3.62 (14H, H-2, 4), 2.57-3.05 (13H, H-6 and methylene groups of -NHCH2CH2NHCH2-).
CD-PA (3 days reaction):
Product: 1.167 g, 0.99 mmol, Yield: 86.7%. Molecular weight: 1176.08 g/mol; MS m/z 1176.44 for [M+] 1H NMR (400 MHz, D20, d, ppm): 4.92-5.07 (7H, H-l), 3.70-3.93 (21H, H-3, 5, 6), 3.30-3.62 (14H, H-2, 4), 2.51-3.20 (9H, H-6 and methylene group in - NHCH2-), 1.37-1.55 (2H, methylene group adjacent to terminal methyl group), 0.74-0.90 (3H, terminal methyl group). Note: Owing to the low boiling point of PA, 10 mL of DMF was used as cosolvent to avoid liquid flooding.
CD-MA (3 days reaction):
Product: 1.230 g, 1.03 mmol, Yield: 90.2%. Molecular weight: 1192.08 g/mol; MS m/z 1192.44 for [M+] 1H NMR (400 MHz, D20, d, ppm): 4.92-5.05 (7H, H-l), 3.70-3.95 (21H, H-3, 5, 6), 3.30-3.62 (16H, -CH20- and H-2, 4), 3.25-3.30 (3H, -OCH3), 2.55-3.10 (9H, H-6 and methylene group of CD-NHCH2-).
CD-EDA (1 day reaction):
Product: 0.905 g, 0.77 mmol, Yield: 67.2%. Molecular weight: 1177.07 g/mol; MS m/z 1177.43 for [M+] 1H NMR (400 MHz, D20, d, ppm): 4.90-5.05 (7H, H-l), 3.70-3.93 (21H, H-3, 5, 6), 3.30-3.62 (14H, H-2, 4), 2.55-2.95 (11H, H-6 and methylene groups of - NH2CH2CH2NH2).
CD-DETA (2 days reaction):
Product: 1.195 g, 0.98 mmol, Yield: 85.6%. Molecular weight: 1220.14 g/mol; MS m/z 1220.48 for [M+] 1H NMR (400 MHz, D20, d, ppm): 4.92-5.05 (7H, H-l), 3.70-3.95 (21H, H-3, 5, 6), 3.30-3.62 (14H, H-2, 4), 2.55-3.05 (15H, H-6 and methylene groups of - NHCH2CH2NHCH2CH2NH2) .
Secondary hydroxyl groups of b-CD were totally converted into bromo groups to generate another intermediate heptakis-6-bromo-6-deoxyl-P-cyclodextrin (CD-Br7). Followed by displacement with primary amines, secondary amine-modified hepta- substituted b-CD derivatives were synthesized, which were classified as CD-HEDA7, CD-PA7, CD-MA7, CD- EDA7, and CD-DETA7, respectively.
i.2.2 Synthesis of secondary amine-modified hepta- substituted CD derivatives:
Figure imgf000103_0001
NH2
OCH3
NHCH2CH2OH
NHCH2CH2NH2
Scheme S2. Synthesis route of secondary amine-modified hepta-substituted CD derivatives.
b-Cyclodextrin (4.320 g, 3.81 mmol) and triphenylphosphine (21 g, 80 mmol) was dissolved in 80 mL of dimethylformamide (DMF). Bromine (4 mL) was then added into the mixture. The solution was stirred at 80 °C for 15 hours. It was then concentrated to half the volume by nitrogen flow overnight. Afterwards, the pH was adjusted to 9-10, by addition of 5.4 M sodium methoxide in methanol. The mixture was stirred at room temperature for 30 minutes, followed by precipitation in 1.5 L of iced water. The precipitate was filtered and dried under vacuum at room temperature for 3 days. The final product of heptakis-6-bromo-6- deoxy-cyclodextrin (CD-Br7) was gained as brown solid powder (3.184 g, 2.02 mmol, Yield: 53. l%).1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO, d, ppm): 5.75-6.10 (14H, OH-2,3), 4.88-5.05 (7H, H- 1), 3.9-4.07 (7H, H-5), 3.77-3.87 (7H, H-3), 3.57-3.75 (14H, H-2, 6), 3.25-3.45 (14H, H- 4, 6, overlap with HOD).
The resulting secondary amine-modified hepta-substituted CD derivatives were synthesized. Briefly, CD-Br7 (1.050 g, 0.67 mmol) and 4 mL of DMF were added into the single-neck round-bottom flask. After complete dissolution, 4 mL of primary amine (PA, MA, EDA, DETA, HEDA) was added, reacting at room temperature for 2 days. The crude product was precipitated in cold acetone for 3 times and dried under vacuum at room temperature for 3 days. The final products of hepta-substituted CD derivatives (CD-R7, R=PA, MA, EDA, DETA, HEDA) were obtained as yellow solid powders.
CD-HEDA7 :
Product: 0.728 g, 0.42 mmol, Yield: 62.8%. Molecular weight: 1737.93 g/mol; MS m/z 869.49 for [M+]/2. 1H NMR (400 MHz, D20, d, ppm): 4.89-5.20 (7H, H-l), 3.75-4.10 (14H, H-3, 5), 3.60-3.73 (14H, -CH2OH), 3.30-3.60 (14H, H-2, 4), 2.40-3.13 (56H, H-6 and methylene groups in -NHCH2CH2NHCH2-).
CD-PA7:
Product: 0.730 g, 0.51 mmol, Yield: 77.0%. Molecular weight: 1422.65 g/mol; MS m/z 1422.85 for [M+] and 711.90 for [M+]/2. 1H NMR (400 MHz, D20, d, ppm): 4.97-5.15 (7H, H-l), 3.80-4.10 (14H, H-3, 5), 3.35-3.65 (14H, H-2, 4), 2.31-3.15 (28H, H-6 and methylene group in -NHCH2-), 1.46-1.65 (14H, methylene group adjacent to terminal methyl group), 0.74-1.00 (21H, terminal methyl group).
CD-MA7:
Product: 0.637 g, 0.42 mmol, Yield: 62.3%. Molecular weight: 1534.64 g/mol; MS m/z 767.89 for [M+]/2. 1H NMR (400 MHz, D20, d, ppm): 4.95-5.13 (7H, H-l), 3.70-4.10 (14H, H-3, 5), 3.32-3.65 (28H, -CH20- and H-2, 4), 3.23-3.32 (21H, -OCH3), 2.60-3.15 (28H, H-6 and methylene group of CD-NHCH2-).
CD-EDA7:
Product: 0.653 g, 0.46 mmol, Yield: 68.6%. Molecular weight: 1429.57 g/mol; MS m/z 1429.78 for [M+], 714.86 for [M+]/2, and 477.26 for [M+]/3. 1H NMR (400 MHz, D20, d, ppm): 4.85-5.20 (7H, H-l), 3.75-4.05 (14H, H-3, 5), 3.30-3.65 (14H, H-2, 4), 2.35-3.15 (42H, H-6 and methylene groups in -NHCH2CH2NH2).
CD-DETA7:
Product: 0.836 g, 0.48 mmol, Yield: 72.4%. Molecular weight: 1731.04 g/mol; MS m/z: 1524.86 for [M+] and 762.93 for [M+]/2. 1H NMR (400 MHz, D20, d, ppm): 4.85-5.15 (7H, H-l), 3.70-4.15 (14H, H-3, 5), 3.30-3.65 (14H, H-2, 4), 2.40-3.15 (54H, H-6 and methylene groups in -NHCH2CH2NHCH2CH2NH2). [Note: according to the NMR and MS result, it was confirmed that some crosslink occurred in the synthesis of CD-DETA7. The possible structure was in scheme S3. However, the crosslink had no effect on the dissolution property in water.]
Figure imgf000105_0001
Scheme S3. Possible molecular structure of crosslinked CD-HEDA7.
Example 2
1.3 Synthesis of N-diazeniumdiolate-modified CD derivatives
The resulting secondary amine-modified CD derivatives were reacted with NO gas (10 bar) under strong alkaline conditions to yield the N-diazeniumdiolates (Figure lb). N- diazeniumdio late-functionalized CD derivatives (CD-NONOates) were characterized by 1H NMR and UV-Vis spectroscopy.
To synthesize /V-diazcniumdio late- modified CD derivatives, mono-substituted or hepta- substituted CD derivatives were added into tunable ratios of H20 and anhydrous methanol (MeOH) (total volume 1.5 mL) depending on the terminal functional groups. The ratios were shown as follows: 1: 1 H20: MeOH (CD-HEDA), 1: 1 H20: MeOH (CD-PA), 1: 1 H20: MeOH (CD-MA), 1: 1 H20: MeOH (CD-EDA), 1: 1 H20: MeOH (CD-DETA), 1: 1 H20: MeOH (CD-HEDA7), 100% MeOH (CD-PA7), 2:8 H20: MeOH (CD-MA7), 1: 1 H20: MeOH (CD-EDA7), 1: 1 H20: MeOH (CD-DETA7). In the following step, 1 equiv of sodium methoxide in methanol (with respect to the molar amount of secondary amine in CD derivatives) was added into the mixture, followed by vortex to gain homogeneous solutions.
The CD derivatives solutions were placed in a stainless steel pressure vessel with strong magnetic stirring. The vessel was purged rapidly with argon three times to a pressure of 7 bar, followed by three longer argon purge cycles (10 minutes) to remove the residual oxygen in from the solutions. The vessel was then pressurized to 10 bar of NO gas, which was maintained for 3 days. The solutions were purged with argon at three times short durations, followed by three times longer purges (10 minutes) to remove unreacted NO gas. The solutions were precipitated in 15 mL of acetone once, followed by centrifugation to remove the solvent. The final product was dried in a vacuum drying oven at room temperature for 2 hours. The resulting NO-releasing CD derivatives were parafilmed and stored at -20 °C for future use.
The representative synthesis and sequent characterization of CD-HEDA7/NO were shown in Figure 2a. 1H NMR provided primary evidence for the successful introduction of N- diazeniumdiolates in CD-HEDA7 backbone (Figure 2b). Of note, only one -NH- group may be sufficiently facile to react with NO, resulting from steric hindrance (Figure 2a). Proton NMR indicated evidence for N-diazeniumdiolate NO do nor- modification on the CD-HEDA7 backbone (Figure 2b). Through diazeniumdiolation, the proton signals in the range of 2.72-3.05 ppm corresponding to methylene groups bound to secondary amines are shifted to downfield (2.90-3.11 ppm), owing to formation of hydrogen bonds between the terminal hydroxyl groups and N-diazeniumdiolate groups. Similar downfield shifts were also observed in the 1H NMR spectra of other hydroxyl- or primary amine-terminated CD-NONOates, such as CD-HEDA/NO, CD-EDA/NO, CD-DETA/NO, CD-EDA7/NO and CD-DETA7/NO (Figures 3-7). Of note, in the 1H NMR spectra of methyl- or hydroxymethyl-terminated CD- NONOates (CD-MA/NO, CD-MA7/NP, CD-PA/NO and CD-PA7/NO), it was found that chemical shifts of methylene groups around the N-diazeniumdiolates were moved to upheld after the formation of N-diazeniumdiolates (Figures 8-11). This may have been attributed to the absence of formation of hydrogen bonds. UV-Vis spectra provided further evidence for the formation of CD-NONOates. Figure lc depicts the UV-Vis spectra of CD-HEDA7 and CD-HEDA7/NO. A strong absorption peak (around -252 nm) typically assigned to the N- diazeniumdiolate structure appeared in the UV-Vis spectrum, indicating the formation of CD- HEDA7/NO. The same strong absorption peaks (around -255 nm) were also observed in all other CD-NONOates (Figure 12 and 13). Additionally, the broad absorption peak around 330-360 nm assigned to carcinogenic N-nitrosamine species was not detected, suggesting that these CD derivatives did not form N-nitrosamines during the N-diazeniudiolation synthesis. During the N-diazeniumdiolation step, in several embodiments, NO first reacts with a secondary amine to yield a nitrosamine radical anion intermediate; subsequently, this intermediate reacts with another molecule of NO to form the N-diazeniumdiolate. High pressures (e.g., about 10 bar or more) of NO drive the reaction to the desired N- diazeniumdiolate product.
1.4 Characterization of NO storage and release
The real-time NO release was monitored by using a Sievers NOA 280i chemiluminescence NO analyzer (NOA, Boulder, CO). Prior to analysis, the NO analyzer was calibrated with air passed through a NO zero filter (0 ppm of NO) and 25.87 ppm of standard NO gas. In a typical measurement, 1 mg of /V-diazcniumdio late- modified CD derivatives were added into a sample vessel with 30 mL of deoxygenated PBS (pH 7.4, 37 °C) to initiate NO release. The vessel was purged with nitrogen at a flow rate of 80 mL/min to carry the liberated NO gas to the NOA analyzer. Additional nitrogen flow was supplied to the vessel to match the collection rate of instrument (200 mL/min). NO analysis was terminated when NO level was reduced to below 10 ppb NO/mg CD derivatives. Chemiluminescence data for the NO-releasing CD derivatives were listed as follows: 1) total amount of NO storage (t[NO], pmol NO/mg of secondary amine-functionalized CD derivatives); 2) the half-life of NO release (ti/2, hour); 3) the maximum flux of NO release ([NO]max, ppb/mg of secondary amine- functionalized CD derivatives); 4) amount of NO released over 4 hours (t4h[NO], pmol NO/mg of secondary amine-functionalized CD derivatives), 5) conversion efficiency of secondary amine to /V-diazeniumdiolate (%).
N-diazeniumdiolates NO scaffolds are pH-triggered NO-release donors. Figure l4a displays the dissociation of N-diazeniumdiolate-functionalized CD derivatives. Reacting with proton in the physiological condition (e.g., 37 °C, pH 7.4), 1 mole of N-diazeniumdiolate regenerates 1 mole of the parent secondary amine compounds and two moles of NO radicals. The real-time detection of NO was performed by using a chemiluminescence-based nitric oxide analyzer (NOA). The total NO storage and dissociation kinetics of water-soluble CD- NONOates were measured in physiological condition (pH 7.40, 37 °C). As shown in Figure l4a, the degradation of the N-diazeniumdiolate upon pro to nation yields two moles of NO and the parent secondary amine. In several embodiments, degradation is pH-dependent, and results in more rapid release at lower pH. The resulting NO-release parameters (e.g., total NO storage, half-life of NO release, maximum flux, and conversion efficiency) are provided in Table 1. In Table 1 (Nitric oxide-releasing properties for CD-NONOates in PBS (pH 7.4) at 37°C), (a) - (c) are as follows: (a) The molecular structure segment of N-diazeniumdiolate in the backbone; (b) NO payload; (c) NO released over 4 h (pmol) per milligram of N- diazeniumdio late-modified CD derivatives. Each parameter was analyzed in replicate (n > 3); (c) The theoretical maximum NO payloads were obtained by assuming that 1 mole secondary amine forms two moles of NO. Conversion efficiency was calculated by dividing the NO A data by the theoretical maximum NO payloads. Representative real-time NO release profiles of N-diazeniumdiolates CD derivatives are shown in Figures l4b and 15. In general, CD derivatives exhibited high and tunable NO storage capabilities (e.g., total NO storage from ~0.6 pmol/mg to -2.4 pmol/mg) and adjustable NO-release kinetics (e.g., NO-release half- lives spanning about 0.7 h to about 4.2 h), by controlling the amount of secondary amines and exterior chemical modifications. In some embodiments, these characteristics can be further tuned to yield, for example total NO storage ranging from about 1.0 pmol/mg to about 5.0 pmol/mg, including about 1.5 pmol/mg, about 2.0 pmol/mg, about 2.5 pmol/mg, about 3.0 pmol/mg, about 3.5 pmol/mg, about 4.0 pmol/mg, about 4.5 pmol/mg, or about 5.0 pmol/mg, including any amount of NO storage between those listed values. Additionally, in several embodiments the NO-release half-life can be tuned to about 2 hours to about 8 hours, including about 2.5 hours, about 3 hours, about 3.5 hours, about 4 hours, about 4.5 hours, about 5 hours, about 6 hours, about 7 hours, or about 8 hours, or any time between those listed. Further calculation reveals that conversion efficiencies of secondary amines in CD derivatives to N-diazeniumdiolates varied from 12% to 41%. Without being restricted to any particular mechanism, the high conversion efficiency may be attributed to the distance between the NO donor precursors (e.g., secondary amines) and the oligo saccharide ring, leading to less sterically hindered formation of N-diazeniumdiolates. Fower efficiencies may have been due to proximity to the CD saccharide backbone.
Further inspection was performed to discover the differences among the real-time NO releases of mono-substituted CD-NONOates (Figure l5a). Total NO storage for all the mono- substituted CD-NONOates was found to be around -0.6 pmol/mg. The NO-release kinetics of these CD-NONOates could be varied depending on the identity of the polyamine NO donor precursor. The NO release kinetics of these CD-NONOates can be adjusted by exterior chemical modifications (including adding additional NO binding moieties to each CD molecule), according to several embodiments. The half-lives of NO release for CD- HEDA/NO, CD-MA/NO and CD-PA/NO were 0.71 h, 1.46 h and 1.73 h, respectively. Such NO release kinetics are attributed to the diverse hydrophilicity of different functionalities (HEDA>MA>PA), facilitating water uptake quickly for the N-diazeniumdiolates decomposition. In some embodiments, N-diazeniumdiolates can be stabilized by the adjacent cationic ammonium groups, resulting in extended NO release (see, e.g., Figure l4c). To demonstrate, EDA and DETA were selected to synthesize primary amine terminated CD derivatives (CD-EDA and CD-DETA) scaffolds. It was hypothesized that N-diazeniumdiolate NO donors can be stabilized by the cationic protonated amine groups as depicted in Figure l4c, leading to extended NO release kinetics. It was found that, as according to several embodiments disclosed herein, primary amine-terminated CD-NONOates had long half-life times of 3.36 h (CD-EDA/NO) and 4.22 h (CD-DETA/NO). Thus, in several embodiments, where long half-lives are desired, stabilized CD-NONOates can be employed and where short half-lives are required, non- stabilized structures (e.g., those without primary amine terminations) can be employed. Both primary amine-terminated CD-NONOates led to significantly longer NO release (3.36 and 4.22 h NO-release half-lives for CD-EDA/NO and CD-DETA/NO, respectively), relative to the alkyl substituted systems.
Whether CD derivatives with higher percentage of secondary amines increase NO storage was tested. In the design for this study, hepta- substituted CD derivatives were synthesized and used as new NO donor scaffolds, increasing the amount of secondary amines seven-fold compared to mono-substituted CD derivatives. Their representative real-time NO- release profiles were shown in Figure l5b. It was found that, hepta-CD derivatives exhibited higher NO storage capabilities (Table 1). Their total NO storages for hepta- substituted CD- R7/NO (R=MA, PA, and EDA) are -1.13 pmol/mg, -1.26 pmol/mg, and -1.24 pmol/mg, respectively, increasing by almost two times than that of mono-substituted CD-NONOates. In particular, CDs with seven longer molecular chains (e.g., DETA and HEDA) exhibited four times increase in NO storage, owing to the lessened steric hindrance. Although the percentage of secondary amine increased seven-fold, the increase of total NO storage was less than seven times, owing to the steric hindrance and repulsion interaction among negatively-charged N- diazeniumdiolates. Nevertheless, these biopolymers represent a notable advancement in NO loading on a sugar-like biopolymer that are, according to embodiments disclosed herein,
Figure imgf000110_0001
_
amenable for delivering therapeutic levels of NO in a water-soluble and non- toxic form.
Table 1: Nitric oxide-releasing properties for CD-NONOates in PBS (pH 7.4) at 37°C (a) Total NO storage; (b) NO released over 4 h (pmol) per milligram of /V-diazeniumdiolates CD derivatives. Each parameter was analyzed with multiple replicates (n > 3).
Example 3
1.5 Bactericidal assays against planktonic P. aeruginosa
Nitric oxide may be an efficient antibacterial agent. The antibacterial activity of the NO-releasing CD derivatives was evaluated against Gram-negative P. aeruginosa, a model pathogen associated with serious medical infections (e.g., traumatic burns, cystic fibrosis). Pseudomonas aeruginosa is a Gram-negative pathogen. Bacterial viability assays were performed under static conditions. Minimum bactericidal concentrations over 4 hours exposure (MBC4h) were used to quantify their bactericidal activity, being required to eliminate bacteria viability by 3 logs (e.g., 99.9% killing). The total NO amount delivered by NO-releasing CD derivatives over this period was also calculated to quantitatively evaluate the required NO dose to achieve bactericidal activity. 1.6 Confocal laser scanning microscope
P. aeruginosa was grown as in the above-mentioned methods and diluted to 107 CFU/mL in sterile PBS containing 10 mM of DAF-2 DA and 30 mM of PL Aliquots of bacteria solution (3mL) were incubated in a glass bottom confocal dish for 45 minutes at 37 °C. A Zeiss 510 Meta inverted confocal laser scanning microscope (Carl Zeiss, Thornwood, NY) with a 488 nm Ar excitation laser (30.0 mW, 2.0% intensity) and a BP 505-530 nm filter was used to record DAF-2 (green) fluorescence images. A 543 nm HeNe excitation laser (1.0 mW, 25.0% intensity) with a BP 560-615 nm filter was used to obtain PI (red) fluorescence images. Both bright field and fluorescence images were collected using an N.A. 1.2 Capochromat water immersion lens with a 40x objective. Either CD-PA/NO or CD-EDA/NO was added into the bacteria solution to achieve a final concentration of 300 pg/mL. Images were collected every 15 minutes to temporally observe intracellular NO concentrations and bacterial cell death.
1.7 In-vitro cytotoxicity
L929 mouse fibroblasts were cultured in DMEM supplemented with 10% v/v fetal bovine serum (FBS) and 1 wt% penicillin/streptomycin, and incubated in 5% v/v C02 under humidified conditions at 37 °C. After reaching confluency (80%), the cells were trypsinized, seeded onto tissue-culture treated polystyrene 96-well plates at a density of lxlO4 cells/mL, and incubated at 37 °C for 24 hours. The supernatant was then aspirated and replaced with 100 pL of fresh growth medium containing various concentrations of both unmodified control and NO-releasing CD derivatives to each well. After incubation at 37 °C for 4 hours, the supernatant was aspirated and 100 pL of a mixture of DMEM/MTS/PMS (105/20/1, v/v/v) was added to each well. The absorbance of the resulting colored solutions over 3 hours incubation was quantified by using a Thermo Scientific Multiskan EX plate reader (Waltham, MA) at 490 nm. The mixture of DMEM/MTS/PMS and untreated cells were used as a blank and control, respectively. Cell viability was calculated according to the following formula:
Figure imgf000111_0001
Both MBC4h and required NO doses are provided in Table 2. The TSA bacterial stock of P. aeruginosa colony was cultured in 3 mL of TSB overnight (around 16 hours) at 37 °C. A 1000 pL aliquot of the resulting suspension was added into 15 mL of fresh TSB and incubated at 37 °C for another 2 hours, to achieve a concentration of 108 colony forming units per mL (CFU/mL, confirmed by the OD600). The bacteria was collected by centrifugation, resuspended in sterile PBS, and diluted to 106 CFU/mL. The antibacterial efficacy of both non-NO-releasing and NO-releasing CD derivatives against P. aeruginosa was evaluated under static condition over 4 hours at 37 °C. Blanks (untreated cells) were incubated in each experiment to ensure the bacteria remained viable at 106 CFU/mL over 4 hour assay. 100 pL aliquots of blank, control or NO-releasing CD derivatives treated bacteria suspensions were shifted, diluted lO-fold in sterile FLO and plated on TSA plates using an Eddy Jet spiral plater (IUL; Farmingdale, NY), followed by incubation overnight at 37 °C. Bacterial viability was evaluated via total colony count on the TSA plates by using a Flash & Go colony counter (IUL; Farmingdale, NY). Minimum bactericidal concentrations (MBC4h) were designated as the minimum concentration of NO- releasing CD-derivatives over 4 hours exposure that resulted in a 3-log reduction of bacterial viability compared to the blank. Of note, the limit of detection for this selected plate counting method is 2.5xl03 CFU/mL.
The antibacterial ability of both control and NO-releasing mono-substituted CD derivatives was first tested to evaluate the effects of terminal groups on the bactericidal process. At equivalent concentrations, control mono-substituted CD derivatives did not result in a notable reduction in bacterial viability (without NO donor), indicating NO works as an antibacterial agent (Figure 16). The bactericidal NO dose listed in Table 2 revealed that primary amine-terminated CD-NONOates required less NO dose to eliminate P. aeruginosa, compared to methyl-, hydroxyl-, or hydroxymethyl- terminated CD-NONOates. The methyl-, hydroxyl-, and methoxyl- terminated CD-NONOates took 2-4 times more NO to achieve similar action. It was hypothesized that the increased antibacterial capability of primary amine-terminated NO-releasing CD derivatives was ascribed to fast association between positively-charged primary amine groups and negatively-charged cellular membrane of P. aeruginosa and the resulting highly efficient NO delivery. In this regard, the bactericidal action of mono-substituted CD-NONOates, according to some embodiments, is related to the types of exterior modifications a particular CD has.
Table 2. Minimum bactericidal concentration (MBC) and NO doses of NO-releasing CD derivatives required for 3 -log reduction in planktonic P. aeruginosa viability
Figure imgf000113_0001
To further confirm the increased antibacterial activity of primary amine terminated mono-substituted CD-NONOates resulted from the fast interaction with bacteria membranes, confocal laser scanning microscopy (CLSM) was utilized to study the association activity of CD-EDA/NO and CD-PA/NO with P. aeruginosa. NO-responsive fluorescent probe 4,5- diamino fluorescein diacetate (DAF-2 DA) and nucleic acid- sensitive fluorescent dye propidium iodide (PI) were dispersed inside and outside P. aeruginosa cells, respectively. Prior to exposure to NO-releasing CD-NONOates, no autofluorescence was observed from either DAF-2 or PI. Upon exposure, progressively increased green DAF-2 fluorescence (Figures l7b and 18) was observed if P. aeruginosa loaded with DAF-2 was exposed to 300 pg/mF of CD-PA/NO, indicating CD-PA/NO permeated into the bacterial membranes and a high concentration of NO accumulated inside the bacterial membranes. Of note, green fluorescence was not observed when P. aeruginosa loaded with DAF-2 was exposed to 300 pg/mF of CD-EDA/NO (Figures l7e and 19). In this case, intracellular NO accumulation was no longer measurable owing to cellular membrane damage. Red PI fluorescence indicative of cell death was not observed in CD-PA/NO at 1 hour (Figure 18), but observed in CD- EDA/NO (Figure 19). Additionally, red PI fluorescence were both observed over 2 hours incubation (Figures l7c and l7f), with greater intensity in CD-EDA/NO. These data indicated that the cellular damage rate of CD-PA/NO is slower than that of CD-EDA/NO, indirectly manifesting that CD-EDA/NO exhibited a fast association with P. aeruginosa.
Table 2 also revealed that hepta- substituted CD-NONOates exhibited greater antibacterial capability than mono-substituted CD-NONOates with the same terminal functions, attributed to the increased NO storage. Although hepta- substituted CD-NONOates had lower MBCs, the NO doses required to kill P. aeruginosa were similar with that of mono- substituted CD-NONOates when overall mass of the biopolymer was taken into account. In addition, inspection of the bactericidal efficacy curves (Figure 20) revealed that control hepta- substituted CDs with PA, HEDA, EDA and DETA possessed enhanced antibacterial ability compared with mono-substituted CDs. As in several embodiments, this is due to the increased percentages of modified alkyl- or amine groups in molecular backbones. The greater density of alkyl and/or amine functional groups may lead to faster membrane intercalation and cell membrane damage, respectively. These results may be similar to that observed with alkyl chains modified dendrimers or other primary amine-terminated antibacterial agents, attributing this effect to fast membrane interaction and cell membrane damage.
Despite effective bactericidal capability, the applicability of new antibacterial agents is also determined by their toxicity to mammalian cells. With respect to therapeutic potential, toxicity to mammalian cells is an important factor in the development of any new antibacterial agent. The cytotoxicity of CD-NONOates was evaluated by exposing mouse fibroblast cells to various concentrations (0-2000 pg/rnL) of both control and NO-releasing CD derivatives over a 4 hour exposure. Both control and mono-substituted CD-NONOates exhibited a non toxic nature (above 50% cell viability) against mouse fibroblast cells even up to 2000 pg/rnL (Figure 2la), regardless of their terminated functional moiety. While hepta- substituted CD derivatives are nontoxic, the cytotoxicity of hepta- substituted CD-NONOates was found to be related to their terminal functional groups (Figure 2lb). Both CD-PA7/NO and CD-MA7/NO were tolerable to the mouse fibroblasts even at 2000 pg/rnL (63% and 73% cell viability for CD-PA7/NO and CD-MA7/NO, respectively). Cell viabilities of CD-EDA7/NO or CD- DETA7/NO were lower at all tested concentrations. The behavior is in part related to the effective delivery of NO induced by the fast cellular uptake of positively charged macro molecular systems. This behavior was also ascribed to the large amounts of terminal primary amines groups. Cytotoxicity can be diminished by introducing numerous hydroxyl groups so hydroxyl-terminated CD-HEDA7/NO with similar high NO total exhibited non toxicity at the concentrations below 1000 pg/mL. In summary, the non- toxic nature of NO- releasing CD derivatives and their antibacterial efficacy against P. aeruginosa suggests that these NO-releasing CD derivatives may be utilized as new antimicrobial agents for applications including wound healing and respiratory disease (e.g., cystic fibrosis).
Example 4
Additional testing was done to determine the antibacterial efficacy and toxicity of DETA, DETA/NO (DETA functionalized with NO), and DETA/NO mixed with CD (at ratios of 1: 1 or 1:2) as compared to CD-DETA or CD-DETA/NO (CD-DETA functionalized with NO). The same conditions as disclosed above for antibacterial testing and cytotoxicity was used.
Figure 2lc shows bacterial viability data for DETA, DETA/NO, and DETA/NO mixed with CD (at ratios of 1: 1 or 1:2). These data indicate that, as anticipated, DETA alone is highly antimicrobial, and that mixtures of DETA with NO, and various ratios of CD, while also effective antimicrobials, require greater concentrations to achieve the same effect. Figure 2ld shows data gathered using CD-DETA and CD-DETA/NO (CD-DETA functionalized with NO). These data show a substantial increase in the antimicrobial effects of the CD- DETA/NO functionalized molecule as compared to CD-DETA alone. The concentration of CD-DETA/NO required to achieve a reduction of bacterial cell viability to the 103-104 range was over 4-fold less than that of CD-DETA. Advantageously, in several embodiments, functionalized NO-releasing CDs can achieve desired degrees of antimicrobial activity at lower concentrations (thereby reducing risks of side effects) than non-NO releasing compounds. On a molar basis CD-DETA/NO was much more effective as an antimicrobial agent than even DETA. For instance, CD-DETA/NO has a molecular weight that is about 10 times that of DETA, yet their MBC4h values were similar at similar concentrations. The minimum bactericidal concentrations of the samples are shown in Table 3. Table 3.
Figure imgf000116_0001
Figure 2le shows the cytotoxicity against mammalian cells. From the data, it seemed that the DETA/NO was somewhat favorable for cell proliferation. This was attributed to the presence of NO, which is proliferative at low concentrations and cytotoxic at high concentrations. For bacteria, the addition of NO is more bactericidal at low concentrations and less so at high concentrations. Coupling the DETA to CD makes the combo less cytotoxic and less bactericidal than DETA. Adding the NO to the CD-DETA results in a highly bactericidal compound with similar cytotoxicity to the unloaded CD-DETA. This data also shows that the cytotoxicity of polyamines can be reduced by coupling to CD.
Surprisingly, it was also found that adding CD, even just to solution, seems to augment the proliferative effect of loading NO. The addition of “loose” CD appears protective to mammalian cells and damaging to bacteria. Of note, not all compositions were soluble enough to gather data. For example, the mixture of DETA/NO with CD could only be carried out at a molar ratio of 1: 1 because unmodified CD had low water solubility. DETA/NO is more favorable for the cells proliferation. Low concentration of DETA/NO in accompany with CD is also favorable for cell proliferation. CD-DETA and CD-DETA/NO are non-toxic, up to (at least) 4 mg/mL. DETA is toxic when the concentration is increased to 4 mg/mL.
Biocompatible /V-diazeniumdiolate modified cyclodextrin derivatives with controllable NO storage and tunable NO kinetics were reported in this study. The utility of NO-releasing CD derivatives as new antibacterial agents was demonstrated via the systematic study of total NO storage and exterior terminal functions. In general, NO-releasing CD derivatives with high NO storage exhibit increased bactericidal ability at the same terminal groups. Primary amine- terminated NO-releasing CD derivatives also display enhanced antibacterial activity at similar NO totals. Most of these new NO-releasing CD derivatives are nontoxic against mammalian cells at the bactericidal doses.
A series of secondary amine-modified cyclodextrin (CD) derivatives were synthesized with diverse exterior terminal groups (i.e., hydroxyl, methyl, methoxyl, and primary amine). Subsequent reaction with nitric oxide (NO) gas under alkaline conditions yielded N- diazeniumdiolate-modified CD derivatives. Adjustable NO payloads (e.g., about 0.6-2.4 pmol/mg) and release half-lives (e.g., about 0.7-4.2 h) were achieved by regulating both the amount of secondary amine precursors and the functional groups around the NO donor. The bactericidal action of these NO-releasing cyclodextrin derivatives was evaluated against Pseudomonas aeruginosa, a Gram- negative pathogen with antibacterial activity proving dependent on both the NO payload and exterior modification. Materials containing a high density of NO donors or primary amines exhibited the greatest ability to eradicate P. aeruginosa. Of the materials prepared, only the primary amine-terminated hepta- substituted CD derivatives exhibited toxicity against mammalian L929 mouse fibroblast cells.
Example 5
Apart from exterior modifications to facilitate NO delivery, the interior cavity of cyclodextrin derivatives may be employed as a carrier of hydrophobic drugs. According to several embodiments, delivery of NO with a drug is effective in decreasing the required therapeutic concentration of the drug alone. With this in mind, the ability of CD-NONOates to deliver both NO and a hydrophobic drug was investigated. As a proof-of-concept, promethazine (PM) was selected as a model hydrophobic drug. PM is a neuroleptic mediation used as an antiemetic and remedy for motion sickness. It has also been used off-label as an antibacterial agent. CD may be used as an effective carrier for PM, with both enhanced water- solubility and tolerability (Figure 22). The antibacterial actions of PM, the complex of PM and CD-DETA, and the complex of PM and CD-DETA/NO was investigated against P. aeruginosa. As shown in Table 4 and Figure 24b, the MBC4h for PM was 100 pg/mL, even when encapsulated within CD-DETA. The use of CD-DETA/NO to co-deliver NO and PM resulted in significant synergistic activity against P. aeruginosa, decreasing the MBC4h of PM from 100 to 40 mg/mL. As CD-DETA forms an inclusive complex with PM at a molar ratio of 1: 1 (Figure 23), the corresponding concentration of CD-DETA/NO was 162 pg/mL. Bacterial degradation of CD-DETA likely promotes the release of encapsulated PM initiating antibacterial action, in a similar manner to CD-capping silver nanoparticles. Of note, the MBC4h values of CD-DETA and CD-DETA/NO were 8 mg/mL and 250 pg/mL, respectively. Comparing these data, the combined delivery of NO and PM decreases the required MBC of each drug, with potential benefits for drug tolerability and avoiding/reducing potential adverse side-effects clinically. The cytotoxicity of PM, the complex of PM and CD- DETA, and the complex of PM and CD-DETA/NO was evaluated by exposing L929 mouse fibroblast cells to the respective MBC4h (bacteria eradication) concentrations. As shown in Figure 24c, the PM at 100 pg/mL was toxic to the vast majority of the mouse fibroblast cells. In contrast, the cell viability was 31% when using CD-DETA to deliver the PM, as a result of both the lower concentration of PM and its isolation to within the CD derivative. The co- delivery of NO and PM (via CD-DETA/NO) resulted in the least cell toxicity (viability of 52%), unequivocally demonstrating the enhanced effects of co-delivery with NO.
Table 4. MBC4h for NO-releasing CD-DETA and PM against planktonic P. aeruginosa.a
Figure imgf000118_0001
(a) Results of n > 3 pooled experiments.
Herein, the synthesis of N-diazeniumdio late-modified cyclodextrin derivatives with tunable NO pay-loads and NO-release kinetics based on the NO donor pre-cursor structure and modification extent is reported. CD derivatives modified fully with N-diazeniumdio late precursors resulted in significant NO payloads and bactericidal action against P. aeruginosa, regardless of terminal group modification. The antibacterial activity of primary amine- terminated CD derivatives proved greater than any other terminal group functionalization of equivalent NO payload, and was attributed in part to their positive charge and ensuing ability to facilitate greater bacterial association with the negatively charged bacteria. Many CD- NONOates are nontoxic against L929 mouse fibroblast cells at their bactericidal doses. The combined action of NO and promethazine via PM/CD-DETA/NO demonstrates the potential of co-delivering NO with another drug from the same complex. The NO donor-modified CD was capable of delivering promethazine, a hydrophobic drug, thus demonstrating potential as a dual-drug releasing therapeutic.
Example 6
Additional studies were carried out to investigate NO-release properties from b- cyclodextrin under conditions consistent with healthy tissue (pH 7.4) and those of tumor microenvironments (pH 5.4). These studies also evaluated the role of NO-release properties on anticancer action using A549 lung cancer cells with two modifications to vary release kinetics (mono- and hepta- substitution to vary NO totals). This study also evaluated the efficacy of a combined therapeutic (a nitric oxide releasing CD with DOX) as compared to each therapeutic agent individually. This study demonstrates that an effective, targeted, dual action lung cancer therapeutic can be prepared via encapsulation of doxorubicin within NO- releasing b-cyclodextrin.
The synthesis of NO-releasing CDs is shown in Figure 25. Several different functionalized CDs were prepared as shown in Table 5 and using techniques as described elsewhere herein.
Table 5.
Figure imgf000119_0001
Figure imgf000120_0001
As shown in Table 5, NO-releasing cyclodextrins exhibit slow, sustained NO release under physiological conditions consistent with healthy tissue (pH 7.4). Release shifts to that of a burst release profile under conditions mimicking a tumor microenvironment (pH 5.4), suggesting targeted release of NO. All modifications (PA, DETA, and DETA7) except for PA7 have t1/2 under 10 min.
Anticancer potential was evaluated against A549 human lung carcinoma cells using an MTS assay. Figure 26 shows the dose response for CD treatment. All cell work performed in RPMI media and materials corrected for pH using 0.1 M HC1. Figure 27 shows the anticancer action of NO-releasing CD against A549 human lung carcinoma cells using a 24 h MTS assay. Table 6 provides data for that study:
Table 6. NO dose from CD-PA, CD-PA7, CD-DETA, and CD-DETA7
NO dose
Modification
(mpioΐ mL 1)
CD-PA 0.97 + 0.16
CD-PA7 6.77 ± 0.26
CD-DETA 1.07 + 0.06
CD-DETA7 2.21 + 0.14
The error represents 95% confidence interval for IC50. It was found that the addition of NO decreases the IC50 for A549 cells for CD-PA, CD-DETA, and CD-DETA7. This data supports the necessity of a high initial NO flux for enhanced anticancer action. The CD- DETA7 control scaffold showed some cytotoxicity it was shown that it reduced L929 viability to -20% at about 0.25 mg/mL. CD-DETA7 also required higher NO doses. CD-DETA showed large differences in IC50 for NO vs. control, was not cytotoxic (>60% viability) to L929 up to 2 mg/mL. CD-DETA also showed large differences in release kinetics between pH 5.4 and 7.4, and had higher starting NO totals than CD-PA. For these reasons, CD-DETA was chosen as a model for DOX encapsulation.
Figure 28 shows a model of CD complexing doxorubicin. As shown, DOX can be bound by a functionalized CD by exposing the functionalized CD to the guest molecule (e.g., DOX) in the presence of appropriate solvents (dimethylformamide (DMF) and trimethylamine (TEA)). Alternatively, as shown, the functionalized CD can be bound with NO prior to complexation with the guest molecule.
Figures 29a and 29b show DOX (dissolved in acetate buffer (pH 5.4, 10 mM)) at various concentrations and an absorbance curve measured at max = 490 nm, respectively. UV-Vis data show that this technique is suitable for analysis of DOX release, as the LOD is lower than expected values will be. LDR likely extends lower, currently limited by lowest calibration point tested. The limit of detection range (LDR) was 0.0031-0.10 mg mL 1. The limit of detection (LOD) and limit of quantification(LOQ) for DOX are shown below:
Figure imgf000121_0001
Figures 30a-d show characterization of encapsulated DOX. Samples were dissolved in acetate buffer (pH 5.4, 10 mM) and analyzed immediately. CD-DETA does not exhibit any characteristic peaks. CD-DETA-DOX exhibits peak at 490 nm. CD-DETA/NO exhibits strong peak at 258 nm, but also at 326 nm. CD-DETA/NO-DOX exhibits peaks at both 258 nm and 490 nm (also at 326 nm). Figures 3 la-b shows the protocol for determining encapsulation efficiency determination for DOX. CD-DETA-DOX and CD-DETA/NO-DOX were dissolved at 1 mg mL 1 in 3:7 acetonitrile:water, with pH adjusted to 3.0 using 0.1M phosphoric acid. Samples were incubated at 37 °C for 24 h. Standards prepared in 3:7 acetonitrile:water (pH 3.0). Absorbance measured at max = 490 nm. LDR was 0.0016-0.10 mg mL 1. LOD and LOQ were as follows:
Figure imgf000122_0001
This protocol gave similar linear responses as in pH 5.4 acetate buffer and allowed for calculation of encapsulation efficiency. DOX was released quickly at low pH, allowing for totals to be calculated. Drug loading content (DLC) and drug loading efficiency DLE was calculated as follows:
Figure imgf000122_0002
(weight of loaded drug )
OLE (wt%) x 100
(weight of feeding drug )
The loading content and efficiency is shown below in Table 7:
Table 7.
Figure imgf000122_0003
Figure 32 shows NO release profiles of DOX from CD-DETA. Some NO is lost during the DOX encapsulation protocol (-30%), but release kinetics at pH 7.4 are maintained (as shown). The [NO]t for CD-DETA/NO-DOX is - 0.5 pmol mg 1.
Example 7: In Vitro Testing of CD-DETA/NO-DOX
This is a prophetic example. Additional studies are carried out to determine whether the release profile of DOX from CD-DETA-DOX and from CD-DETA/NO-DOX is different. First DOX is encapsulated in CD-DETA and CD-DETA/NO inside dialysis tubing. Aliquots are taken from external solution at 2 h intervals for 24 h and analyzed via UV-Vis. Analysis is performed at both pH 5.4 and 7.4 (n=3) for CD-DETA-DOX and CD-DETA/NO-DOX. It is found that at the pH of healthy tissue (7.4) 95% of the DOX is retained in the CD-DETA and CD-DETA/NO over a period of 2 hours. Over that same period, 70% of the NO is retained in the CD-DETA/NO-DOX. It is found that at the pH of tumor tissue (5.4) 80% of the DOX is released from the CD-DETA and CD-DETA/NO over a period of 2 hours and 90% of the NO. The profile of release of DOX from CD-DETA and CD-DETA/NO is substantially the same.
The anticancer capabilities of the CD-DETA-DOX and from CD-DETA/NO-DOX are then tested using A549 cells. It is found that the IC50 CD-DETA-DOX is four times as high as that for CD-DETA/NO-DOX, demonstrating a synergistic effect of the CD-DETA/NO- DOX for the treatment of cancer.
Example 8: In Vivo Testing of CD-DETA/NO-DOX
This is a prophetic example. Additional studies are carried out to determine whether the differences in efficacy of DOX and CD-DETA/NO-DOX against lung cancer tumors in vivo. 30 patients ranging in age from 40 to 50 years old and suffering from non-small cell lung cancer are divided into three groups of 10. The control group receives liposomal DOX via inhalation using a nebulizer, the first experimental group receives CD-DETA/NO via inhalation using a nebulizer, and the second experimental group receives CD-DETA/NO-DOX via inhalation using a nebulizer. Over the course of 12 months, cancer progress is monitored in each of the patient groups. It is found that, in the control group, 20% of patients are in remission with only 40% showing a reduction in tumor size. In the first experimental group 10% of the patients are in remission and 30% show reduced tumor size. In the second experimental group, 80% of the patients are in remission and the remaining 20% show reduced tumor size. The results demonstrate synergistic activity of CD-DETA/NO and DOX versus DOX or CD-DETA/NO alone. Surprisingly, CD-DETA/NO has some antitumor activity by itself. Any portion of any of the steps, processes, structures, and/or devices disclosed or illustrated in one embodiment, flowchart, or example in this disclosure can be combined or used with (or instead of) any other portion of any of the steps, processes, structures, and/or devices disclosed or illustrated in a different embodiment, flowchart, or example. The embodiments and examples described herein are not intended to be discrete and separate from each other. Combinations, variations, and other implementations of the disclosed features are within the scope of this disclosure.
The terms“approximately,”“about,” and“substantially” as used herein represent an amount close to the stated amount that still performs a desired function or achieves a desired result. For example, in some embodiments, as the context may dictate, the terms “approximately”,“about”, and“substantially” may refer to an amount that is within less than or equal to 10% of the stated amount. The term“generally” as used herein represents a value, amount, or characteristic that predominantly includes or tends toward a particular value, amount, or characteristic.
Some embodiments have been described in connection with the accompanying drawings. Moreover, while operations may be depicted in the drawings or described in the specification in a particular order, such operations need not be performed in the particular order shown or in sequential order, or that all operations be performed, to achieve desirable results. Other operations that are not depicted or described can be incorporated in the example methods and processes. For example, one or more additional operations can be performed before, after, simultaneously, or between any of the described operations. Additionally, the operations may be rearranged or reordered in other implementations.
Conditional language used herein, such as, among others,“can,”“could,”“might,” “may,”“e.g.,” and the like, unless specifically stated otherwise or otherwise understood within the context as used, is generally intended to convey that certain embodiments include, while other embodiments do not include, certain features, elements and/or steps. Thus, such conditional language is not generally intended to imply that features, elements and/or steps are in any way required for one or more embodiments or that one or more embodiments necessarily include logic for deciding, with or without author input or prompting, whether these features, elements and/or steps are included or are to be performed in any particular embodiment. The terms“comprising,”“including,”“having,” and the like are synonymous and are used inclusively, in an open-ended fashion, and do not exclude additional elements, features, acts, operations, and so forth. Also, the term“or” is used in its inclusive sense (and not in its exclusive sense) so that when used, for example, to connect a list of elements, the term“or” means one, some, or all of the elements in the list.
Conjunctive language such as the phrase “at least one of X, Y, and Z,” unless specifically stated otherwise, is otherwise understood with the context as used in general to convey that an item, term, etc. may be either X, Y, or Z. Thus, such conjunctive language is not generally intended to imply that certain embodiments require the presence of at least one of X, at least one of Y, and at least one of Z.
Further, while illustrative embodiments have been described, any embodiments having equivalent elements, modifications, omissions, and/or combinations are also within the scope of this disclosure. Moreover, although certain aspects, advantages, and novel features are described herein, not necessarily all such advantages may be achieved in accordance with any particular embodiment. For example, some embodiments within the scope of this disclosure achieve one advantage, or a group of advantages, as taught herein without necessarily achieving other advantages taught or suggested herein. Further, some embodiments may achieve different advantages than those taught or suggested herein.
In summary, various embodiments and examples of antimicrobial compounds have been disclosed. This disclosure extends beyond the specifically disclosed embodiments and examples to other alternative embodiments and/or other uses of the embodiments, as well as to certain modifications and equivalents thereof. Moreover, this disclosure expressly contemplates that various features and aspects of the disclosed embodiments can be combined with, or substituted for, one another. Accordingly, the scope of this disclosure should not be limited by the particular disclosed embodiments described above, but should be determined by a fair reading of the claims.

Claims

WHAT IS CLAIMED IS:
1. A functionalized cyclodextrin represented by the following structure:
Figure imgf000126_0001
wherein
n is an integer selected from 1 to 8;
m is an integer from 0 to 7;
each instance of Ri is represented by -X1-((CH )fX2)g’((CH )qX3)r-(CH2)h’H; wherein
each of f , q, g, r, and h’ is independently selected from an integer from 0 to 4; and
each instance of X1, X2, or X3 is independently selected from O, NH, and a nitric oxide donating substituent.
2. The functionalized cyclodextrin of claim 1, wherein at least one instance of R1 is represented by one of the following:
Figure imgf000126_0002
3. The functionalized cyclodextrin of claim 1, wherein at least one instance of X1, X2, or X3 is represented by the following:
Figure imgf000127_0001
4. The functionalized cyclodextrin of claim 3, wherein at least one instance of R1 is represented by one of the following:
Figure imgf000127_0002
5. The functionalized cyclodextrin of claim 4, wherein n is an integer selected from 6,
7, and 8.
6. The functionalized cyclodextrin of claim 5, wherein m is 0.
7. The functionalized cyclodextrin of claim 3, wherein at least one instance of R1 is represented by one of the following:
Figure imgf000128_0001
8. The functionalized cyclodextrin of claim 7, wherein n is 1 and m is 6.
9. The functionalized cyclodextrin of claim 7, wherein n is 7 and m is 0.
10. The functionalized cyclodextrin of any one of claims 1 to 9, wherein said functionalized cyclodextrin has a total releasable nitric oxide storage of at least 0.5 mihoΐ of NO per milligram of functionalized cyclodextrin.
11. The functionalized cyclodextrin of any one of claims 1 to 10, wherein said functionalized cyclodextrin has a total releasable nitric oxide storage in a range of about 0.5 mihoΐ to 2.5 mihoΐ of NO per milligram of functionalized cyclodextrin.
12. The functionalized cyclodextrin of any one of claims 1 to 11, wherein said functionalized cyclodextrin has a half-life for nitric oxide release in a range of between about 0.7-4.2 hours.
13. The functionalized cyclodextrin of any one of claims 1 to 11, wherein said functionalized cyclodextrin has a half-life for nitric oxide release over about 1 hour.
14. The functionalized cyclodextrin of any one of claims 1 to 13, wherein said functionalized cyclodextrin has a total NO release after 4 hours in a range of between about 0.3-2.0 mihoΐ of NO per milligram of the functionalized cyclodextrin.
15. A composition comprising the functionalized cyclodextrin of any one of claims 1 to 14 and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.
16. The composition of claim 15, further comprising cyclodextrin that is not functionalized.
17. The functionalized cyclodextrin of any one of claims 1 to 14 or the composition of claim 15 or claim 16 further comprising one or more guest drugs complexed with the functionalized cyclodextrin.
18. The composition of claim 17, wherein the one or more guest drugs comprise one or more drugs for the treatment of a cancer, a cardiovascular disease, a microbial infection, platelet aggregation and/or platelet adhesion, pathological conditions resulting from abnormal cell proliferation, transplantation rejections, autoimmune diseases, inflammation, vascular diseases, scar tissue, wound contraction, restenosis, pain, fever, gastrointestinal disorders, respiratory disorders, sexual dysfunctions, sexually transmitted diseases, or wound healing.
19. A method of delivering nitric oxide to a subject, comprising:
administering an effective amount of the functionalized cyclodextrin of any one of claims 1 to 10 to said subject.
20. A method of treating a disease state, comprising:
administering an effective amount of the functionalized cyclodextrin of any one of claims 1 to 10 to a subject in need thereof, wherein said disease state is selected from the group consisting of a cancer, a cardiovascular disease, a microbial infection; platelet aggregation and platelet adhesion caused by the exposure of blood to a medical device; pathological conditions resulting from abnormal cell proliferation; transplantation rejections, autoimmune diseases, inflammation, vascular diseases; scar tissue; wound contraction, restenosis, pain, fever, gastrointestinal disorders, respiratory disorders, sexual dysfunctions, and sexually transmitted diseases.
21. The method of claim 20, wherein said disease state is a microbial infection.
22. A method of treating a disease state, comprising: administering an effective amount of the functionalized cyclodextrin of any one of claims 1 to 14 or the composition of any one of claims 15 to 18 to said subject to a subject in need thereof, wherein said disease state is lung cancer.
23. Use of the functionalized cyclodextrin of any one of claims 1 to 14 or the composition of any one of claims 15 to 18 for delivering nitric oxide to a subject.
24. Use of the functionalized cyclodextrin of any one of claims 1 to 14 or the composition of any one of claims 15 to 18 to said subject in the preparation of a medicament for treating a subject in need with a disease state selected from the group consisting of one or more of: a cancer, a cardiovascular disease, a microbial infection; platelet aggregation and platelet adhesion caused by the exposure of blood to a medical device; pathological conditions resulting from abnormal cell proliferation; transplantation rejections, autoimmune diseases, inflammation, vascular diseases; scar tissue; wound contraction, restenosis, pain, fever, gastrointestinal disorders, respiratory disorders, sexual dysfunctions, and sexually transmitted diseases.
25. A functionalized cyclodextrin comprising:
at least one ring unit of Formula I:
Formula I
Figure imgf000130_0001
wherein
n is an integer selected from 1 to 8;
Ri, R2, and R are independently selected from the group consisting of -OH,
CH2CH2OH, -CH2CH(OH)CH3, -0-((CH2)t0)u-H, -0-((CH2)tO)u-(CH2)vH, -0-(C salkyl), -C2H5, -C8H17, -NH-((CH2)cNH)d-H, -NH-((CH2)c.NH)d-(CH2)eH,
-X1-((CH2)fX2)g-(CH2)hH, -X1-((CH2)fX2)g’((CH2)qX3)r-(CH2)h’H, -C(0)Me,
-C(0)C3H7, -C(0)C4H9, -CH2COONa, -(CH2)4S03 , -S03 , -C(0)0-((CH2)t0)u-H, -C(0)0-((CH2)tO)U’-(CH2)vH, -C(0)0-(C1-5alkyl), -C(0)NH-((CH2)cNH)d-H,
Figure imgf000131_0001
-C(0)X1-((CH2)fX2)g’((CH2)qX3)r-(CH2)h’-H, glycosyl, maltosyl, and glucuronate; wherein
each instance of c, c’, d, d’, e, f, f , g, g’, h, h’, q, r, t, t’, u, u’, and v is independently selected from an integer from 0 to 10;
each instance of X1, X2, and X3 is independently selected from O, S, NH, and a NO donating substituent; and
at least one instance of X1, X2, and X3 is a NO donating substituent.
26. The functionalized cyclodextrin of claim 25, wherein the NO donating substituented from one of the following:
Figure imgf000131_0003
27. The functionalized cyclodextrin of claim 25 or 26 wherein; and
at least one instance of X1, X2, and X3 is represented by the following structure:
Figure imgf000131_0002
28. A functionalized cyclodextrin comprising:
at least one ring unit of Formula I: Formula I
Figure imgf000132_0001
wherein
n is an integer selected from 1 to 8;
Ri, R2, and R are independently selected from the group consisting of -OH,
-0-((CH2)t0)u-H, -0-((CH2)t’0)U’-(CH2)vH, -0-(C1-5alkyl), -NH-((CH2)cNH)d-H,
-NH-((CH2)C’NH)d’-(CH2)eH, -X1-((CH2)fX2)g-(CH2)hH, and
-X1-((CH2)fX2)g’((CH2)qX3)r-(CH2)h’H;
wherein
each of c, c’, d, d’, e, f, f , g, g’, h, h’, q, r, t, t’, u, u’, and v is independently selected from an integer from 0 to 10;
X1, X2, and X3 are independently selected from O, S, or NH; and at least one of X1, X2, and X3 is represented by the following structure:
Figure imgf000132_0002
29. The functionalized cyclodextrin of claim 28, wherein R1 is
-X1-((CH2)fX2)g’((CH2)qX3)r-(CH2)h’H.
30. The functionalized cyclodextrin of claim 28 or 29, wherein R2 and R are -OH.
31. The functionalized cyclodextrin of any one of claims 28 to 30, further comprising at least one glycopyranoside ring unit having the following structure: glucopyranoside
Figure imgf000132_0003
wherein m is an integer selected from 1 to 8.
32. The functionalized cyclodextrin of claim 31, wherein n is 1 and m is 5, 6, or 7.
33. The functionalized cyclodextrin of claim any one of claims 28 to 31, wherein n is 6, 7, or 8.
34. The functionalized cyclodextrin of claim 28, selected from the group consisting of:
Figure imgf000133_0001
Figure imgf000134_0001
Figure imgf000135_0001
35. A functionalized cyclodextrin comprising: at least one ring unit of Formula I: Formula I
Figure imgf000136_0001
wherein
n is an integer selected from 1 to 8;
Ri, R2, and R3 are independently selected from the group consisting of -OH, -0-((CH2)t0)u-H, -0-((CH2)tO)U’-(CH2)vH, -0-(C1-5alkyl), -NH-((CH2)cNH)d-H, -NH-((CH2)c NH)d -(CH2)eH, -X1-((CH2)fX2)g-(CH2)hH, and
-X1-((CH2)fX2)g’((CH2)qX3)r-(CH2)h’H;
wherein
each of c, c’, d, d’, e, f, f , g, g’, h, h’, q, r, t, t’, u, u’, and v is independently selected from an integer from 0 to 10;
X1, X2, and X3 are independently selected from O, S, or NH; and at least one of X1, X2, and X3 is selected from the group consisting of
Figure imgf000136_0002
36. The functionalized cyclodextrin of claim 35, wherein R1 is
-X1-((CH2)fX2)g’((CH2)qX3)r-(CH2)h’H and at least one of X1, X2, and X3 is the following:
Figure imgf000136_0003
37. The functionalized cyclodextrin of claim 35 or 36, wherein R2 and R3 are -OH.
38. The functionalized cyclodextrin of any one of claims 35 to 37, further comprising at least one glycopyranoside ring unit having the following structure: glucopyranoside
Figure imgf000137_0001
wherein m is an integer selected from 1 to 8.
39. The functionalized cyclodextrin of claim 38, wherein n is 1 and m is 5, 6, or 7.
40. The functionalized cyclodextrin of any one of claims 35 to 38, wherein n is 6, 7, or
8.
41. The functionalized cyclodextrin of claim 35 selected from the group consisting of:
Figure imgf000137_0002
Figure imgf000138_0001
42. A functionalized cyclodextrin comprising:
Figure imgf000138_0002
wherein
n is an integer selected from 1 to 8; m is an integer from 0 to 7; Ri is -X1-((CH2)fX2)g (CH2)qX3)r-(CH2)h.H;
wherein
each of f , g’, q, r, and h’ is independently selected from an integer from 0 to 10; and
X1, X2, and X3 are independently selected from NH or
Figure imgf000139_0001
43. A method of delivering nitric oxide to a subject, comprising:
administering an effective amount of said functionalized cyclodextrin of any one of claims 25 to 42 to said subject.
44. A method of treating a disease state, comprising:
administering an effective amount of said functionalized cyclodextrin of any one of claims 25 to 42 to a subject in need thereof, wherein said disease state is selected from the group consisting of a cancer, a cardiovascular disease, a microbial infection; platelet aggregation and platelet adhesion caused by the exposure of blood to a medical device; pathological conditions resulting from abnormal cell proliferation; transplantation rejections, autoimmune diseases, inflammation, vascular diseases; scar tissue; wound contraction, restenosis, pain, fever, gastrointestinal disorders, respiratory disorders, sexual dysfunctions, and sexually transmitted diseases.
45. The method of claim 44, wherein said disease state is a microbial infection.
46. Use of the functionalized cyclodextrin of any one of claims 25 to 42 for delivering nitric oxide to a subject.
47. Use of the functionalized cyclodextrin of any one of claims 25 to 42 in the preparation of a medicament for treating a subject in need with a disease state selected from the group consisting of one or more of: a cancer, a cardiovascular disease, a microbial infection; platelet aggregation and platelet adhesion caused by the exposure of blood to a medical device; pathological conditions resulting from abnormal cell proliferation; transplantation rejections, autoimmune diseases, inflammation, vascular diseases; scar tissue; wound contraction, restenosis, pain, fever, gastrointestinal disorders, respiratory disorders, sexual dysfunctions, and sexually transmitted diseases.
48. A functionalized cyclodextrin comprising:
at least one ring unit of Formula I:
Formula I
Figure imgf000140_0001
wherein
n is an integer selected from 1 to 8;
Ri, R2, and R3 are independently selected from the group consisting of -OH,
-0-((CH2)t0)u-H, -0-((CH2)tO)u-(CH2)vH, -0-(C1-5alkyl), -NH-((CH2)cNH)d-H, -NH-((CH2)c NH)d -(CH2)eH, -X1-((CH2)fX2)g-(CH2)hH, and
-X1-((CH2)fX2)g’((CH2)qX3)r-(CH2)h’H;
wherein
each of c, c’, d, d’, e, f, f , g, g’, h, h’, q, r, t, t’, u, u’, and v is independently selected from an integer from 0 to 10; and
X1, X2, and X3 are independently selected from O, S, or NH.
49. The functionalized cyclodextrin of claim 48, wherein R2 and R3 are -OH.
50. The functionalized cyclodextrin of claim 49, wherein R1 is
-X1-((CH2)fX2)g (CH2)qX3)r-(CH2)h.H and, where present, each of X1, X2, and X3 is -NH.
51. The functionalized cyclodextrin of claim 48, having a chemical formula selected from the group consisting of:
Figure imgf000141_0001
Figure imgf000142_0001
CD-DETA
52. The functionalized cyclodextrin of any one of claims 25 to 42, wherein said functionalized cyclodextrin has a total releasable nitric oxide storage of at least 0.5 mihoΐ of NO per milligram of functionalized cyclodextrin.
53. The functionalized cyclodextrin of claim 52, wherein said functionalized cyclodextrin has a total releasable nitric oxide storage in a range of about 0.5 mihoΐ to 2.5 mihoΐ of NO per milligram of functionalized cyclodextrin.
54. The functionalized cyclodextrin of claim 53, wherein said functionalized cyclodextrin has a total releasable nitric oxide storage in a range of about 1.0 mihoΐ to 2.5 mihoΐ of NO per milligram of functionalized cyclodextrin.
55. The functionalized cyclodextrin of any one of claims 25 to 42, wherein said functionalized cyclodextrin has a half-life for nitric oxide release in a range of between about 0.1-24 hours.
56. The functionalized cyclodextrin of claim 56, wherein said functionalized cyclodextrin has a half-life for nitric oxide release in a range of between about 0.7-4.2 hours.
57. The functionalized cyclodextrin of any one of claims 25 to 42, wherein said functionalized cyclodextrin has a total duration of NO release in a range of between about 1- 60 hours.
58. The functionalized cyclodextrin of any one of claims 25 to 42, wherein said functionalized cyclodextrin has a total NO release after 4 hours in a range of between about 0.3-2.0 mihoΐ of NO per milligram of the functionalized cyclodextrin.
59. A functionalized cyclodextrin represented by the following structure:
Figure imgf000143_0001
wherein
n is an integer;
m is an integer;
each instance of Ri is represented by -X1-((CH )fX2)g’((CH )qX3)r-(CH2)h’H; each of f , q, g, r, and h’ is independently selected as an integer; each instance of X1, X2, or X3 is independently selected from O, NH, and a nitric oxide donating substituent,
the total releasable nitric oxide storage ranges from about 1.0 mihoΐ to 2.5 mihoΐ of NO per milligram of functionalized cyclodextrin,
the half-life for nitric oxide release ranges from about 0.1-24 hours, and the total duration of NO release ranges from about 1-60 hours.
60. The functionalized cyclodextrin of Claim 59, further comprising at least one guest drug, wherein the guest drug exerts therapeutic effects at a lower concentration when complexed with the functionalized cyclodextrin, as compared to the guest drug alone.
61. A method of delivering NO to a subject comprising, administering the functionalized cyclodextrin of Claim 59 or 60 to the subject.
62. The method of Claim 61, wherein the administration route is via inhalation and the NO delivery treats a disease of the lungs.
63. The method of Claim 62, wherein the disease of the lungs is cystic fibrosis.
64. The method of Claim 62, wherein the disease of the lungs is lung cancer.
65. Use of the functionalized cyclodextrin of Claim 59 or 60 in the preparation of a medicament for the treatment of a disease or condition.
66. Use of the functionalized cyclodextrin of Claim 59 or 60 for the treatment of a disease or condition.
67. A method of treating the respiratory system, comprising:
administering to a lung via inhalation, a composition comprising functionalized cyclodextrin;
wherein functionalized cyclodextrin has a total releasable nitric oxide storage ranging from about 1.0 mhioΐ to 2.5 mhioΐ of NO per milligram of functionalized cyclodextrin,
wherein the half-life for nitric oxide release ranges from about 0.1-24 hours, and
wherein the total duration of NO release ranges from about 1-60 hours.
68. A method of treating the respiratory system, comprising:
administering to a lung via inhalation, a composition comprising functionalized cyclodextrin;
wherein functionalized cyclodextrin has a total releasable nitric oxide storage of at least about 1.0 mhioΐ per milligram of functionalized cyclodextrin; and
wherein the half-life for nitric oxide release is at least 1 hour.
69. A functionalized cyclodextrin represented by the following structure:
Figure imgf000145_0001
wherein
n is an integer selected from 1 to 8;
m is an integer from 0 to 7;
each instance of Ri is represented by -X1-((CH )fX2)g’((CH )qX3)r-(CH2)h’H; wherein
each of f , q, g, r, and h’ is independently selected from an integer from 0 to 4; and
each instance of X1, X2, or X3 is independently selected from O, NH, and a nitric oxide donating substituent.
70. The functionalized cyclodextrin of claim 69, wherein at least one instance of R1 is represented by one of the following:
Figure imgf000145_0002
71. The functionalized cyclodextrin of claim 69 or 70, wherein at least one instance of X1, X2, or X3 is represented by the following:
Figure imgf000146_0001
72. The functionalized cyclodextrin of any one of claims 69 to 71, wherein the structure of Formula IIG is further represented by the structure of Formula III:
Figure imgf000146_0003
73. The functionalized cyclodextrin of any one of claims 69 to 72, wherein at least one instance of R1 is represented by one of the following:
Figure imgf000146_0002
Figure imgf000147_0002
74. The functionalized cyclodextrin of any one of claims 69 to 73, wherein n is an integer selected from 6, 7, and 8.
75. The functionalized cyclodextrin of any one of claims 69 to 74, wherein m is 0.
76. The functionalized cyclodextrin of any one of claims 69 to 75, wherein at least one instance of R1 is represented by one of the following:
Figure imgf000147_0001
77. The functionalized cyclodextrin of any one of claims 69 to 76, wherein n is 1 and m is 6.
78. The functionalized cyclodextrin of any one of claims 69 to 76, wherein n is 7 and m is 0.
79. The functionalized cyclodextrin of any one of claims 69 to 78, wherein said functionalized cyclodextrin has a total releasable nitric oxide storage of at least 0.5 m mo 1 of NO per milligram of functionalized cyclodextrin.
80. The functionalized cyclodextrin of any one of claims 69 to 79, wherein said functionalized cyclodextrin has a total releasable nitric oxide storage in a range of about 0.5 mihoΐ to 2.5 mihoΐ of NO per milligram of functionalized cyclodextrin.
81. The functionalized cyclodextrin of any one of claims 69 to 80, wherein said functionalized cyclodextrin has a half-life for nitric oxide release in a range of between about 0.7-4.2 hours.
82. The functionalized cyclodextrin of any one of claims 69 to 81, wherein said functionalized cyclodextrin has a total NO release after 4 hours in a range of between about 0.3-2.0 mihoΐ of NO per milligram of the functionalized cyclodextrin.
83. A composition comprising the functionalized cyclodextrin of any one of claims 69 to 82 and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.
84. The composition of claim 83, further comprising a cyclodextrin that is not functionalized.
85. The functionalized cyclodextrin of any one of claims 69 to 82 or the composition of claim 83 or claim 84 further comprising one or more guest drugs complexed with the functionalized cyclodextrin.
86. The functionalized cyclodextrin or composition of claim 85, wherein the one or more guest drugs comprise one or more drugs for the treatment of a cancer, a cardiovascular disease, a microbial infection, platelet aggregation and/or platelet adhesion, pathological conditions resulting from abnormal cell proliferation, transplantation rejections, autoimmune diseases, inflammation, vascular diseases, scar tissue, wound contraction, restenosis, pain, fever, gastrointestinal disorders, respiratory disorders, sexual dysfunctions, sexually transmitted diseases, or wound healing.
87. A method of delivering nitric oxide to a subject, comprising: administering an effective amount of the functionalized cyclodextrin of any one of claims 69 to 82 or the composition of claim 83 or claim 84 to said subject.
88. A method of treating a disease state, comprising:
administering an effective amount of the functionalized cyclodextrin of any one of claims 69 to 82 or the composition of claim 83 or claim 84 to a subject in need thereof, wherein said disease state is selected from the group consisting of a cancer, a cardiovascular disease, a microbial infection; platelet aggregation and platelet adhesion caused by the exposure of blood to a medical device; pathological conditions resulting from abnormal cell proliferation; transplantation rejections, autoimmune diseases, inflammation, vascular diseases; scar tissue; wound contraction, restenosis, pain, fever, gastrointestinal disorders, respiratory disorders, sexual dysfunctions, and sexually transmitted diseases.
89. The method of claim 88, wherein said disease state is a microbial infection.
90. A method of treating a disease state, comprising:
administering an effective amount of the functionalized cyclodextrin of any one of claims 69 to 82 or the composition of claim 83 or claim 84 to said subject to a subject in need thereof, wherein said disease state is lung cancer.
91. Use of the functionalized cyclodextrin of any one of claims 69 to 82 or the composition of claim 83 or claim 84 for delivering nitric oxide to a subject.
92. Use of the functionalized cyclodextrin of any one of claims 69 to 82 or the composition of claim 83 or claim 84 to said subject in the preparation of a medicament for treating a subject in need with a disease state selected from the group consisting of one or more of: a cancer, a cardiovascular disease, a microbial infection; platelet aggregation and platelet adhesion caused by the exposure of blood to a medical device; pathological conditions resulting from abnormal cell proliferation; transplantation rejections, autoimmune diseases, inflammation, vascular diseases; scar tissue; wound contraction, restenosis, pain, fever, gastrointestinal disorders, respiratory disorders, sexual dysfunctions, and sexually transmitted diseases.
93. A method of manufacturing a functionalized cyclodextrin comprising:
mixing a cyclodextrin with a functionalizing compound comprising a leaving group and a secondary amine to provide a cyclodextrin having a secondary amine.
94. The method of claim 93, wherein the leaving group is one or more of -OTs, -OMs, -Cl, -Br, or -I.
95. The method of claim 93 or 94, further comprising exposing the cyclodextrin having a secondary amine with NO to afford an NO releasing functionalized cyclodextrin.
96. The method of any one of claims 93 to 95, comprising mixing the cyclodextrin with a guest molecule to provide a host guest complex.
PCT/US2019/021051 2018-03-06 2019-03-06 Nitric oxide-releasing cyclodextrins as biodegradable antibacterial scaffolds and methods pertaining thereto WO2019173539A1 (en)

Priority Applications (7)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
AU2019231712A AU2019231712A1 (en) 2018-03-06 2019-03-06 Nitric oxide-releasing cyclodextrins as biodegradable antibacterial scaffolds and methods pertaining thereto
CN201980016822.XA CN111836648A (en) 2018-03-06 2019-03-06 Nitric oxide releasing cyclodextrins as biodegradable antimicrobial scaffolds and related methods
CA3091458A CA3091458A1 (en) 2018-03-06 2019-03-06 Nitric oxide-releasing cyclodextrins as biodegradable antibacterial scaffolds and methods pertaining thereto
EP19763961.0A EP3762039A4 (en) 2018-03-06 2019-03-06 Nitric oxide-releasing cyclodextrins as biodegradable antibacterial scaffolds and methods pertaining thereto
JP2020546346A JP7565588B2 (en) 2018-03-06 2019-03-06 Nitric oxide-releasing cyclodextrins as biodegradable antibacterial scaffolds and methods relating thereto
US16/459,015 US11026965B2 (en) 2018-03-06 2019-07-01 Nitric oxide-releasing cyclodextrins as biodegradable antibacterial scaffolds and methods pertaining thereto
US17/321,677 US11672818B2 (en) 2018-03-06 2021-05-17 Nitric oxide-releasing cyclodextrins as biodegradable antibacterial scaffolds and methods pertaining thereto

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
US201862639119P 2018-03-06 2018-03-06
US62/639,119 2018-03-06

Related Child Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
US16/459,015 Continuation US11026965B2 (en) 2018-03-06 2019-07-01 Nitric oxide-releasing cyclodextrins as biodegradable antibacterial scaffolds and methods pertaining thereto

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2019173539A1 true WO2019173539A1 (en) 2019-09-12

Family

ID=67847502

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/US2019/021051 WO2019173539A1 (en) 2018-03-06 2019-03-06 Nitric oxide-releasing cyclodextrins as biodegradable antibacterial scaffolds and methods pertaining thereto

Country Status (7)

Country Link
US (2) US11026965B2 (en)
EP (1) EP3762039A4 (en)
JP (1) JP7565588B2 (en)
CN (1) CN111836648A (en)
AU (1) AU2019231712A1 (en)
CA (1) CA3091458A1 (en)
WO (1) WO2019173539A1 (en)

Cited By (6)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US11026965B2 (en) 2018-03-06 2021-06-08 The University Of North Carolina At Chapel Hill Nitric oxide-releasing cyclodextrins as biodegradable antibacterial scaffolds and methods pertaining thereto
US11072668B2 (en) 2017-01-03 2021-07-27 The University Of North Carolina At Chapel Hill Nitric oxide-releasing alginates as biodegradable antibacterial scaffolds and methods pertaining thereto
US11186681B2 (en) 2016-10-07 2021-11-30 The University Of North Carolina At Chapel Hill S-Nitrosothiol-mediated hyperbranched polyesters
WO2022132748A1 (en) * 2020-12-14 2022-06-23 Bps Just Energy Technology, Llc Antimicrobial compositions with supramolecular structures
US11421044B2 (en) 2018-12-28 2022-08-23 The University Of North Carolina At Chapel Hill Nitric oxide-releasing antibacterial polymers and scaffolds fabricated therefrom and methods pertaining thereto
US11723914B2 (en) 2017-03-28 2023-08-15 The University Of North Carolina At Chapel Hill Nitric oxide-releasing polyaminoglycosides as biodegradable antibacterial scaffolds and methods pertaining thereto

Families Citing this family (8)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
EP4093205A4 (en) * 2020-02-07 2024-02-21 KNOW Bio, LLC Nitric oxide-releasing antibacterial compounds, formulations, and methods pertaining thereto
CN111155177B (en) * 2020-02-11 2022-03-22 福建师范大学 Electrostatic spinning antiviral thin layer and application thereof in antiviral field
CN112946160B (en) * 2021-02-09 2022-10-25 新疆大学 Method, system and equipment for calculating contribution rate of active substance and storage medium thereof
CN113396964A (en) * 2021-05-27 2021-09-17 浙江工商大学 Efficient fresh-keeping nano spinning film mediated by octyl gallate and endogenous NO type cyclodextrin, and preparation method and application thereof
CN113975288A (en) * 2021-10-28 2022-01-28 中国药科大学 Application of alpha, beta or gamma cyclodextrin in preparing medicine for treating ulcerative colitis
WO2023239551A1 (en) * 2022-06-08 2023-12-14 Virginia Commnwealth University Guest/host inclusion complexes containing s-nitrosoglutathione and methods of use thereof
CN115340615B (en) * 2022-08-12 2023-05-02 同济大学 Fluorescent molecule based on cyclodextrin-amino acid and synthetic method and application thereof
CN116574202B (en) * 2023-04-12 2024-05-10 华南理工大学 Hydantoin structure-containing chitosan biquaternary ammonium salt antibacterial agent and preparation method and application thereof

Citations (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US20030078365A1 (en) * 1996-08-02 2003-04-24 Duke University Novel polymers for delivering nitric oxide in vivo

Family Cites Families (88)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US4169079A (en) * 1977-10-24 1979-09-25 Iwao Tabushi Polystyrene based polymers containing cyclodextrin derivatives, metal complexes of the same, and process for the production of the same
US5574027A (en) 1989-11-22 1996-11-12 Bernstein; Lawrence R. Pharmaceutical compositions of gallium complexes of 3-hydroxy-4-pyrones
US5234933A (en) 1991-10-31 1993-08-10 Board Of Governors Of Wayne State University And Vanderbilt University Cyclic hydroxamic acids
DE4210332C1 (en) 1992-03-30 1993-07-15 Gruenenthal Gmbh, 5100 Aachen, De
US5814666A (en) 1992-04-13 1998-09-29 The United States As Represented By The Department Of Health And Human Services Encapsulated and non-encapsulated nitric oxide generators used as antimicrobial agents
US5238832A (en) 1992-06-08 1993-08-24 Board Of Governors Of Wayne State University Aryl aliphatic acids
US6200558B1 (en) 1993-09-14 2001-03-13 The United States Of America As Represented By The Department Of Health And Human Services Biopolymer-bound nitric oxide-releasing compositions, pharmaceutical compositions incorporating same and methods of treating biological disorders using same
US5405919A (en) 1992-08-24 1995-04-11 The United States Of America As Represented By The Secretary Of Health And Human Services Polymer-bound nitric oxide/nucleophile adduct compositions, pharmaceutical compositions and methods of treating biological disorders
US5691423A (en) * 1992-08-24 1997-11-25 The United States Of America As Represented By The Department Of Health And Human Services Polysaccharide-bound nitric oxide-nucleophile adducts
US5910316A (en) 1992-08-24 1999-06-08 The United States Of America, As Represented By The Department Of Health And Human Services Use of nitric oxide-releasing agents to treat impotency
US5650447A (en) 1992-08-24 1997-07-22 The United States Of America As Represented By The Secretary Of The Department Of Health And Human Services Nitric oxide-releasing polymers to treat restenosis and related disorders
US5632981A (en) 1992-08-24 1997-05-27 The United States Of America As Represented By The Department Of Health And Human Services Biopolymer-bound nitric oxide-releasing compositions, pharmaceutical compositions incorporating same and methods of treating biological disorders using same
US5525357A (en) 1992-08-24 1996-06-11 The United States Of America As Represented By The Department Of Health And Human Services Polymer-bound nitric oxide/nucleophile adduct compositions, pharmaceutical compositions incorporating same and methods of treating biological disorders using same
EP0722320B1 (en) 1993-10-08 2000-07-19 THE UNITED STATES OF AMERICA, as represented by the Secretary of the Department of Health and Human Services Use of nitric oxide-releasing compounds as medicaments for hypoxic cell radiation sensitization
US5840759A (en) 1993-10-08 1998-11-24 The United States Of America As Represented By The Department Of Health And Human Services Use of nitric oxide releasing compounds to protect noncancerous cells from chemotherapeutic agents
ATE192922T1 (en) 1993-11-02 2000-06-15 Us Health USE OF NITROGEN OXIDE RELEASING COMPOUNDS FOR THE PRODUCTION OF A MEDICINAL PROTECT AGAINST ISCHEMIC REPERFUSION INJURY
CA2205564C (en) 1994-11-22 2006-07-11 The United States Of America, Represented By The Secretary, Department Of Health And Human Services Pharmaceutical compositions comprising nitric oxide-releasing biopolymers
US5714511A (en) 1995-07-31 1998-02-03 The United States Of America As Represented By The Secretary Of The Department Of Health And Human Services Selective prevention of organ injury in sepsis and shock using selection release of nitric oxide in vulnerable organs
US5770645A (en) * 1996-08-02 1998-06-23 Duke University Medical Center Polymers for delivering nitric oxide in vivo
US20030093143A1 (en) 1999-03-01 2003-05-15 Yiju Zhao Medical device having surface depressions containing nitric oxide releasing compound
JP4285775B2 (en) 1996-09-27 2009-06-24 アメリカ合衆国 O ▲ Up 2 ▼ -Arylation or O ▲ Up 2 ▼ -Glycosylated 1-Substituted Diazene-1-ium-1,2-diolates and O ▲ Up 2 ▼ -Substituted 1-[(2-carboxylato) pyrrolidine -1-yl] diazene-1-ium-1,2-diolates
EP2292630B1 (en) 1996-09-27 2015-11-25 The Government of the United States of America, as represented by the Secretary, Department of Health and Human Services O2-substituted 1- (2-carboxylato)pyrrolidin-1-yl diazen-1-ium-1,2-diolates
NO305033B1 (en) 1997-05-09 1999-03-22 Algipharma As Process for the preparation of uric acid blocks from alginate
US6180082B1 (en) 1997-11-24 2001-01-30 Board Of Supervisors Of Louisiana State University And Agricultural And Mechanical College Method to enhance tissue accumulation of radiolabeled compounds
US6207855B1 (en) 1998-06-23 2001-03-27 Duke University Medical Center Stable no-delivering compounds
US6261594B1 (en) 1998-11-25 2001-07-17 The University Of Akron Chitosan-based nitric oxide donor compositions
CA2726789A1 (en) 2000-02-05 2001-11-08 Theravance, Inc. Cyclodextrin containing glycopeptide antibiotic compositions
JP2002179647A (en) 2000-12-11 2002-06-26 Kikkoman Corp Method for producing nicotianamine or nicotianamine- containing material
AUPR879601A0 (en) 2001-11-09 2001-12-06 Biota Scientific Management Pty Ltd Novel chemical compounds and their use
US7378438B2 (en) 2002-04-19 2008-05-27 Yissum Research Development Company Of The Hebrew University Of Jerusalem Beta-agonist compounds comprising nitric oxide donor groups and reactive oxygen species scavenger groups and their use in the treatment of respiratory disorders
US20040038947A1 (en) 2002-06-14 2004-02-26 The Gov. Of The U.S. Of America As Represented By The Sec. Of The Dept. Of Health & Human Services Method of treating ischemia/reperfusion injury with nitroxyl donors
NO335366B1 (en) 2002-07-26 2014-12-01 Algipharma As Mutant strain Pf201 of Pseudomonas fluorescence and its use in alginate production, as well as process for its preparation.
NO20023581D0 (en) 2002-07-26 2002-07-26 Fmc Biopolymer As New mutant strains of Pseudomonas fluorescence and variants thereof, methods of production and use thereof for the production of alginate
CN102516417B (en) 2002-09-06 2014-12-10 天蓝制药公司 Cyclodextrin-based polymers for therapeutics delivery
US20050009789A1 (en) 2003-05-13 2005-01-13 The Government Of The Usa As Represented By The Secretary Of The Dept. Of Health And Human Service Cyclooxygenase inhibition with nitroxyl
JP2005047979A (en) 2003-07-30 2005-02-24 Dainippon Ink & Chem Inc Method for producing multibranched polymer and multibranched polymer obtained thereby
SG113562A1 (en) 2004-01-12 2005-08-29 Agency Science Tech & Res Polyalkyleneimine-graft-biodegradable polymers for delivery of bioactive agents
EP1846006A4 (en) * 2005-01-28 2011-04-20 Pinnacle Pharmaceuticals Inc Beta-cyclodextrin derivatives as antibacterial agents
WO2006128121A2 (en) 2005-05-27 2006-11-30 The University Of North Carolina At Chapel Hill Nitric oxide-releasing particles for nitric oxide therapeutics and biomedical applications
GB0515550D0 (en) 2005-07-29 2005-09-07 Univ Strathclyde Inactivation of staphylococcus species
US7928079B2 (en) 2005-10-31 2011-04-19 The United States Of America, As Represented By The Secretary, Department Of Health And Human Services Polysaccharide-derived nitric oxide-releasing carbon-bound diazeniumdiolates
WO2007085254A1 (en) 2006-01-24 2007-08-02 Millimed A/S Medical device with ph dependent drug release
US7854923B2 (en) 2006-04-18 2010-12-21 Endomedix, Inc. Biopolymer system for tissue sealing
GB0707096D0 (en) 2007-04-12 2007-05-23 Ntnu Technology Transfer As Method
CN101049513B (en) 2007-05-13 2010-05-19 刘万顺 Anti hemorrhagic trauma-healing material of water-soluble chitosan based fiber, preparation method and application
ITMI20071341A1 (en) 2007-07-05 2009-01-06 Fidia Farmaceutici DERIVATIVES OF HYALURONIC ACID CONTAINING GROUPS ABLE TO RELEASE NO
US8273828B2 (en) * 2007-07-24 2012-09-25 Medtronic Vascular, Inc. Methods for introducing reactive secondary amines pendant to polymers backbones that are useful for diazeniumdiolation
WO2009049208A1 (en) 2007-10-12 2009-04-16 The University Of North Carolina At Chapel Hill Use of nitric oxide to enhance the efficacy of silver and other topical wound care agents
RU2527894C2 (en) 2007-11-27 2014-09-10 Альгифарма ИПР АС Using alginate oligomers in biofilm control
US20090222088A1 (en) * 2008-02-29 2009-09-03 Medtronic Vascular, Inc. Secondary Amine Containing Nitric Oxide Releasing Polymer Composition
US20090232863A1 (en) 2008-03-17 2009-09-17 Medtronic Vascular, Inc. Biodegradable Carbon Diazeniumdiolate Based Nitric Oxide Donating Polymers
EP2260060A4 (en) 2008-04-01 2013-01-16 Univ Cornell Organo-soluble chitosan salts and chitosan-derived biomaterials prepared thereof
WO2010037179A1 (en) 2008-10-03 2010-04-08 Glycan Biosciences Pty Ltd Anionic conjugates of glycosylated bacterial metabolite
WO2010096320A2 (en) 2009-02-18 2010-08-26 Bezwada Biomedical, Llc Controlled release of nitric oxide and drugs from functionalized macromers and oligomers
GB0904941D0 (en) 2009-03-23 2009-05-06 Ntnu Technology Transfer As Composition
WO2010120905A2 (en) 2009-04-15 2010-10-21 Board Of Trustees Of Michigan State University Novel nano-probes for molecular imaging and targeted therapy of diseases
US9539233B2 (en) 2009-05-04 2017-01-10 Aridis Pharmaceuticals Inc. Gallium formulation for the treatment and prevention of infectious diseases
GB0909529D0 (en) 2009-06-03 2009-07-15 Algipharma Ipr As Alginate oligomers for the inhibition of microbial adherence to surfaces
JP5202764B2 (en) 2009-06-03 2013-06-05 アルギファルマ エーエス Alginate oligomers used to overcome multidrug resistance in bacteria
GB0909557D0 (en) 2009-06-03 2009-07-15 Algipharma Ipr As Anti-microbial alginate oligomers
US9957341B2 (en) 2009-06-09 2018-05-01 William Chambers Biodegradable absorbent material and method of manufacture
CA2671595A1 (en) 2009-07-09 2011-01-09 Ping I. Lee Controlled nitric oxide delivery from aqueous s-nitrosothiol conjugated polymers and their complexes
US8551456B2 (en) 2010-03-05 2013-10-08 University Of Dayton Combination therapy and methods for treating bacterial biofilms
EP2547660B1 (en) 2010-03-19 2015-01-07 The United States Of America, As Represented By The Secretary, Department of Health and Human Services Nitroxyl (hno) releasing compounds and uses thereof in treating diseases
KR101272351B1 (en) 2010-04-23 2013-06-07 이화여자대학교 산학협력단 New kanamycin compound, kanamycin-producing Streptomyces sp. and kanamycin producing method
KR101255337B1 (en) 2010-10-04 2013-04-16 한국과학기술연구원 Nitric oxide delivery system using thermosensitive synthetic polymers
WO2012116177A2 (en) 2011-02-24 2012-08-30 Colorado State University Research Foundation Materials for modulating biological responses and methods of making
EP2748141B1 (en) 2011-08-24 2017-12-06 Novan, Inc. Tunable nitric oxide-releasing macromolecules having multiple nitric oxide donor structures
GB201116010D0 (en) 2011-09-15 2011-10-26 Algipharma As Use of alginate oligomers to enhance the effects of antifungal agents
US9017653B2 (en) 2012-06-14 2015-04-28 The Board Of Regents Of The University Of Texas System Nitric oxide-releasing compositions and methods
CN104755505B (en) 2012-08-17 2017-03-01 北卡罗来纳大学查珀尔希尔分校 The nitric oxide production poly- glycosamine of water miscible release and its purposes
CA2899500A1 (en) 2013-03-08 2014-09-12 Allergan, Inc. Cyclosporine a-steroid conjugates
GB201322777D0 (en) 2013-12-20 2014-02-05 Algipharma As Use of alginate oligomers as blood anticoagulants
EP3086847A1 (en) 2013-12-23 2016-11-02 Norwegian University of Science and Technology (NTNU) Uses of oligouronates in cancer treatment
CA2940560A1 (en) 2014-02-28 2015-09-03 Algipharma As Use of alginate oligomers in the treatment of cystic fibrosis and other conditions associated with defective cftr ion channel function
GB201415381D0 (en) 2014-08-29 2014-10-15 Algipharma As Inhalable powder formulations of alginate oligomers
EP3215140A4 (en) 2014-11-06 2018-05-02 The Arizona Board of Regents On Behalf of the University of Arizona Compositions and methods of diazeniumdiolate-based prodrugs for treating cancer
GB201504878D0 (en) 2015-03-23 2015-05-06 Algipharma As Use of alginate oligomers and CFTR modulators in the treatment of conditions associated with CFTR dysfuntion
US11170451B2 (en) 2015-10-02 2021-11-09 Not So Forgetful, LLC Apparatus and method for providing gift recommendations and social engagement reminders, storing personal information, and facilitating gift and social engagement recommendations for calendar-based social engagements through an interconnected social network
GB201517639D0 (en) 2015-10-06 2015-11-18 Algipharma As Use of alginate oligomers to treat or prevent microbial overgrowth in the intestinal tract
CN106046382B (en) 2016-05-25 2018-10-09 暨南大学 It is a kind of to load nitric oxide production cationic polymer and its preparation method and application
WO2018067838A1 (en) 2016-10-07 2018-04-12 The University Of North Carolina At Chapel Hill S-nitrosothiol-mediated hyperbranched polyesters
EP3565848A4 (en) 2017-01-03 2020-09-02 The University of North Carolina at Chapel Hill Nitric oxide-releasing alginates as biodegradable antibacterial scaffolds and methods pertaining thereto
EP3600338A4 (en) 2017-03-28 2020-10-28 The University of North Carolina at Chapel Hill Nitric oxide-releasing polyaminoglycosides as biodegradable antibacterial scaffolds and methods pertaining thereto
CA3082130A1 (en) 2017-11-15 2019-05-23 The University Of North Carolina At Chapel Hill Nitric oxide-releasing hyperbranched compounds as antibacterial scaffolds and methods pertaining thereto
JP7565588B2 (en) 2018-03-06 2024-10-11 ザ ユニバーシティ オブ ノース カロライナ アット チャペル ヒル Nitric oxide-releasing cyclodextrins as biodegradable antibacterial scaffolds and methods relating thereto
US11102301B2 (en) 2018-07-12 2021-08-24 Sap Se PCA-based scoring of the similarity of damage patterns of operational assets
EP3902841A4 (en) 2018-12-28 2022-09-28 The University of North Carolina at Chapel Hill Nitric oxide-releasing antibacterial polymers and scaffolds fabricated therefrom and methods pertaining thereto

Patent Citations (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US20030078365A1 (en) * 1996-08-02 2003-04-24 Duke University Novel polymers for delivering nitric oxide in vivo

Non-Patent Citations (6)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Title
BENKOVICS, G. ET AL.: "A multifunctional 13-cyclodextrin-conjugate photodelivering nitric oxide with fluorescence reporting", INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF PHARMACEUTICS, vol. 531, 2017, pages 614 - 620, XP085205782 *
JIN, H. ET AL.: "Nitric Oxide-Releasing Cyclodextrins", JOURNAL OF THE AMERICAN CHEMICAL SOCIETY, vol. 140, 20 September 2018 (2018-09-20), pages 14178 - 14184, XP055642718 *
MOURTZIS, N. ET AL.: "Synthesis, characterization, and remarkable biological properties of cyclodextrins bearing guanidinoalkylamino and aminoalkylamino groups on their primary side", CHEMISTRY-A EUROPEAN JOURNAL, vol. 14, 2008, pages 4188 - 4200, XP055642713 *
PIRAS, L. ET AL.: "S-Nitroso-beta-Cyclodextrins as New Bimodal Carriers: Preparation, Detailed Characterization, Nitric-Oxide Release, and Molecular Encapsulation", CHEMISTRY-AN ASIAN JOURNAL, vol. 8, 2013, pages 2768 - 2778, XP055642716 *
See also references of EP3762039A4 *
ZHOU, Z. ET AL.: "Water-soluble poly (ethylenimine)-based nitric oxide donors: preparation, characterization, and potential application in hemodialysis", BIOMACROMOLECULES, vol. 7, 2006, pages 2565 - 2574, XP055111561 *

Cited By (8)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US11186681B2 (en) 2016-10-07 2021-11-30 The University Of North Carolina At Chapel Hill S-Nitrosothiol-mediated hyperbranched polyesters
US11072668B2 (en) 2017-01-03 2021-07-27 The University Of North Carolina At Chapel Hill Nitric oxide-releasing alginates as biodegradable antibacterial scaffolds and methods pertaining thereto
US11697693B2 (en) 2017-01-03 2023-07-11 The University Of North Carolina At Chapel Hill Nitric oxide-releasing alginates as biodegradable antibacterial scaffolds and methods pertaining thereto
US11723914B2 (en) 2017-03-28 2023-08-15 The University Of North Carolina At Chapel Hill Nitric oxide-releasing polyaminoglycosides as biodegradable antibacterial scaffolds and methods pertaining thereto
US11026965B2 (en) 2018-03-06 2021-06-08 The University Of North Carolina At Chapel Hill Nitric oxide-releasing cyclodextrins as biodegradable antibacterial scaffolds and methods pertaining thereto
US11672818B2 (en) 2018-03-06 2023-06-13 The University Of North Carolina At Chapel Hill Nitric oxide-releasing cyclodextrins as biodegradable antibacterial scaffolds and methods pertaining thereto
US11421044B2 (en) 2018-12-28 2022-08-23 The University Of North Carolina At Chapel Hill Nitric oxide-releasing antibacterial polymers and scaffolds fabricated therefrom and methods pertaining thereto
WO2022132748A1 (en) * 2020-12-14 2022-06-23 Bps Just Energy Technology, Llc Antimicrobial compositions with supramolecular structures

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
EP3762039A1 (en) 2021-01-13
EP3762039A4 (en) 2021-12-22
CN111836648A (en) 2020-10-27
US20190343869A1 (en) 2019-11-14
CA3091458A1 (en) 2019-09-12
JP7565588B2 (en) 2024-10-11
AU2019231712A1 (en) 2020-10-15
JP2021515083A (en) 2021-06-17
US11026965B2 (en) 2021-06-08
US20210346424A1 (en) 2021-11-11
US11672818B2 (en) 2023-06-13

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
US11672818B2 (en) Nitric oxide-releasing cyclodextrins as biodegradable antibacterial scaffolds and methods pertaining thereto
AU2018232949B2 (en) Functionally-modified oligonucleotides and subunits thereof
AU2018247167B2 (en) Nitric oxide-releasing polyaminoglycosides as biodegradable antibacterial scaffolds and methods pertaining thereto
US20040072798A1 (en) Compositions comprising cyclodextrins and no-releasing drugs
RU2002103509A (en) Pharmaceutical Compounds
US11020408B2 (en) Polymer composed of repeat units having a biologically active molecule attached thereto via a pH-sensitive bond
AU2018369760A1 (en) Nitric oxide-releasing hyperbranched compounds as antibacterial scaffolds and methods pertaining thereto
JP2022516032A (en) Antibody-drug conjugate
WO2023047090A1 (en) Antibody-drug conjugates

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 19763961

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

ENP Entry into the national phase

Ref document number: 3091458

Country of ref document: CA

ENP Entry into the national phase

Ref document number: 2020546346

Country of ref document: JP

Kind code of ref document: A

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE

ENP Entry into the national phase

Ref document number: 2019763961

Country of ref document: EP

Effective date: 20201006

ENP Entry into the national phase

Ref document number: 2019231712

Country of ref document: AU

Date of ref document: 20190306

Kind code of ref document: A